10528 lines
634 KiB
Plaintext
10528 lines
634 KiB
Plaintext
CITY CODE
|
||
of
|
||
CHOTEAU, MONTANA
|
||
1967
|
||
Contains ordinances up to and including ordinance 314, passed August 22, 2017
|
||
Published by:
|
||
STERLING CODIFIERS
|
||
an
|
||
American Legal Publishing Company
|
||
One West Fourth Street * 3rd Floor * Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
|
||
1-833-226-3439 * www.amlegal.com
|
||
|
||
PREFACE
|
||
This City Code of the City of Choteau, as supplemented, contains ordinances up
|
||
to and including ordinance 314, passed August 22, 2017. Ordinances of the City
|
||
adopted after said ordinance supersede the provisions of this City Code to the
|
||
extent that they are in conflict or inconsistent therewith. Consult the City
|
||
office in order to ascertain whether any particular provision of the Code has
|
||
been amended, superseded or repealed.
|
||
Sterling Codifiers
|
||
Coeur d'Alene, Idaho
|
||
|
||
ADOPTING ORDINANCE
|
||
ORDINANCE NUMBER 285
|
||
TO AMEND ORDINANCE NUMBER 160
|
||
OF THE CITY CODE OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU
|
||
RECITAL
|
||
1. WHEREAS, on August 21, 1967 the City Council passed and approved
|
||
Ordinance Number 160 which provides as follows:
|
||
"Section 1. From and after the date of passage of this Ordinance the
|
||
Official City Code of the City of Choteau, prepared by Sterling Codifiers,
|
||
Inc., and hereby approved and accepted shall be the Official Code of all
|
||
Ordinances of a general and permanent character of the City.
|
||
Section 2. There is hereby adopted, as a method of perpetual codification,
|
||
the loose leaf type of binding together with the continuous supplemental
|
||
service whereby each newly adopted Ordinance of a general nature, amending,
|
||
altering, adding to, or deleting provisions of this Official City Code is
|
||
identified by the proper catch line, and following preparation by Sterling
|
||
Codifiers, Inc., is inserted in the proper place in each of the Official
|
||
copies. Each such insertion shall be made within thirty (30) days following the
|
||
date of adoption by the Council, and each new provision shall become effective
|
||
upon such insertion.
|
||
Section 3. At least one (1) copy of this City Code shall at all times be on
|
||
file and available for inspection in the office of the Clerk."
|
||
2. WHEREAS, Ordinance 160 of the City Code should be amended to clarify its
|
||
meaning and to clarify when ordinances become effective; and,
|
||
3. WHEREAS, Section 7-5-4203 Montana Code Annotated provides that ordinances
|
||
are not effective until at least 30 days after passage.
|
||
NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the above considerations the Council finds that
|
||
the proposed amendment would be in the best interest of the City and its
|
||
inhabitants:
|
||
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU that Ordinance 160
|
||
is amended and shall read as follows in its entirety:
|
||
"Section 1: The Official City Code of the City of Choteau, prepared by
|
||
Sterling Codifiers, Inc. or by any other ordinance codifier selected by the
|
||
City Council shall be the Official Code of all City of Choteau Ordinances.
|
||
Section 2: All ordinances passed and approved by the City Council of the
|
||
City of Choteau if not already inserted in the Official City Code of the City
|
||
of Choteau shall automatically be included and deemed inserted in the Official
|
||
City Code of the City of Choteau on the effective date set forth in the
|
||
ordinance.
|
||
Section 3: The Official City Code shall at all times be on file and
|
||
available for inspection in the office of the City of Choteau."
|
||
EFFECTIVE DATE: This Ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after the
|
||
date of final passage.
|
||
PASSED AND APPROVED on final passage by the City Council of the City of
|
||
Choteau, Montana, this 19th day of October, 1999.
|
||
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
|
||
IMAGES/0-0-0-1276.gif]
|
||
Superintendent/Finance Officer
|
||
City of Choteau
|
||
(SEAL)
|
||
TITLE 1
|
||
ADMINISTRATIVE
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
CITY CODE
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-1-1: Title
|
||
1-1-2: Acceptance
|
||
1-1-3: Amendments
|
||
1-1-4: Construction Of Words
|
||
1-1-5: Interpretations
|
||
1-1-1: TITLE:
|
||
Upon adoption by the governing body this code is hereby declared to be and
|
||
shall hereafter constitute the official code of the city. Any reference made to
|
||
the number of any section contained herein shall be understood to refer to the
|
||
position of the same under its appropriate chapter and title heading, and to
|
||
the general penalty clause relating thereto, as well as to the section itself,
|
||
when reference is made to this code by title in any legal document. (1967 Code)
|
||
1-1-2: ACCEPTANCE:
|
||
This code, as hereby presented in printed form, shall hereafter be received
|
||
without further proof in all courts and in all administrative tribunals of this
|
||
state as the ordinances of the city of general and permanent effect. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
1-1-3: AMENDMENTS:
|
||
Any ordinance amending this code shall set forth the title, chapter and section
|
||
number of the section or sections to be amended, and this shall constitute a
|
||
sufficient compliance with any statutory requirement pertaining to the
|
||
amendment or revision by ordinance of any part of this code. (Ord. 283, 7-20-
|
||
1999)
|
||
1-1-4: CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS:
|
||
Whenever any word in any section of this code importing the plural number is
|
||
used, in describing or referring to any matters, parties, or persons, any
|
||
single matter, party, or person shall be deemed to be included, although
|
||
distributive words may not have been used.
|
||
When any subject matter, party or person is referred to in this code by words
|
||
importing the singular number only, or the masculine gender, several matters,
|
||
parties, or persons and females as well as males and bodies corporate shall be
|
||
deemed to be included. Provided, that these rules of construction shall not be
|
||
applied to any section of this code which contains any express provision
|
||
excluding such construction or where the subject matter or content may be
|
||
repugnant thereto. (1967 Code)
|
||
1-1-5: INTERPRETATIONS:
|
||
In the determination of the provisions of each section of this code the
|
||
following rules shall be observed:
|
||
(A) Intent To Defraud: Whenever an intent to defraud is required in order
|
||
to constitute an offense, it shall be sufficient if an intent appears to
|
||
defraud any person.
|
||
(B) Liability Of Employers And Agents: When the provisions of any section
|
||
of this code prohibits the commission of an act, not only the person actually
|
||
doing the prohibited act or omitting the directed act, but also the employer
|
||
and all other persons concerned with or in aiding or abetting the said person
|
||
shall be guilty of the offense described and liable to the penalty set forth.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
SAVING CLAUSE
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-2-1: Repeal Of General Ordinances
|
||
1-2-2: Public Utility Ordinances
|
||
1-2-3: Court Proceedings
|
||
1-2-1: REPEAL OF GENERAL ORDINANCES:
|
||
All general ordinances of the city passed prior to the adoption of this code
|
||
are hereby repealed, except such as are referred to herein as being still in
|
||
force or are by necessary implication herein reserved from repeal (subject to
|
||
the saving clauses contained in the following section), from which are excluded
|
||
the following ordinances which are not hereby repealed: tax levy ordinances;
|
||
appropriation ordinances; ordinances relating to boundaries and annexations;
|
||
franchise ordinances and other ordinances granting special rights to persons or
|
||
corporations; contract ordinances and ordinances authorizing the execution of a
|
||
contract or the issuance of warrants; salary ordinances; ordinances
|
||
establishing, naming or vacating streets, alleys or other public places;
|
||
improvement ordinances; bond ordinances; ordinances relating to elections;
|
||
ordinances relating to the transfer or acceptance of real estate by or from the
|
||
city; and all special ordinances. (1967 Code)
|
||
1-2-2: PUBLIC UTILITY ORDINANCES:
|
||
No ordinance relating to railroads or railroad crossings with streets and other
|
||
public ways, or relating to the conduct, duties, service or rates of public
|
||
utilities shall be repealed by virtue of the adoption of this code or by virtue
|
||
of the preceding section, excepting as this code may contain provisions for
|
||
such matters, in which case this code shall be considered as amending such
|
||
ordinance or ordinances in respect of such provisions only. (1967 Code)
|
||
1-2-3: COURT PROCEEDINGS:
|
||
No new ordinance shall be construed or held to repeal a former ordinance,
|
||
whether such former ordinance is expressly repealed or not, as to any offense
|
||
committed against such former ordinance or as to any act done, any penalty,
|
||
forfeiture or punishment so incurred, or any right accrued or claim arising
|
||
under the former ordinance, or in any way whatever to affect any such offense
|
||
or act so committed or so done, or any penalty, forfeiture or punishment so
|
||
incurred or any right accrued or claim arising before the new ordinance takes
|
||
effect, save only that the proceedings thereafter shall conform to the
|
||
ordinance in force at the time of such proceeding, so far as practicable. If
|
||
any penalty, forfeiture or punishment be mitigated by any provision of a new
|
||
ordinance, such provision may be, by the consent of the party affected, applied
|
||
to any judgment announced after the new ordinance takes effect.
|
||
This section shall extend to all repeals, either by express words or
|
||
implication, whether the repeal is in the ordinance making any new provisions
|
||
upon the same subject or in any other ordinance.
|
||
Nothing contained in this or the preceding section shall be construed as
|
||
abating any action now pending under or by virtue of any general ordinance of
|
||
the city herein repealed; or as discontinuing, abating, modifying or altering
|
||
any penalty accrued or to accrue, or as affecting the liability of any person,
|
||
firm or corporation, or as waiving any right of the city under any ordinance or
|
||
provision thereof in force at the time of the adoption of this code. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
DEFINITIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-3-1: Definitions, General
|
||
1-3-1: DEFINITIONS, GENERAL:
|
||
Whenever the following words or terms are used in this code they shall have the
|
||
meanings herein ascribed to them, unless the content makes such meanings
|
||
repugnant thereto:
|
||
AGENT: A person acting on behalf of another.
|
||
CITY: The city of Choteau.
|
||
CODE: Unless otherwise specifically stated shall mean this code.
|
||
EMPLOYEES: Whenever reference is made in this code to a city employee by title
|
||
only, this shall be construed as though followed by the words of the city of
|
||
Choteau.
|
||
FEE: A sum of money charged by the city for the carrying on of a business,
|
||
profession or occupation.
|
||
KNOWINGLY: Imports only a knowledge that the facts exist which brings the act
|
||
or omission within the provisions of this code. It does not require any
|
||
knowledge of the unlawfulness of such act or omission.
|
||
LICENSE: The permission granted for the carrying on of a business, profession
|
||
or occupation.
|
||
MISDEMEANOR: Any offense deemed a violation of the provisions of this code
|
||
which is a lesser offense than a felony as defined by state law.
|
||
NEGLECT, NEGLIGENT, NEGLIGENCE OR NEGLIGENTLY: A want of such attention to the
|
||
nature or probable consequences of the act or omission as a prudent man
|
||
ordinarily bestows in acting in his own concern.
|
||
NUISANCE: Anything offensive or obnoxious to the health and welfare of the
|
||
inhabitants of the city; or any act or thing repugnant to, or creating a hazard
|
||
to, or having a detrimental effect on the property of, another person or to the
|
||
community.
|
||
OCCUPANT: As applied to a building or land shall include any person who
|
||
occupies the whole or any part of such building or land whether alone or with
|
||
others.
|
||
OFFENSE: Any act forbidden by any provision of this code or the omission of any
|
||
act required by the provisions of this code.
|
||
OFFICERS: Whenever reference is made in this code to a city officer by title
|
||
only, this shall be construed as though followed by the words of the city of
|
||
Choteau.
|
||
OPERATOR: The person who is in charge of any operation, business or profession.
|
||
OWNER: As applied to a building or land shall include any part owner, joint
|
||
owner, tenant in common, joint tenant or lessee of the whole or of a part of
|
||
such building or land.
|
||
PERSON: Shall include the singular and the plural and shall also mean and
|
||
include any person, firm, corporation, association, partnership, or any other
|
||
form of association or organization.
|
||
PERSONAL PROPERTY: Shall include every description of money, goods, chattels,
|
||
effects, evidence of rights in action and all written instruments by which any
|
||
pecuniary obligation, right or title to property is created, acknowledged,
|
||
transferred, increased, defeated, discharged or diminished and every right or
|
||
interest therein.
|
||
RETAILER: Unless otherwise specifically defined shall be understood to relate
|
||
to the sale of goods, merchandise, articles or things in small quantities
|
||
direct to the consumer.
|
||
STREET: Shall include alleys, lanes, courts, boulevard, public ways, public
|
||
square, public places and sidewalks.
|
||
TENANT: As applied to a building or land shall include any person who occupies
|
||
the whole or any part of such building or land whether alone or with others.
|
||
WHOLESALER OR WHOLESALE DEALER: As used in this code unless otherwise
|
||
specifically defined, shall be understood to relate to the sale of goods,
|
||
merchandise, articles or things in quantity to persons who purchase for the
|
||
purpose of resale.
|
||
WILFULLY: When applied to the intent with which an act is done or omitted,
|
||
implies simply a purpose or willingness to commit the act or make the omission
|
||
referred to. It does not require any intent to violate law, or to injure
|
||
another, or to acquire an advantage. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
GENERAL PENALTY
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-4-1: Penalty
|
||
1-4-2: Default
|
||
1-4-3: Labor
|
||
1-4-4: License
|
||
1-4-5: Application
|
||
1-4-1: PENALTY:
|
||
Any person convicted of violating any section of this code shall be fined in a
|
||
sum not to exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) for any one offense and such
|
||
person may be confined in the municipal jail for a period of not more than six
|
||
(6) months. Either or both such fine and imprisonment may be imposed. (Ord.
|
||
196, 5-19-1975)
|
||
1-4-2: DEFAULT:
|
||
Any person in default of payment of any fine imposed shall be imprisoned in the
|
||
municipal jail for a period of one day for each ten dollars ($10.00) of such
|
||
fine. (Ord. 171, 5-20-1968)
|
||
1-4-3: LABOR:
|
||
Any person imprisoned under the provisions of this chapter may be put to work
|
||
for the benefit of the municipality for the term of his imprisonment.
|
||
No female prisoner shall be required to work in public, nor shall any prisoner
|
||
be required to work on Sunday. (1967 Code)
|
||
1-4-4: LICENSE:
|
||
When a person is convicted of a violation of any section of this code any
|
||
license previously issued to him by the municipality may be revoked by the
|
||
court or by the municipal governing body. (1967 Code)
|
||
1-4-5: APPLICATION:
|
||
The penalty provided in this chapter shall be applicable to every section of
|
||
this code the same as though it were a part of each and every separate section.
|
||
Any person convicted of a violation of any section of this code, where any duty
|
||
is prescribed or obligation imposed, or where any act which is of a continuing
|
||
nature is forbidden or declared to be unlawful, shall be deemed guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor. A separate offense shall be deemed committed upon each day during
|
||
or on which a violation occurs or continues 1 . (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. For statute provisions see 11-950, 11-954, 11-955.
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
WARDS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-5-1: Designation Of Wards
|
||
1-5-2: First Ward
|
||
1-5-3: Second Ward
|
||
1-5-1: DESIGNATION OF WARDS:
|
||
The city is hereby, for election and such other purposes as are or may
|
||
hereafter be required by law, divided into two (2) wards, to be known
|
||
respectfully as the first ward and the second ward. (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
|
||
1-5-2: FIRST WARD:
|
||
The first ward shall comprise all that territory within the corporate limits of
|
||
the city lying to the north of the centerline of First Street northwest and
|
||
First Street northeast. (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
|
||
1-5-3: SECOND WARD:
|
||
The second ward shall comprise all that territory within the corporate limits
|
||
of the city lying to the south of the centerline of First Street northwest and
|
||
First Street northeast 1 . (Ord. 22, 2-16-1914)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-707.
|
||
CHAPTER 6
|
||
APPOINTIVE OFFICERS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-6-1: Appointive Officers Designated
|
||
1-6-2: Clerk
|
||
1-6-3: Attorney
|
||
1-6-4: Chief Of Police; Duties
|
||
1-6-5: Treasurer
|
||
1-6-6: Health Officer
|
||
1-6-7: Fire Chief
|
||
1-6-8: Engineer
|
||
1-6-9: Abolishment Of Office
|
||
1-6-10: Bonds
|
||
1-6-1: APPOINTIVE OFFICERS DESIGNATED:
|
||
The mayor by and with the consent of the council, shall appoint the following
|
||
officers: clerk, attorney, police chief, health officer, fire chief, engineer,
|
||
and such number of policemen as may be from time to time required as
|
||
hereinafter provided, or established by action of the council. (Ord. 25, 6-29-
|
||
1944)
|
||
1-6-2: CLERK:
|
||
The duties of the clerk shall be such as are prescribed by section 11-805 of
|
||
the statutes of the state.
|
||
The clerk shall file with the treasurer a bond in the sum of one thousand
|
||
dollars ($1,000.00) with sufficient sureties to be approved by the council.
|
||
(Ord. 25, 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
1-6-3: ATTORNEY:
|
||
The duties of the attorney shall be such as prescribed by the statutes of the
|
||
state of Montana.
|
||
Upon the request of the attorney, the mayor may appoint one deputy attorney,
|
||
with the advice and consent of the council, if necessary for the faithful and
|
||
prompt discharge of the duties of the attorney.
|
||
Whenever the official name of the attorney is used in any ordinance or
|
||
resolution conferring power or imposing duties or liabilities, it also includes
|
||
his deputy. (Ord. 216, 8-7-1979)
|
||
1-6-4: CHIEF OF POLICE; DUTIES:
|
||
It is the duty of the chief of police:
|
||
(A) To execute and return all processes issued by the police judge or
|
||
directed to him by any legal authority, and to attend upon the city court
|
||
regularly.
|
||
(B) To arrest all persons guilty of a breach of the peace or for the
|
||
violation of any provisions of this code, and bring them before the city judge
|
||
for trial. (Ord. 25, 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code; Ord. 218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
(C) To have charge and control of all policemen, subject to such rules as
|
||
may be prescribed by law, and to report to the council all delinquencies or
|
||
neglect of duty or official misconduct of policemen.
|
||
(D) The chief of police shall have the same power as a constable in the
|
||
discharge of his duties, but he must not serve a process in any civil action or
|
||
proceeding except when the city is a party.
|
||
(E) To perform such other duties as the council may prescribe. (Ord. 25,
|
||
6-29-1944)
|
||
1-6-5: TREASURER:
|
||
The duties of the treasurer shall be such duties as are prescribed in section
|
||
11-807 of the statutes of the state. He shall collect all licenses that may
|
||
become due, and at the end of each quarter of the fiscal year, and more often
|
||
if required, prepare and file with the clerk a full and complete report for the
|
||
quarter as to all licenses issued, giving the name of each person paying the
|
||
license and the amount paid therefor and the business in which the same is
|
||
paid, which report shall be submitted to the council at the next regular
|
||
meeting after said report has been filed.
|
||
The treasurer shall give bond to the city with sufficient sureties to be
|
||
approved by the council, in the penal sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000.00).
|
||
The penalty of the bond may be increased or diminished at any time by order of
|
||
the council. (Ord. 25, 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
When any warrant, drawn upon the treasurer of the city pursuant to any
|
||
ordinance, resolution or direction of the council, is presented to the
|
||
treasurer for payment and is not paid for want of funds, such treasurer must
|
||
endorse thereon the words "Not paid for want of funds", annexing the date of
|
||
presentation and his signature, and from that time until the warrant is called
|
||
in for payment, such warrant shall bear interest at the rate of six percent
|
||
(6%) per annum. (Ord. 4, 5-15-1913)
|
||
1-6-6: HEALTH OFFICER:
|
||
The duties of health officer shall be such as are prescribed by the statutes of
|
||
the state and the rules and regulations of the state board of health. (Ord. 25,
|
||
6-29-1944)
|
||
1-6-7: FIRE CHIEF:
|
||
The duties of the fire chief shall be such as are prescribed by the statutes of
|
||
the state, the rules and regulations of the state fire marshal, and the various
|
||
provisions of this code. He shall have supervision of the engine and
|
||
firefighting apparatus of the city, and the city firemen shall be under his
|
||
orders and control. His duties as inspector of buildings shall be such as are
|
||
prescribed by the state laws and the provisions of this code. (Ord. 25, 6-29-
|
||
1944)
|
||
1-6-8: ENGINEER:
|
||
(A) General Duties: The engineer shall be in charge of all engineering and
|
||
surveying done within the city and shall have general superintendence of all
|
||
work crews of the city. He shall supervise the location of lines and grades of
|
||
all streets and sidewalks, alleys, avenues or public ways, and to determine the
|
||
position, size and construction of all sewers, waterworks, irrigation or
|
||
drainage canals, reservoirs, culverts, conduits, aqueducts, bridges, viaducts
|
||
or other public works or appurtenances, and to prepare plans, maps or profiles
|
||
of the same, and to make estimates and furnish specifications for any of said
|
||
work whenever required to do so by the council. He shall have the general
|
||
supervision of all contract or other work and see that it is performed in a
|
||
workmanlike manner and in accordance with the authorized plans, and in
|
||
conformity with the terms of the contract and specifications.
|
||
(B) Plumbing: He shall have general supervisory control of licensed
|
||
plumbers and all matters relating to the plumbing, waterworks and sewage
|
||
connections made, constructed or had within the city, with power to do, carry
|
||
out and perform all of those duties, matters and things herein elsewhere
|
||
provided for in a manner and form as there prescribed, and he shall do, perform
|
||
and carry out all such other matters and things as may from time to time be
|
||
required of him by this code or the orders or resolutions of the council or its
|
||
proper committee or committees.
|
||
(C) Building Inspector: He shall also perform the duties generally
|
||
relating to the office of building inspector and have such duties as are
|
||
prescribed elsewhere in this code and by the laws of the state with powers
|
||
generally to do, carry out and perform all matters and things herein provided
|
||
for, and he shall also do, carry out and perform such other matters and things
|
||
relating to said office as may from time to time be required by this code or
|
||
laws of the state, or the orders and resolutions of the council relating to the
|
||
office of building inspector.
|
||
(D) Notes, Profiles And Plans: All surveys, notes of surveys, field notes,
|
||
maps or profiles, plans and estimates made by him or others in his employ for
|
||
the city, shall be the property of the city, and shall be carefully preserved
|
||
in his office and open to the inspection of all persons interested. He shall
|
||
also make a certified copy of all surveys, notes of surveys, field notes, maps,
|
||
or profiles, plans and estimates and file the same in the office of the clerk.
|
||
(Ord. 25, 6-29-1944)
|
||
1-6-9: ABOLISHMENT OF OFFICE:
|
||
The council shall have the power to abolish any office, the appointment to
|
||
which is made by the mayor, with the advice and consent of the council, and
|
||
discharge any officer so appointed, by a majority vote of the council, but no
|
||
office created by the statutes of the state must be so abolished. The council
|
||
may, by ordinance, consolidate any of the offices, the appointment to which is
|
||
made by the mayor with the advice and consent of the council, and may require
|
||
any of the elected officers to perform any of the duties of an appointed
|
||
officer whose office has been abolished. The council, upon written charges, to
|
||
be entered upon their journal, after notice to the party and after trial by the
|
||
council, by vote of two-thirds (2/3) of all the members elect, may remove any
|
||
officer. (Ord. 25, 6-29-1944)
|
||
1-6-10: BONDS:
|
||
The official bonds provided for in this chapter shall run to the city, or its
|
||
successor, and be conditioned for the faithful performance of all the duties of
|
||
the respective offices and that the principal therein will account for and turn
|
||
over unto his successor or other person lawfully entitled thereto all monies,
|
||
property or effects belonging to the city or its successor, coming into his
|
||
hands or control during his term of office. Said bonds, when approved by the
|
||
council, shall be filed with the clerk, except the bond of the clerk, which
|
||
shall be filed with the treasurer. (Ord. 25, 6-29-1944; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 7
|
||
COUNCIL
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-7-1: Term Of Office; Qualifications
|
||
1-7-2: Time And Place Of Meetings
|
||
1-7-3: Conduct Of Meetings
|
||
1-7-4: Quorum
|
||
1-7-5: Voting
|
||
1-7-6: President Of Council
|
||
1-7-1: TERM OF OFFICE; QUALIFICATIONS:
|
||
There shall be elected from among the residents of the city two (2) aldermen
|
||
from each ward, who must, at the first meeting of the council, decide by lot
|
||
their term of office, one from each ward to hold office for a term of two (2)
|
||
years and one for the term of one year, and until the qualifications of their
|
||
successors 1 .
|
||
No person shall be eligible to the office of alderman unless he shall be
|
||
taxpaying freeholder within the city limits. He shall also be a resident of the
|
||
ward so electing him, or a resident of an area which has been annexed by the
|
||
city and placed in a ward, for at least one year preceding such election 2 .
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-711.
|
||
2 2. RCM 11-714.
|
||
1-7-2: TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS:
|
||
A regular meeting of the council shall be held the first and third Tuesday of
|
||
each month at the hour of seven o'clock (7:00) P.M. Special meeting may be
|
||
called by the mayor, or two (2) aldermen at any other time, the clerk on their
|
||
requisition, giving reasonable notice thereof in writing to all members of the
|
||
council present in the city, which notice will be served by the marshal. At the
|
||
regular meetings shall be transacted the municipal business of the city, as it
|
||
may come up from time to time, and any regular meeting may be adjourned to any
|
||
future date not exceeding the time for the next regular meeting, and any number
|
||
of times. At any special meeting shall be transacted only that business for
|
||
which the special meeting was called, which business must be stated in the
|
||
notice of the meeting as served upon the members of the council. All meetings
|
||
unless otherwise ordered for cause shall be held in the office of the clerk of
|
||
the city. (Ord. 204, 6-7-1977)
|
||
1-7-3: CONDUCT OF MEETINGS:
|
||
At the hour appointed for the meeting, the council shall be called to order by
|
||
the mayor, or in his absence by the president of the council, or in the absence
|
||
of both, by the clerk. Upon the appearance of a quorum, the council shall
|
||
proceed to business in the following order:
|
||
Reading, amending and approving the minutes of the previous meeting.
|
||
Report to officers.
|
||
Report of standing committees.
|
||
Allowance of claims against the city.
|
||
Presentation of petitions and communications.
|
||
New business.
|
||
The foregoing order of business may be suspended on a majority vote, and
|
||
questions relating to the priority of business shall be decided without debate.
|
||
(Ord. 57, 6-2-1924; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
1-7-4: QUORUM:
|
||
A majority of the council, including the presiding officer, shall constitute a
|
||
quorum to do business, but a smaller number when present may compel the
|
||
attendance of the absent members by sending the chief of police or other police
|
||
officer to require their attendance; provided, however, that when a quorum
|
||
consists of three (3) members only, any action taken must be by unanimous vote.
|
||
If they refuse to attend after being notified by the chief of police or other
|
||
police officer, they shall be fined by the presiding officer of the council in
|
||
a sum not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more than ten dollars ($10.00)
|
||
which fine when entered on the journal of the council shall be deducted from
|
||
the compensation allowed or to be allowed to such alderman; provided, if said
|
||
failing member at a subsequent meeting of the council renders an excuse which
|
||
shall be satisfactory to the council, he shall be released from said fine.
|
||
The absence from meetings of the council for the continuous period of three (3)
|
||
months shall work a forfeiture of the office of any member of the council
|
||
unless leave of absence shall first be asked of and granted by the council.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
1-7-5: VOTING:
|
||
The ayes and nays must be called and recorded on the final passage of any
|
||
ordinance, bylaw, or resolution on making any contract, and the voting on the
|
||
election or appointment of any officer must be via voice, and a majority of the
|
||
whole number of the members elected is requisite to appoint or elect an
|
||
officer, and such vote must be recorded 1 . (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-1014.
|
||
1-7-6: PRESIDENT OF COUNCIL:
|
||
The council shall elect a president, who, in the absence of the mayor, shall be
|
||
the presiding officer and may perform the duties of mayor, and in the absence
|
||
of the president of the council, it may appoint one of its members to act in
|
||
his place 1 . (1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. RCM 11-804.
|
||
CHAPTER 8
|
||
CITY COURT
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-8-1: City Court Hours
|
||
1-8-2: Duties Of City Judge
|
||
1-8-3: Arrests; Complaints
|
||
1-8-4: Bail Bond
|
||
1-8-5: Cash Bond
|
||
1-8-6: Collection Of Costs
|
||
1-8-7: Reports
|
||
1-8-8: Acquittal
|
||
1-8-1: CITY COURT HOURS:
|
||
City court shall commence at such hours as the city judge shall designate.
|
||
(Ord. 218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
1-8-2: DUTIES OF CITY JUDGE:
|
||
The city judge shall keep a regular docket of proceedings in the court, in
|
||
which shall be entered in consecutive order a brief synopsis of the proceedings
|
||
on each case, from the time of arrest up to and including final judgment
|
||
rendered in the court, and an entry of the appeal, if any appeal is taken.
|
||
(Ord. 218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
1-8-3: ARRESTS; COMPLAINTS:
|
||
If in the opinion of the city judge a complaint is malicious or without
|
||
probable cause, he may demand the payment in advance of the probable costs from
|
||
the complainant, or security to pay the same within thirty (30) days, before
|
||
issuing the warrant, and such costs shall be refunded, or the security released
|
||
upon the conviction of the defendant. (Ord. 218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
1-8-4: BAIL BOND:
|
||
Cash bonds shall be turned over to the treasurer within twenty four (24) hours
|
||
and his receipt taken therefor, but the treasurer shall not pay the same into
|
||
any fund until the bond is declared forfeited, and may return the same to the
|
||
depositor on the order of the city judge when the condition of the bond has
|
||
been met. (Ord. 218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
1-8-5: CASH BOND:
|
||
Any person found guilty of a violation of the provisions of this code which is
|
||
punishable by a fine, the city judge rendering judgment that the defendant pay
|
||
such fine, may also direct that he be imprisoned in jail until such fine be
|
||
satisfied as provided in chapter 4 of this title. (Ord. 218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
1-8-6: COLLECTION OF COSTS:
|
||
The city judge shall collect the same costs in civil and criminal actions
|
||
coming before him as are allowed by statute in similar cases or matters arising
|
||
under the state laws, and all fines, fees, or charges so collected by him shall
|
||
be paid over to the treasurer for the benefit of the city. When a fine imposed
|
||
by the city judge for the violation of any provision of this code is paid in
|
||
money, he shall note the payment and the amount thereof with the name of the
|
||
person paying the same, if it is other than the defendant, on his docket as an
|
||
entry in the case, and such entry shall be sufficient receipt therefor. (Ord.
|
||
218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
1-8-7: REPORTS:
|
||
The city judge shall make out and file with the clerk at end of each quarter of
|
||
the fiscal year, a report of the number of cases tried by him for offenses
|
||
against the provisions of this code, the persons convicted and acquitted, the
|
||
fines and costs imposed and whether the same have been paid, and the number of
|
||
days any person convicted has been sentenced to confinement in jail. The
|
||
receipts of the treasurer for money paid over to him by the city judge during
|
||
said quarter shall be attached to said report and made a part thereof. (Ord.
|
||
218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
1-8-8: ACQUITTAL:
|
||
When any defendant charged with the violation of any of the provisions of this
|
||
code is acquitted, and if the city judge shall certify in the minutes that the
|
||
prosecution was malicious or without probable cause, he may order the
|
||
complainant to pay the costs of the action, or to give satisfactory security by
|
||
a written undertaking with one or more sureties to pay the same within thirty
|
||
(30) days after the trial. If the complainant does not pay the costs or give
|
||
security therefor, the city judge may enter judgment against him for the amount
|
||
thereof which may be enforced in all respects in the same manner as a judgment
|
||
rendered in a civil action. An appeal may be taken as in other cases in civil
|
||
action. (Ord. 218, 2-19-1980)
|
||
CHAPTER 9
|
||
ELECTIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-9-1: Registration
|
||
1-9-2: Qualification Of Electors
|
||
1-9-3: Voters; Disqualification
|
||
1-9-4: Biennial Election
|
||
1-9-5: Precincts
|
||
1-9-6: Notice
|
||
1-9-7: Judges And Clerks Appointment
|
||
1-9-8: Name Must Appear On Register
|
||
1-9-9: Certificates Of Nomination
|
||
1-9-10: Certificate, Where Filed, Contents
|
||
1-9-11: Nomination Requirements
|
||
1-9-12: Certificates To Be Preserved One Year
|
||
1-9-13: Nominees To Pay Prescribed Filing Fee
|
||
1-9-14: Filing Fees
|
||
1-9-15: Nomination Declined
|
||
1-9-16: Vacancies May Be Filled By Further Certificates
|
||
1-9-17: Errors, How Corrected
|
||
1-9-18: Unlawful Interference
|
||
1-9-1: REGISTRATION:
|
||
Any elector residing within the corporate limits of the city may register for
|
||
any city election by appearing before the county clerk and ex officio registrar
|
||
and making correct answers to all questions propounded by the county clerk
|
||
touching the items of information called for by such registry card, and by
|
||
signing and verifying the affidavit or affidavits on the back of such card.
|
||
(Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-2: QUALIFICATION OF ELECTORS:
|
||
Every person of the age of eighteen (18) years or over, possessing the
|
||
following qualifications if his name is registered as required by law, may vote
|
||
at all elections held in the city.
|
||
(A) He must be a citizen of the United States.
|
||
(B) He must have resided in the state for one year and in the city for six
|
||
(6) months, and in the ward for thirty (30) days immediately preceding the
|
||
election of which he offers to vote. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-3: VOTERS; DISQUALIFICATION:
|
||
No person who has been convicted of a felony has the right to vote unless he
|
||
has been pardoned. No person who is an idiot or who is insane is entitled to
|
||
vote at any election held in this city. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-4: BIENNIAL ELECTION:
|
||
The election of such officers as are by law elected for the city shall be on
|
||
the first Tuesday of April in each second year. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-5: PRECINCTS:
|
||
The city shall be divided into precincts for the purpose of such elections,
|
||
whether biennial or special, as follows:
|
||
(A) Precinct no. 1, the first ward.
|
||
(B) Precinct no. 2, the second ward. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-6: NOTICE:
|
||
Notice of every election held in the city shall be prepared by the clerk,
|
||
stating the purpose of which such election is held, the day upon which it will
|
||
be held, the place of voting in each ward and the time the polls will open and
|
||
close and such notice shall be posted in three (3) public places in each ward
|
||
of the city at least ten (10) days prior to such election, one being the place
|
||
where the election is held. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-7: JUDGES AND CLERKS APPOINTMENT:
|
||
The council must, at least five (5) days before any election, appoint three (3)
|
||
judges and two (2) clerks of election for each voting precinct, and at such
|
||
time fix the voting places for each precinct. Such judges or other officers
|
||
shall qualify and conduct the election, canvass the votes and make returns
|
||
thereof to the clerk in all respects as required by the laws of the state of
|
||
Montana for conducting the general elections, as far as the same are applicable
|
||
to city elections. In the event that any judge or clerk of election, appointed
|
||
by the council, shall fail to appear and qualify at the time and place for
|
||
opening the polls for such election, another shall be chosen by the qualified
|
||
electors present at such time and place, who shall qualify and act as judge or
|
||
clerk. Judges and clerks of election shall be entitled to receive compensation
|
||
as fixed by the city council. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-8: NAME MUST APPEAR ON REGISTER:
|
||
When any person shall offer to vote at any general or special city election,
|
||
the judges shall examine the registry list for that ward, and if his name be
|
||
found thereon without challenge and none is offered, shall check the same and
|
||
deposit his ballot, and the clerks shall enter his name on the poll list. If
|
||
his name be not on the list, he shall not be allowed to vote. (Ord. 187, 2-20-
|
||
1973)
|
||
1-9-9: CERTIFICATES OF NOMINATION:
|
||
Candidates for municipal office may be nominated in the following manner:
|
||
(A) A certificate of nomination containing the name of the candidate for
|
||
the office is to be filed with the city clerk with such information as is
|
||
required in section
|
||
1-9-10 of this chapter, must be signed by the electors residing within the
|
||
political subdivision in and for which the officer or officers are to be
|
||
elected in the following required numbers:
|
||
The number of signatures must not be less in number than five percent (5%) of
|
||
the number of votes cast for the successful candidate for the same office at
|
||
the next preceding election; but the signatures need not be appended to one
|
||
paper.
|
||
(B) Each elector signing the certificate shall add to his signature his
|
||
place of residence, his business and his business address. Any such certificate
|
||
may be filed as provided for in section
|
||
1-9-10 of this chapter. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-10: CERTIFICATE, WHERE FILED, CONTENTS:
|
||
(A) Certificates of nomination for municipal officers must be filed with
|
||
the city clerk not more than forty five (45) days and not less than thirty (30)
|
||
days previous to the day of election.
|
||
(B) Certificates of nomination which must be in writing must contain the
|
||
name of the person nominated, his residence, his business, his business address
|
||
and the office for which he is named. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-11: NOMINATION REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
No certificate of nomination must contain the name of more than one candidate
|
||
for each office to be filled. No person must join in nominating more than one
|
||
person for each office to be filled, and no person must accept the nomination
|
||
to more than one office. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-12: CERTIFICATES TO BE PRESERVED ONE YEAR:
|
||
The city clerk must cause to be preserved in his office for one year all
|
||
certificates of nomination filed under the provisions of this chapter. All such
|
||
certificates must be open to public inspection under proper regulations made by
|
||
the city clerk with whom the same are filed. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-13: NOMINEES TO PAY PRESCRIBED FILING FEE:
|
||
All candidates nominated under the provisions of this chapter shall upon filing
|
||
a certificate of nomination pay to the city clerk with whom the certificates of
|
||
nomination are required to be filed the fees provided for by section
|
||
1-9-14 of this chapter and such filing fee shall be paid by every person whose
|
||
name appears upon the ballot in any general election, provided, however, that
|
||
only one filing fee shall be required from any candidate. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-14: FILING FEES:
|
||
The fees required to be paid for filing such certificates of nomination shall
|
||
be as follows:
|
||
(A) For any office with a salary attached of one thousand dollars
|
||
($1,000.00) or less per annum - ten dollars ($10.00);
|
||
(B) For any office with a salary attached of more than one thousand
|
||
dollars ($1,000.00) per annum - one percent (1%) of the total amount of the
|
||
annual salary. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-15: NOMINATION DECLINED:
|
||
Any person declining nomination in a municipal election shall make such
|
||
declination at least five (5) days before an election. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-16: VACANCIES MAY BE FILLED BY FURTHER CERTIFICATES:
|
||
When a vacancy occurs in an office of a candidate before the printing of the
|
||
ballot for the general election, or if a candidate declines the nomination as
|
||
provided in this chapter, or if any certificate of nomination is or becomes
|
||
insufficient or inoperative from any cause, the vacancy or vacancies thus
|
||
occasioned may be filled in the manner required for original nomination. (Ord.
|
||
187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
1-9-17: ERRORS, HOW CORRECTED:
|
||
Whenever it appears by affidavit that an error or omission has occurred in the
|
||
publication of the name or description of a candidate nominated for office, or
|
||
in the printing of the ballot, the district court of the county may, upon
|
||
application of any elector, order and require the city clerk to correct such
|
||
error or to show cause why such error should not be corrected. (Ord. 187, 2-20-
|
||
1973)
|
||
1-9-18: UNLAWFUL INTERFERENCE:
|
||
No person shall by bribery or other improper means or device directly or
|
||
indirectly attempt to influence any elector in the casting of any ballot nor
|
||
deter him in the deposit of his ballot or interfere or hinder any voter in the
|
||
full and free exercise of his right of suffrage. (Ord. 187, 2-20-1973)
|
||
CHAPTER 10
|
||
ORDINANCES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-10-1: Publication
|
||
1-10-2: Posting
|
||
1-10-3: Effective Date
|
||
1-10-4: Ordinance Books
|
||
1-10-5: Destruction Of Records
|
||
1-10-1: PUBLICATION:
|
||
All ordinances, bylaws and resolutions of the city shall be published or posted
|
||
as required by law. (Ord. 1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
1-10-2: POSTING:
|
||
All ordinances, bylaws and resolutions shall be posted for a period of thirty
|
||
(30) days in three (3) public places, in the city, one of which shall be the
|
||
city hall, after which they shall be recorded in a book to be kept for that
|
||
purpose by the clerk, who shall append to each ordinance, bylaw and resolution,
|
||
when so recorded and posted, over his signature, the following certificate:
|
||
"Posted for thirty (30) days, Clerk", and the record of said
|
||
ordinance, bylaw or resolution with said certificate shall be sufficient
|
||
evidence in any court of the proper, legal publication of said ordinance, bylaw
|
||
or resolution. (Ord. 1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
1-10-3: EFFECTIVE DATE:
|
||
All resolutions passed by the council shall be immediately effective unless a
|
||
delayed effective date is specified. No ordinance passed by the council shall
|
||
become effective until thirty (30) days after its passage except general
|
||
appropriation ordinances providing for the ordinary and current expenses of the
|
||
city, excepting also, emergency measures and in the case of emergency measures,
|
||
the emergency must be expressed in the preamble or in the body of an ordinance,
|
||
as the ordinance must receive two-thirds (2/3) vote of all the members elected.
|
||
In emergency ordinances, the resolution shall include only such measures as are
|
||
immediately necessary for the preservation of peace, health and safety. (Ord.
|
||
234, 11-20-1984)
|
||
1-10-4: ORDINANCE BOOKS:
|
||
The book in which said ordinances, bylaws and resolutions are recorded shall be
|
||
called the "ordinance book", shall be kept in the custody of the clerk, and
|
||
shall be open to inspection by the public at all proper times. (Ord. 1, 5-5-
|
||
1913)
|
||
1-10-5: DESTRUCTION OF RECORDS:
|
||
It is hereby declared to be unlawful and a misdemeanor to in any manner alter,
|
||
mutilate or destroy the copy of any ordinance, bylaw or resolution which has
|
||
been posted in accordance with the provisions hereof, and any person guilty of
|
||
a violation of this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord.
|
||
1, 5-5-1913; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-805, 11-1102.
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER 11
|
||
SALARIES AND WAGES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-11-1: Compensation
|
||
1-11-1: COMPENSATION:
|
||
The salaries and wages of the officers and employees of the city shall be fixed
|
||
and determined by the city council by proper resolution. (Ord. 267, 2-21-1995)
|
||
CHAPTER 12
|
||
CITY FINANCES; FUNDS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
1-12-1: Special Improvement District Revolving Fund
|
||
1-12-1: SPECIAL IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT REVOLVING FUND:
|
||
There is hereby created and established in the city of Choteau, Montana, a
|
||
"special improvement district revolving fund" as authorized by section 11-2269
|
||
of the Revised Codes of Montana, 1947, as amended, to be maintained for any
|
||
special improvement district or districts created during the year 1976 and
|
||
thereafter for any purpose, in order to secure prompt payment of any special
|
||
improvement district bonds or warrants hereafter issued in payment of
|
||
improvements made therein, and the interest thereon as it becomes due. For the
|
||
purpose of providing funds for such revolving fund the council may in its
|
||
discretion, from time to time, transfer to the said revolving fund from the
|
||
general fund of the city such amount or amounts as may be deemed necessary,
|
||
which amount or amounts so transferred shall be deemed and considered, and
|
||
shall be, loans from such general fund to the revolving fund, and shall in
|
||
addition to such transfer or transfers from the general fund, or in lieu
|
||
thereof, levy and collect for such revolving fund such a tax, hereby declared
|
||
to be for a public purpose, on all the taxable property in said city or town as
|
||
shall be necessary to meet the financial requirements of such fund, such levy,
|
||
together with such transfer, not to exceed in any one year five percent (5%) of
|
||
the principal amount of the then outstanding special improvement district bonds
|
||
and warrants. Whenever any special improvement district bond or warrant, or any
|
||
interest thereon, shall become due and payable, and there shall then be either
|
||
no money or not sufficient money in the appropriate district fund with which to
|
||
pay the same, an amount sufficient to make up the deficiency may, by order of
|
||
the council, be loaned by the revolving fund to such district fund to be used
|
||
and applied as provided by sections 11-2270, 11-2271, 11-2272 and 11-2273,
|
||
Revised Code of Montana as amended. (Ord. 202, 7-19-1976)
|
||
TITLE 2
|
||
DEPARTMENTS
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
WATER DEPARTMENT
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
2-1-1: Duties Of City Superintendent Regarding Water System
|
||
2-1-2: Rules And Regulations
|
||
2-1-3: Application For Water
|
||
2-1-4: Charges For Connections
|
||
2-1-5: Discontinuance Of Service At Request Of Owner
|
||
2-1-6: Responsibility For Service Pipes And Fixtures
|
||
2-1-7: Seasonal Rules; Violations; Penalties
|
||
2-1-8: Using Water During Fire Prohibited
|
||
2-1-9: Tapping Water Mains; Authorized Persons
|
||
2-1-10: One Connection For Two Or More Buildings Prohibited; Exceptions
|
||
2-1-11: Shutting Off Water At Mains
|
||
2-1-12: Unlawful Acts
|
||
2-1-13: Water Meters And Permits
|
||
2-1-14: Water Meters; Property Of City
|
||
2-1-15: Water Meters To Have Cutoffs; Bypass
|
||
2-1-16: Licensed Person Only To Install
|
||
2-1-17: Bond For Water Connection Work
|
||
2-1-18: Curb Stops
|
||
2-1-19: New Construction And Total Reconstruction; Connection To City Water
|
||
2-1-20: Private Water Supply; Permit Required
|
||
2-1-21: Private Water Supply; No Connection To City Water System
|
||
2-1-22: Establishment Of Water Rates
|
||
2-1-23: Water Rates; Payable
|
||
2-1-24: Water Service; Delinquent Accounts; Violation
|
||
2-1-25: Deposit For New Accounts
|
||
2-1-26: Variation In Water Pressure
|
||
2-1-27: Supersedes Prior Ordinances And Repealer
|
||
2-1-28: Severability
|
||
2-1-1: DUTIES OF CITY SUPERINTENDENT REGARDING WATER SYSTEM:
|
||
The city superintendent shall have the following duties regarding the city
|
||
water department:
|
||
(A) Executive Officer: Be the general executive officer of the water
|
||
system and shall have the immediate control and management of all things
|
||
pertaining to the water system and shall perform all acts which may be
|
||
necessary for the prudent, efficient and economical management and protection
|
||
of the water system, subject to the approval and control of the council.
|
||
(B) Administration: Have charge of all employees and all property
|
||
belonging to, and pertaining to the water system, and shall give written orders
|
||
for all supplies and materials and preserve a copy of such orders in the
|
||
office.
|
||
(C) Contracts And Repairs: Have charge of all contracts and shall see that
|
||
they are faithfully executed, and shall have charge of all erection, alteration
|
||
and repair of all buildings, engines, pumps, fixtures, wells, reservoirs and
|
||
grounds. The superintendent shall determine the location and size of all water
|
||
mains, service connections, valves, hydrants and specials, subject to approval
|
||
by the department of environmental quality.
|
||
(D) Records: Keep correct record of all mains, hydrants, valves and
|
||
specials and submit all bills, payrolls and accounts to the city for their
|
||
audit and approval.
|
||
(E) Books And Papers: Have the care and safekeeping, in a place provided
|
||
by the city, of all books and papers regarding the water system.
|
||
(F) Permits: Issue all permits for tapping mains and shall keep record of
|
||
all taps, service pipes, their size, location, material and all data pertaining
|
||
to same.
|
||
(G) Pump Record: Cause to be kept a daily record of all the work of each
|
||
pump, the pressure maintained, the number of gallons pumped and such other data
|
||
as may be necessary.
|
||
(H) Gates And Hydrants: See that all gates and hydrants are restored to
|
||
their proper condition after use by the fire department and shall see that all
|
||
breaks or defects, should any be discovered, are repaired as necessary and as
|
||
resources permit.
|
||
(I) Taps And Service Pipes: Shall require that service pipes and
|
||
connections be properly laid and curb stops placed in their proper location,
|
||
and record kept of same.
|
||
(J) Meters: Keep a true record of each meter in use and test any meters
|
||
which are suspected of inaccuracy and cause the same to be remedied.
|
||
(K) Delegation Of Duties: The superintendent may delegate any of the above
|
||
responsibilities to other city employees. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-2: RULES AND REGULATIONS:
|
||
The rules and regulations hereby established for the management, control and
|
||
protection of the water system shall be considered to be part of each contract
|
||
with each customer of city water who will be deemed to have consented to be
|
||
bound to these rules and regulations. Failure to know the rules will not excuse
|
||
anyone from the penalty for infringement of such rules. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-3: APPLICATION FOR WATER:
|
||
Applications for city water to be used for any purpose must be made at the city
|
||
office upon the printed form furnished for that purpose. The application must
|
||
be signed by the owner or duly authorized agent of the owner of the property to
|
||
be served. No taps shall be made to the main until the applicant has signed the
|
||
contract mentioned herein, and a permit has been issued authorizing the laying
|
||
and connecting of such pipes as will conform with the application. (Ord. 294,
|
||
4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-4: CHARGES FOR CONNECTIONS:
|
||
At the time of making application and signing the contract set forth herein,
|
||
the applicant shall pay for the cost of the tap and the material furnished by
|
||
the city for making said connection. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-5: DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE AT REQUEST OF OWNER:
|
||
Should an owner of property desire to discontinue the use of water at the
|
||
owner's property, written notice thereof shall be filed with the city. When the
|
||
water is ordered shut off from any premises, all charges for water supplied to
|
||
such premises shall be immediately due and payable to the city. The water will
|
||
be turned off without charge, but the owner shall continue to be obligated to
|
||
pay the monthly base rate. The owner of property requiring reconnection after
|
||
voluntary discontinuance of service shall pay a reconnection fee. (Ord. 294, 4-
|
||
16-2002)
|
||
2-1-6: RESPONSIBILITY FOR SERVICE PIPES AND FIXTURES:
|
||
The city is responsible for the water main and main corporation valve. The
|
||
property owner is responsible for the service pipe from the city water main to
|
||
the premises together with the curb stops and box. Service pipe and curb stop
|
||
will be installed according to city specifications and by authorized persons
|
||
only, at the expense of the property owner. No claim shall be made against the
|
||
city on account of failure of any service pipe or fixtures or for accidental
|
||
failure in the supply of water. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-7: SEASONAL RULES; VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES:
|
||
The city council shall make such rules as they deem necessary for controlling
|
||
the seasonal use of water. All water users shall be notified of these rules by
|
||
publication in the newspaper or by mail. Users violating the rules adopted by
|
||
the city council shall be given a warning by the city. A person who violates
|
||
the rules after receiving a warning is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon
|
||
conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less than twenty five
|
||
dollars ($25.00) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord. 294, 4-16-
|
||
2002)
|
||
2-1-8: USING WATER DURING FIRE PROHIBITED:
|
||
During a fire, it is unlawful for any person to use hoses, yard fountains and
|
||
all other outlets where a constant flow of water is maintained except for the
|
||
extinguishment of the fire. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-9: TAPPING WATER MAINS; AUTHORIZED PERSONS:
|
||
No person other than an authorized employee of the city shall make any tap or
|
||
connection with any main or with any distributing pipe of the water system, and
|
||
water may be turned on at the curb cock only by an authorized employee of the
|
||
city. It is a misdemeanor for any unauthorized person to turn water on or tap
|
||
into or connect with the water system. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-10: ONE CONNECTION FOR TWO OR MORE BUILDINGS PROHIBITED; EXCEPTIONS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any owner, agent or tenant to supply or permit to be
|
||
supplied, any water to two (2) or more buildings through one and the same
|
||
connection except on a special contract with the city. Supplying or permitting
|
||
water to be supplied to two (2) or more buildings without a special contract is
|
||
a violation of the owner's contract and owners shall be liable for the cost of
|
||
all water so used. The city reserves the right to shut off the supply of water
|
||
for wilful abuses. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-11: SHUTTING OFF WATER AT MAINS:
|
||
The city reserves the right at any time without notice to shut the water off at
|
||
its mains for the purpose of making repairs or extensions or for any other
|
||
purpose, and no claim shall be made against the city for any damage that may
|
||
result from shutting off the water. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-12: UNLAWFUL ACTS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person with intent to injure or defraud, to:
|
||
(A) Break or deface the seal on any water meter; or
|
||
(B) Obstruct, alter, injure or prevent the action of any water meter; or
|
||
(C) Make any connection by means of a pipe, or otherwise, with any main or
|
||
pipe used for delivery of water to a consumer thereof, in such a manner as to
|
||
take water from said main or pipe without its passage through the meter; or
|
||
(D) Make any connection or connection with such main or pipe, or turn off
|
||
or on, or in any manner interfere with any valve, stopcock or other appliance
|
||
connected therewith; or
|
||
(E) Prevent by the erection of any device or construction, or by any other
|
||
means, free access to any water meter or to interfere with, obstruct or
|
||
prevent, by any means the reading or inspection of such water meter by any
|
||
agent of the city.
|
||
Any violation of this section will be deemed a misdemeanor. (Ord. 294, 4-16-
|
||
2002)
|
||
2-1-13: WATER METERS AND PERMITS:
|
||
All property with water service lines tapped into or connected to the city
|
||
water system shall be serviced by a city approved water meter. No person, firm
|
||
or corporation shall connect any water service pipe or pipes into the city
|
||
water mains without having first obtained a permit, in accordance with the fee
|
||
schedule therefor from the city council and on file in the city office. (Ord.
|
||
294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-14: WATER METERS; PROPERTY OF CITY:
|
||
Water meters are owned by the city and are furnished to customers. Meter cost
|
||
shall be originally paid by the city and repairs or replacements paid by the
|
||
city except for meters damaged by the wilful acts or negligence of the customer
|
||
or user. Meter installation cost on new construction will be the responsibility
|
||
of the consumer, and proper receptacles are to be provided for the meters and
|
||
the service pipes are to be suitably arranged. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-15: WATER METERS TO HAVE CUTOFFS; BYPASS:
|
||
All meters installed for measuring city water shall be provided with a cutoff
|
||
on each side of said meter, so that any meter may be removed for the purpose of
|
||
testing or repairing and a bypass may be placed in the service pipe for the
|
||
purpose of supplying the customer with water during the testing of said meter.
|
||
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-16: LICENSED PERSON ONLY TO INSTALL:
|
||
No water meter or water service shall be installed except by a plumber, duly
|
||
licensed under the laws of the state of Montana, or by the city, and no person
|
||
other than one acting under the authority and direction of the city shall open,
|
||
repair or interfere with any water meter in service. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-17: BOND FOR WATER CONNECTION WORK:
|
||
Any private contractor or plumber authorized and licensed by the city for
|
||
making water connections to the city main shall file with the city a bond or
|
||
proof of insurance in at least the sum of one hundred thousand dollars
|
||
($100,000.00) protecting the city against all loss or damage which may occur on
|
||
account of such license through the wilful or negligent acts or omissions to
|
||
act in the execution or protection of his work or by reason of any inadequate
|
||
or defective work done by such person or his employees. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-18: CURB STOPS:
|
||
The opening of curb stops by any means other than with a proper wrench by an
|
||
authorized person is strictly forbidden and persons violating this section
|
||
shall be liable for all damages occasioned thereby. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-19: NEW CONSTRUCTION AND TOTAL RECONSTRUCTION; CONNECTION TO CITY WATER:
|
||
All new commercial or noncommercial construction and total reconstruction of a
|
||
demolished residence or building within the city limits must connect to the
|
||
city water system provided, however, that the lot or premises is adjacent to a
|
||
city water line existing at the time of the construction or reconstruction.
|
||
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-20: PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY; PERMIT REQUIRED:
|
||
Every person who owns or occupies premises within the city limits connected to
|
||
city water service who intends to construct or install a private, domestic
|
||
water supply, must obtain a permit from the city. A private, domestic water
|
||
supply is any assemblage of pipes, hoses, conduits, pumps, tanks or other
|
||
apparatus whereby water is obtained from a well, spring, pond, stream or lake
|
||
to be used for domestic water use. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-21: PRIVATE WATER SUPPLY; NO CONNECTION TO CITY WATER SYSTEM:
|
||
It is prohibited to have any physical connection between a private water supply
|
||
and the city water system. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-22: ESTABLISHMENT OF WATER RATES:
|
||
The charges for water furnished by the city to a customer whose property is not
|
||
metered shall be based on the rates in effect on the date of adoption hereof or
|
||
as adopted by resolution of the city council, which schedule may be revised
|
||
from time to time by resolution and in accordance with title 69, chapter 7,
|
||
part 1 et seq.
|
||
The charges for water furnished by the city to a customer whose property has
|
||
been metered shall be based on a schedule of charges for water furnished by the
|
||
city as adopted by resolution of the city council which schedule may be revised
|
||
from time to time by resolution of the city council and in accordance with
|
||
title 69, chapter 7, part 1 et seq. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-23: WATER RATES; PAYABLE:
|
||
On a monthly basis, the city shall prepare a statement of charges assessed
|
||
against each user for the previous month. The city shall mail said statement of
|
||
charges to the user at the address provided to the city by the user.
|
||
Payment for the charges named therein shall be due in the office of the city
|
||
clerk no later than thirty (30) days from the issuance date of the statement.
|
||
(Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-24: WATER SERVICE; DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS; VIOLATION:
|
||
For violation of any of the rules set out in this chapter or for nonpayment,
|
||
the city has the right to turn off water to the premises.
|
||
Charges shall be delinquent if not paid on or before the due date, and a
|
||
delinquency which continues thirty (30) days or more shall result in
|
||
termination of water service unless arrangements acceptable to the city have
|
||
been made. The city shall have an action at law for the collection of
|
||
delinquent charges, interest at the legal rate from the date of delinquency,
|
||
costs and attorney fees.
|
||
Once terminated, the water service shall not be restored until the customer's
|
||
account is paid in full, including both current and delinquent charges, or
|
||
until arrangements acceptable to the city have been made. The city shall have
|
||
the sole discretion to decide what arrangements, if any, are acceptable.
|
||
Whenever the water supply shall be shut off in the service pipe for nonpayment,
|
||
before service is reinstated, the customer shall pay a fee as determined by
|
||
resolution of the city council and payable at the time that service is turned
|
||
on again; and in the event that the authorized city representative has to dig
|
||
down to, or cause to be dug down to the service pipe or water main, in order to
|
||
shut off and/or turn on the water service, the customer shall pay all expense
|
||
thereof in addition to the fees mentioned in this section before the water
|
||
shall be turned on. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-25: DEPOSIT FOR NEW ACCOUNTS:
|
||
At the time of making application for a new account for city water service, the
|
||
customer shall pay a deposit in an amount determined by resolution of the city
|
||
council. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-26: VARIATION IN WATER PRESSURE:
|
||
The city will not be held responsible for damages resulting from variation in
|
||
water pressure or soil collapse from any cause whatsoever. (Ord. 294, 4-16-
|
||
2002)
|
||
2-1-27: SUPERSEDES PRIOR ORDINANCES AND REPEALER:
|
||
This chapter supersedes all prior water rules, regulations and ordinances. All
|
||
ordinances of this code or parts thereof in conflict herewith are hereby
|
||
repealed. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
2-1-28: SEVERABILITY:
|
||
If any provision of this chapter is held invalid, such invalidity shall not
|
||
affect the other provisions which may be given effect without the invalid
|
||
provision and, therefore, the provisions of this chapter are declared to be
|
||
severable. (Ord. 294, 4-16-2002)
|
||
TITLE 3
|
||
BUILDING REGULATIONS
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
GENERAL BUILDING PROVISIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
3-1-1: Building Permits
|
||
3-1-2: Plan Review
|
||
3-1-3: Inspections
|
||
3-1-4: Inspector Qualifications And Duties
|
||
3-1-5: Factory Built Buildings
|
||
3-1-6: Permit Fees
|
||
3-1-7: Territorial Application
|
||
3-1-8: Board Of Appeals
|
||
3-1-9: Violations And Penalties
|
||
3-1-1: BUILDING PERMITS:
|
||
(A) Any person wishing to obtain a building permit shall submit a
|
||
completed application to the building inspector.
|
||
(B) The building inspector shall specify the manner in which said
|
||
application shall be completed.
|
||
1. A description of the land which it will affect;
|
||
2. The present use of any existing structures;
|
||
3. Plans and specifications indicating the entire scope of work.
|
||
(C) The applicant shall furnish such other documents as the building
|
||
inspector deems relevant and necessary, in his/her discretion, for review of
|
||
the proposed work.
|
||
(D) The building inspector may, in his/her discretion, waive any of the
|
||
requirements hereunder when the proposed work is of an insubstantial nature or
|
||
effect. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-2: PLAN REVIEW:
|
||
(A) The building inspector shall be responsible for coordination of
|
||
building plan review and for issuance of building permits.
|
||
(B) Upon application by any person for a building permit, the building
|
||
inspector shall review the plans for compliance with this code. The building
|
||
inspector shall submit the plans to any other affected city departments for
|
||
review and approval by the departments before issuing a permit.
|
||
(C) Building plan review shall be completed by the building inspector
|
||
within fifteen (15) working days of submission of a completed application.
|
||
(D) The building inspector may, in certain cases, request the building
|
||
codes division, other state agencies or design professionals to aid in the plan
|
||
review process. In such cases, the building inspector may lengthen the
|
||
completion of time for review by twenty (20) working days when necessary.
|
||
(E) One such approved set of plans and specifications shall be retained by
|
||
the building inspector as a public record, for a period of not less than ninety
|
||
(90) days from the date of completion of the work covered therein, and one set
|
||
of approved plans and specifications shall be returned to the applicant, which
|
||
set shall be kept on such building or work site at all times during which the
|
||
work authorized thereby is in progress and shall be open to inspection by
|
||
public officials. Such approved plans and specifications shall not be changed,
|
||
modified or altered without authorization from the building inspector and all
|
||
work shall be done in accordance with the approved plans. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-3: INSPECTIONS:
|
||
Inspections shall be conducted by the building inspector. Where other
|
||
departments require inspection, the building inspector shall ensure they are
|
||
conducted within the time frame allowed. Final inspections and issuance of
|
||
certificates of occupancy shall be conducted in accordance with the
|
||
international building code.
|
||
Where applicable the work listed below must be inspected prior to covering.
|
||
Request for an inspection must be made seventy two (72) hours in advance.
|
||
(A) Footing.
|
||
(B) Foundation wall.
|
||
(C) Concrete slab.
|
||
(D) Under floor (crawl space).
|
||
(E) Frame (walls, trusses, rafters, floor, etc.).
|
||
(F) Energy efficiency (insulation, glazing, etc.).
|
||
(G) Wallboard.
|
||
(H) Final - issue certificate of occupancy.
|
||
(I) Reroof/Re-side - tear off, in progress and final.
|
||
Written inspection reports or verbal communication will be conveyed to the
|
||
contractor, job superintendent, design professional or owner with a copy or
|
||
notation retained in the inspector's file should any discrepancies be observed.
|
||
Depending on the scope of work not all of the above inspections may be
|
||
necessary. Circumstances may require additional site visits for consultation or
|
||
discrepancy resolution. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-4: INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES:
|
||
(A) The building inspector shall possess adequate knowledge of the
|
||
building trade and such other qualifications as may be prescribed by the city
|
||
council from time to time.
|
||
(B) As building inspector, his/her duties shall include those set forth in
|
||
the international building code and in Montana Code Annotated title 50, chapter
|
||
60, 2011, as now or hereinafter amended. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-5: FACTORY BUILT BUILDINGS:
|
||
Factory built buildings bearing an insignia issued by Montana building codes
|
||
division, department of labor and industry, shall be subject to local
|
||
government zoning, utility connections, building permit and subsequent
|
||
inspections for foundations and appurtenances to the structure (landings,
|
||
stairs, decks, covered porches and the like). Applications to the building
|
||
official for the erection and utility connection shall be in accordance with
|
||
the applicable codes. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-6: PERMIT FEES:
|
||
Building permit fees shall be set and established by the city council from time
|
||
to time by appropriate resolution. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-7: TERRITORIAL APPLICATION:
|
||
The jurisdictional area of the building department of the city shall be
|
||
residential and commercial buildings and structures and permits therefor within
|
||
the corporate limits of the city. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-8: BOARD OF APPEALS:
|
||
In order to determine the suitability of alternate materials and methods of
|
||
construction and to provide for reasonable interpretations of the provisions of
|
||
the international building code, there shall be and is hereby created a board
|
||
of appeals, consisting of five (5) members, who are qualified by experience and
|
||
training to pass upon matters pertaining to building construction. The board of
|
||
appeals shall be appointed by the mayor with approval by the city council and
|
||
shall hold office at their leisure. The board shall adopt reasonable rules and
|
||
regulations for conducting its investigations and shall render all decisions
|
||
and findings, in writing, to the building official, with a duplicate copy to
|
||
the applicant. The board may recommend to the city council such new legislation
|
||
as is consistent herewith. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
3-1-9: VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES:
|
||
(A) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect,
|
||
construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, remove, raze, convert,
|
||
demolish, equip, use, occupy or maintain any building or structure in the city,
|
||
or cause or permit the same to be done, contrary to, or in violation of, any of
|
||
the provisions of this title.
|
||
(B) Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the provisions of
|
||
this title shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and each such person shall
|
||
be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during which any
|
||
violation of any of the provisions of this title is committed, continued or
|
||
permitted and upon conviction of any such violation, such person shall be
|
||
punishable by a fine of not more than three hundred dollars ($300.00) or by
|
||
imprisonment for not more than ninety (90) days or by both such fine and
|
||
imprisonment. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
BUILDING CODE
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
3-2-1: Adoption Of Codes
|
||
3-2-2: Building In Floodplain Area
|
||
3-2-1: ADOPTION OF CODES:
|
||
Those certain codes known as "the state building code" 1 are hereby adopted by
|
||
the city of Choteau for the purpose of regulating buildings in the city of
|
||
Choteau and protecting the health and safety of the city's citizenry, which
|
||
codes consist of:
|
||
(A) The international building code (hereinafter referred to as "IBC"),
|
||
2012 edition, as described in and amended by section 24.301.131, 1 through 3 of
|
||
the administrative rules of Montana (hereinafter referred to as ARM) and ARM
|
||
24.301.146, 1 and 2 and including IBC appendix C (group U - agricultural
|
||
buildings) and appendix H.
|
||
(B) The international residential code (hereinafter referred to as the
|
||
"IRC"), 2012 edition, as described in and amended by section 24.301.154 ARM.
|
||
(C) The international energy conservation code (hereinafter referred to as
|
||
the IECC), 2012 edition, as amended by section 8.70.204(1) ARM.
|
||
(D) Uniform plumbing code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1, 2014.
|
||
(E) International mechanical code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1,
|
||
2014.
|
||
(F) International fuel gas code, 2012 edition - effective: December 1,
|
||
2014.
|
||
These codes are hereby adopted and incorporated herein as if fully set out in
|
||
their entirety herein. (Ord. 310, 2-3-2015)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. Referred to in MCA § 50-60-203, 2011.
|
||
3-2-2: BUILDING IN FLOODPLAIN AREA 1 :
|
||
(A) Building Permit Required: Within the tentatively designated floodplain
|
||
area in the city, no new construction, substantial improvement to an existing
|
||
structure or moving or demolishing of an existing structure shall be allowed
|
||
unless the person engaged in such construction improvement, moving or
|
||
demolishing has been granted a building permit by the city authorizing one or
|
||
more of these enumerated activities with reference to a particular building or
|
||
structure.
|
||
1. The applicant for such permit, as part of his or her application may
|
||
be required to submit to the city such documentation as it may require to show
|
||
that new construction or substantial improvement to existing structures will be
|
||
reasonably safe from flooding.
|
||
2. The applicant for such permit, as part of his or her application,
|
||
must submit a record of elevations (in relation to mean sea level of the lowest
|
||
floor, including basement) of all new or substantially improved structures
|
||
located in the special flood hazard areas. If the lowest floor is below grade
|
||
on one or more sides, the elevation of the floor immediately above must also be
|
||
recorded.
|
||
(a) The city clerk shall maintain for public inspection and furnish
|
||
upon request the said record of elevations.
|
||
(B) Construction Requirements: Within the tentatively designated
|
||
floodplain area of the city, any proposed new construction or substantial
|
||
improvement (including prefabricated and mobile homes) must:
|
||
1. Be designed (or modified) and anchored to prevent flotation,
|
||
collapse or lateral movement of the structure;
|
||
2. Use construction materials and utility equipment that are resistant
|
||
to flood damage; and
|
||
3. Use construction methods and practices that will minimize flood
|
||
damage.
|
||
(C) Design Of Water And Sewer Systems: New or replacement water supply
|
||
systems and/or sanitary sewage system must be designed to minimize or eliminate
|
||
infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems
|
||
into floodwaters, and on site waste disposal systems must be located so as to
|
||
avoid impairment of them or contamination from them during flooding. (Ord. 208,
|
||
3-8-1978; amd. Ord. 305, 4-17-2012)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. See also chapter 4 of this title.
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
AWNINGS AND SIGNS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
3-3-1: Awning Requirements
|
||
3-3-2: Sign Requirements
|
||
3-3-1: AWNING REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to erect, construct, maintain or
|
||
attach any awning to the front of any building in the city, unless the same
|
||
shall be, at the lowest part, at least seven feet (7') from the surface of the
|
||
sidewalk along the front or sides of such building, and shall not project over
|
||
to exceed three-fourths (3/4) of the width of such sidewalk, and such awning
|
||
shall be supported without posts, by iron brackets or iron framework attached
|
||
firmly to the building so as to leave the sidewalk wholly unobstructed thereby,
|
||
all to the satisfaction of the street commissioner or engineer. (Ord. 28, 7-20-
|
||
1914)
|
||
3-3-2: SIGN REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to erect, construct, maintain, or
|
||
attach any sign, signboard, carved figure or emblem, tobacco sign, barber pole,
|
||
bulletin board, private lamp or light to any building so as to project over any
|
||
sidewalk in the city, unless the same shall be, at the lowest part, at least
|
||
eight feet (8') from the surface of the sidewalk, and shall not project over to
|
||
exceed three-fourths (3/4) of the width of such sidewalk in the case of
|
||
electrically lighted signs made of metal and glass, and one-half (1/2) of the
|
||
width of the sidewalk in the case of all other signs, and such sign, signboard,
|
||
carved figure or emblem shall be supported on posts or by safe and substantial
|
||
iron brackets or frames attached firmly to the building. Supporting posts for
|
||
such signs shall be so placed as to not obstruct the main traveled portion of
|
||
the sidewalk; provided, however, that tobacco signs, carved figures, barber
|
||
poles and bulletin boards may be placed upon the sidewalk next to the building
|
||
line, but shall not extend outwardly from said line to exceed two feet (2'),
|
||
nor in height to exceed six feet (6') above the surface of the sidewalk, and be
|
||
securely fastened so as to eliminate all danger of being tipped over by the
|
||
wind or otherwise, and the fastening of all signs, signboards, carved figures
|
||
or emblems, tobacco signs, barber poles, bulletin boards, private lamps or
|
||
light shall be to the satisfaction of the street commissioner or engineer.
|
||
Provided that when any sign as above described is placed on a street which is a
|
||
federal, interstate or state highway, the outermost portion of the overhanging
|
||
device shall be at least five feet (5') behind the face of the curb, or where
|
||
there is no curb, from the shoulder of the road, and further, the lowest
|
||
portion of the overhanging device shall be at least ten feet (10') above the
|
||
top of the curb or sidewalk or highway shoulder elevation 1 . (Ord. 169, 3-18-
|
||
1968)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-972.
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
FLOODPLAIN AND FLOODWAY MANAGEMENT 1
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
3-4-1: Intent
|
||
3-4-2: Statutory Authority
|
||
3-4-3: Adoption By Reference
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. See also section
|
||
3-2-2 of this title for building requirements in floodplain area.
|
||
3-4-1: INTENT:
|
||
This chapter is passed in order to comply with the Montana floodplain and
|
||
floodway management act 1 and to ensure compliance with the requirements for
|
||
the continued participation by the city, in the national flood insurance
|
||
program. Land use regulations which are hereby adopted are to be applied to all
|
||
identified 100-year floodplains within local jurisdiction. (Ord. 258, 5-21-
|
||
1991)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. MCA 76-5.
|
||
3-4-2: STATUTORY AUTHORITY:
|
||
Municipalities have authority to adopt ordinances as provided for in section 7-
|
||
1-4123, Montana Code Annotated to promote the general public health and
|
||
welfare.
|
||
Other authority for municipalities and counties to adopt floodplain management
|
||
regulations appears in sections 76-5-101 through 406, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
(Ord. 258, 5-21-1991)
|
||
3-4-3: ADOPTION BY REFERENCE:
|
||
This chapter adopts the set of comprehensive land use regulations attached
|
||
hereto by reference, and on file in the city office, for identified 100-year
|
||
floodplains within the city. Identification of 100-year floodplains is based on
|
||
the "Federal Emergency Management Agency Flood Insurance Study", dated October
|
||
3, 1983. All other ordinances are hereby repealed to the extent of any
|
||
inconsistencies. (Ord. 258, 5-21-1991)
|
||
TITLE 4
|
||
POLICE REGULATIONS
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
GENERAL OFFENSES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-1-1: Assembly, Unlawful
|
||
4-1-2: Billposting
|
||
4-1-3: Broken Glass On Streets
|
||
4-1-4: Disturbing The Peace
|
||
4-1-5: Drunkenness
|
||
4-1-6: Lug Wheels
|
||
4-1-7: Playing Ball On Streets Prohibited
|
||
4-1-8: Vagrancy
|
||
4-1-9: Minor; Possession Of Beer Or Liquor
|
||
4-1-10: Peeping Persons
|
||
4-1-1: ASSEMBLY, UNLAWFUL:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to make, or assist in making, any riot,
|
||
noise or disturbance in the city, or aid or countenance any disorderly
|
||
assemblage 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-927, 94-35-181.
|
||
4-1-2: BILLPOSTING:
|
||
No person shall paste, or in any manner post up, any written or printed bill,
|
||
notice or advertisement, on any part of the outer walls of any building or on
|
||
any fence, bridge or other structure, or on any tree, or any telegraph,
|
||
telephone or electric light or other pole, within the city limits, without
|
||
having obtained the consent of the owner thereof. (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
4-1-3: BROKEN GLASS ON STREETS:
|
||
No person shall throw or place in any highway any glass, nails or other
|
||
material likely to puncture or injure the rubber tire of any vehicle. (Ord.
|
||
106, 6-5-1950)
|
||
4-1-4: DISTURBING THE PEACE:
|
||
Every person who wilfully and maliciously disturbs the peace of any
|
||
neighborhood or person in the city, or within three (3) miles of the city
|
||
limits, by loud or unnatural noise, or by tumultuous or offensive conduct or
|
||
threatening, traducing, quarreling, challenging to fight, or fighting, or use
|
||
any vulgar, profane or indecent language or gestures within the presence, sight
|
||
or hearing of any person is guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 45, 4-2-1917)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-927.
|
||
4-1-5: DRUNKENNESS:
|
||
Any person being found drunk or intoxicated in the city or within three (3)
|
||
miles of the limits of the city, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 46, 4-
|
||
2-1917)
|
||
4-1-6: LUG WHEELS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to take, draw, propel or run any traction
|
||
engine upon, along or across any concrete crosswalk within the city, or to
|
||
cause the same to be done, without first laying down or causing to be laid down
|
||
upon such concrete crosswalks, planks of the thickness of not less than three
|
||
inches (3"), upon which planks said traction engine shall be taken, drawn,
|
||
propelled or run, and, provided further, that such traction engine, or the
|
||
wheels thereof, shall not in any manner be permitted to rest upon or touch such
|
||
concrete crosswalk, and, provided further, that the use of planks as above
|
||
provided shall not release any person from liability for any damage done to
|
||
such concrete crosswalks by reason of the taking, drawing, propelling or
|
||
running any traction engine upon, along or across such concrete walk. (Ord. 29,
|
||
3-1-1915)
|
||
4-1-7: PLAYING BALL ON STREETS PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall play ball, and it shall be unlawful for any person to throw any
|
||
ball or snowball, or kick or play football, in any of the public streets,
|
||
roads, alleys or highways of the city 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 2. RCM 11-943.
|
||
4-1-8: VAGRANCY:
|
||
Every person being a vagrant, as defined by the provisions of section 94-35-
|
||
248, revised codes of 1947 of the state, within the city limits shall be deemed
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 10A, 9-15-1913)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 3. RCM 11-936, 94-35-248
|
||
4-1-9: MINOR; POSSESSION OF BEER OR LIQUOR:
|
||
Any person who shall not have reached the age of twenty one (21) years and who
|
||
shall have in his possession beer or liquor shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
|
||
(Ord. 161, 10-2-1967)
|
||
4-1-10: PEEPING PERSONS:
|
||
(A) Defined: The term "peeping persons" means one who peeps through
|
||
windows or doors or other like places on the premises of another for the
|
||
purpose of spying upon or invading the privacy of the person spied upon, and
|
||
the doing of any act of a similar nature which involves the privacy of such
|
||
persons.
|
||
(B) Declared Unlawful: It is unlawful for any person to be a peeping
|
||
person on the premises of another, or to go upon the premises of another for
|
||
the purpose of being a peeping person.
|
||
(C) Punishment: Any person convicted of the crime of being a peeping
|
||
person shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, for the first offense, be
|
||
fined not to exceed one hundred dollars ($100.00) or be imprisoned in the
|
||
county jail for a term not to exceed ten (10) days or both. For a second and
|
||
subsequent conviction within one year of a prior conviction, the fine shall to
|
||
not exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) and/or imprisonment in the county
|
||
jail for a period not to exceed six (6) months or both. (Ord. 235, 1-15-1985)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
ANIMALS; DOGS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-2-1: Definitions
|
||
4-2-2: Authority Of City Animal Control Officer
|
||
4-2-3: Vaccination And Licensing Of Dogs And Cats
|
||
4-2-4: Violations Under This Chapter
|
||
4-2-5: Seizure Or Impoundment Of Dogs And Other Animals Within The City
|
||
4-2-6: Fines And Costs Of Impoundment
|
||
4-2-7: Repealer, Separability, Effective Date, And 1981 Licensing Date
|
||
4-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
The words and terms used in this chapter shall have the meanings indicated as
|
||
follows unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
|
||
ANIMAL: Every living brute creature, whether domestic or wild, fowl or mammal
|
||
and shall include, but not be limited to, horses, mules, asses, cattle, sheep,
|
||
goats, chickens, ducks, turkeys, cats and dogs.
|
||
AT LARGE: Intended to mean the presence of an animal away from the premises of
|
||
the owner, and not under the control of the owner or person authorized by the
|
||
owner to have control either by leash, cord, chain or otherwise.
|
||
CONTROL: Obedient to a competent person's commands, or within the proper limits
|
||
of the premises or vehicle controlled by the owner or other person consenting
|
||
thereto.
|
||
DOGS: All canines, whether male or female, neutered or unneutered.
|
||
GUARD OR ATTACK DOG: A dog trained to attack any person or creature coming upon
|
||
the premises containing such dog, or dogs trained to attack upon command.
|
||
IMPOUND: To sequester an animal at a place provided by the city for the keeping
|
||
or the holding of animals.
|
||
KENNEL: Any lot, building, structure or premises where three (3) or more
|
||
sexually unaltered dogs or cats over the age of four (4) months are kept or
|
||
maintained for sale or for the business of boarding, training or breeding for a
|
||
fee.
|
||
NUISANCE ANIMAL OR PUBLIC NUISANCE: The keeping of any animal which disturbs
|
||
the peace and quiet or endangers the repose or health of persons by biting or
|
||
by frequent or habitual barking, howling or yelping, or which defecates,
|
||
urinates, scratches or digs in any lawn, tree, shrub, plant, building or any
|
||
other property, private or public, other than the property of the owner, or any
|
||
dog which upsets or disturbs garbage cans or disturbs or strews garbage
|
||
belonging to any person. A public nuisance shall also include the keeping or
|
||
maintenance of any pen enclosure, stable or building for any animal or animals
|
||
which is offensive to neighbors or passersby or which is injurious to the
|
||
health of the neighborhood.
|
||
OWNER: Any person who owns, keeps or harbors an animal.
|
||
PERSON: Any person, firm, association, organization, partnership, business
|
||
trust, corporation, company or other entity.
|
||
POUND: All places where impounded animals are to be confined, whether by a
|
||
public agency or by a private person or persons under contract or agreement
|
||
with a public agency.
|
||
VACCINATE: The inoculation of a dog or other animal.
|
||
VETERINARIAN: A duly licensed doctor of veterinary medicine.
|
||
VICIOUS DOG: A dog which shows a propensity to attack, bite, scratch or harass
|
||
people or other animals without provocation. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-
|
||
1981; amd. Ord. 243, 3-17-1987; Ord. 256, 11-6-1990; Ord. 296, 1-7-2003)
|
||
4-2-2: AUTHORITY OF CITY ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER:
|
||
(A) The city shall assign or designate a person or persons as city animal
|
||
control officer, hereafter termed, "officer", who shall have and is vested with
|
||
the authority to enter upon premises upon which any animal is kept for the
|
||
purpose of taking up, seizing or impounding any animal found running at large,
|
||
or to ascertain if any of the provisions of this chapter or any state laws
|
||
relating to the cruelty of animals, or the care, treatment or impoundment of
|
||
animals is being violated, provided there is probable cause to believe there is
|
||
a violation. The officer shall have the authority to employ the use of a
|
||
tranquilizer gun or any other animal control device in common use within the
|
||
state. The officer has authority to take up and impound all animals in
|
||
violation of any section of this chapter and shall be and hereby is authorized
|
||
to issue citations for violations of the provisions of this chapter. The
|
||
officer is also hereby authorized to shoot animals when, upon reasonable
|
||
belief, that animal is placing a person in immediate or proximate danger.
|
||
(B) Upon such terms as the city deems appropriate, it may enter into
|
||
agreements with a person or persons to seize animals found at large and to
|
||
impound animals found at large. (Ord. 296, 1-7-2003)
|
||
4-2-3: VACCINATION AND LICENSING OF DOGS AND CATS:
|
||
(A) Every owner of a dog or cat, which dog or cat is over four (4) months
|
||
of age, shall cause such dog or cat to be vaccinated with a rabies vaccine
|
||
administered by a veterinarian. Revaccination of each dog or cat shall be
|
||
administered by a veterinarian within two (2) years of any prior vaccination.
|
||
(B) Every owner of a dog or cat, which dog or cat is over four (4) months
|
||
of age, shall purchase a dog or cat license from the city. Such license shall
|
||
be purchased from the city clerk on or before January 31 of each year, and each
|
||
owner shall be required to purchase an annual license fee for each dog or cat
|
||
in the amount of five dollars ($5.00). After January 31 of each year, during
|
||
the year, within fifteen (15) days after a dog or cat reaches the age of four
|
||
(4) months, or within fifteen (15) days after any dog or cat over the age of
|
||
four (4) months is acquired or brought into the city, each owner shall procure
|
||
a license for said dog or cat and such owner shall be required to pay the fees
|
||
herein required of such owner. The fee of the license for a spayed or neutered
|
||
dog or cat shall be one-half (1/2) of the amount required in this subsection.
|
||
(C) Any owner who fails to procure a dog or cat license for each dog or
|
||
cat within the city during the time allowed shall, in addition to any other
|
||
penalty provided by this code, be subject to an additional ten dollar ($10.00)
|
||
delinquent assessment and said assessment shall be added to the license fee
|
||
provided for in subsection (B) of this section.
|
||
(D) The owner, upon application for dog or cat license shall state the
|
||
age, sex, color and breed of the animal and shall further certify, by written
|
||
document supplied by the administrating veterinarian, the most recent rabies
|
||
vaccination date and the date of the dog or cat was neutered or spayed, if a
|
||
reduced license fee is sought by the owner. In addition, the owner shall give
|
||
his or her name, address and place, if different from owner's address, where
|
||
the dog or cat will be kept.
|
||
(E) The owner shall permanently affix or cause to be affixed to the dog or
|
||
cat the license tag purchased for that dog or cat and said dog or cat shall
|
||
thereafter, at all times, have the dog or cat tag attached to it.
|
||
(F) Dog or cat license tag shall not be transferable between owners or
|
||
from one to another dog or cat.
|
||
(G) Dogs or cats belonging to nonresidents of the city, which are licensed
|
||
and vaccinated in another jurisdiction, for the valid period of such license,
|
||
are exempt from the license and vaccination requirements of this chapter. All
|
||
other dogs or cats within the city are subject to the license requirements of
|
||
this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
(H) (Rep. by Ord. 274, 6-2-1998)
|
||
(I) Any person keeping or harboring any "guard or attack dog" within the
|
||
city, as defined in this chapter, shall immediately register with the city
|
||
clerk a description of such dog, giving the address of the premises where the
|
||
dog will be kept within the city and the name of the owner of the dog. The fee
|
||
for the licensing of a guard or attack dog shall be fifteen dollars ($15.00).
|
||
In addition, the owner or person harboring or keeping such dog shall keep said
|
||
dog under strict physical control, confined within a physical enclosure from
|
||
which said dog cannot be reasonably expected to escape and within which other
|
||
persons or animals cannot reasonably be expected to enter. If, at any time, the
|
||
guard dog is not within the physical enclosure, such animal must be on a leash
|
||
not greater than six feet (6') in length and must be muzzled. The owner or
|
||
person harboring such dog shall post, in a conspicuous place on the premises
|
||
containing such dog, a sign of not less than twelve inches by twelve inches
|
||
(12" x 12") in dimension, bearing the legend:
|
||
Beware: Dangerous Dog on Premises.
|
||
(Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
4-2-4: VIOLATIONS UNDER THIS CHAPTER:
|
||
(A) No person shall own, harbor, keep or have control of any unlicensed
|
||
dog or cat in the city, or permit or allow any unlicensed dog or cat to remain
|
||
on any premises under control or possession of such person contrary to the
|
||
provisions of this chapter.
|
||
(B) No owner shall permit his dog or cat to be "at large", as defined in
|
||
this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
(C) No person who is the owner, possessor or keeper of any dog or other
|
||
animal shall permit such animal to create a "public nuisance", as defined in
|
||
this chapter.
|
||
(D) No person shall own, harbor or keep a vicious dog within the city.
|
||
(E) No person shall own, harbor or keep a "guard or attack dog", as
|
||
described in this chapter unless such dog is licensed, registered and confined
|
||
or muzzled and leashed within the strict physical control of the owner at all
|
||
times.
|
||
(F) No owner or other person harboring or keeping a female dog in heat
|
||
shall permit such dog to be or remain upon any public place in the city or to
|
||
be or remain upon private property within the city unless such dog is confined
|
||
in a physical enclosure from which such dog cannot reasonably be expected to
|
||
escape and within which no other dog may obtain access, except for the purpose
|
||
of planned breeding.
|
||
(G) No owner or keeper of any dog or other animal shall abandon said
|
||
animal in the city. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(H) No person shall own, keep or harbor any animal that is infected with a
|
||
disease transmissible to a human, or disease which otherwise constitutes a
|
||
public health hazard. No person shall permit such infected animal to be or to
|
||
remain within the city other than in the custody of a veterinarian.
|
||
(I) Upon the demand made by an officer for reasonable cause, any person
|
||
owning or controlling any dog or cat, or in possession of the premises in which
|
||
a dog or cat is located, shall exhibit such dog or cat and any license which is
|
||
issued to such dog or cat. The term "reasonable cause" shall include, but not
|
||
be limited to, a licensing canvass conducted by the city, or its contractual
|
||
agent. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
(J) Every person owning or having control of any horses, mules, asses,
|
||
cattle, sheep, goats, chickens, ducks or turkeys, except the domesticated cat,
|
||
or any wild animals capable of domestication, shall keep the same within or
|
||
upon his own premises at all times, except when animals are necessarily passing
|
||
through the public street, at which times the animal or animals shall be tended
|
||
by some person competent to control and prevent them from damaging or troubling
|
||
any person or property.
|
||
(K) No person shall keep swine in the city. Swine may not be brought
|
||
within the limits of the city except for marketing purposes or when traveling
|
||
through the city on a direct route to a destination outside of the city. (Ord.
|
||
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(L) No person shall keep or maintain a kennel in the city. (Ord. 275, 6-2-
|
||
1998)
|
||
(M) It is unlawful for any person to break open, damage, destroy or carry
|
||
away any animal trap owned by the city and used for the purpose of catching any
|
||
animal in violation of this chapter. (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
4-2-5: SEIZURE OR IMPOUNDMENT OF DOGS AND OTHER ANIMALS WITHIN THE CITY:
|
||
Every officer or authorized person is authorized to seize and impound any dog
|
||
or cat which such officer or authorized person reasonably believes to be an
|
||
unlicensed dog or cat, a stray dog or cat, a dog or other animal which is "at
|
||
large", a vicious dog or attack dog which is not properly licensed and confined
|
||
as provided in this chapter, or a rabid, diseased or injured animal. The
|
||
officer or authorized person may impound said dog or other animal as provided
|
||
herein.
|
||
(A) If the seized animal is an unlicensed dog or other animal in violation
|
||
of any of the provisions of this chapter, it may be held at an impoundment
|
||
facility, if one is available, for a term of up to four (4) days.
|
||
(B) If the animal is "at large" and legally licensed, with license tag
|
||
attached, it may be held for a term of up to four (4) days and the registered
|
||
owner of said animal shall be given notice of the impoundment. (Ord. 296, 1-7-
|
||
2003)
|
||
(C) If a dog is a vicious dog, it shall be held for a period of not more
|
||
than five (5) days during which term the city judge shall conduct a hearing,
|
||
with prior notice to the owner, if known, as to whether the dog is so vicious
|
||
to be a menace to the health, safety or welfare of the community. If the animal
|
||
is deemed to be so vicious, the city judge shall order it destroyed within five
|
||
(5) days. If the animal is not deemed to be vicious, it shall be released and
|
||
returned to the owner, but the owner shall be assessed with the feeding, care
|
||
and other expenses of the impoundment, together with fines or penalties for
|
||
violation of any other section of this chapter. Provided, however, that if a
|
||
dog is believed to be rabid it shall be quarantined in the pound for a term of
|
||
fourteen (14) days and, if found to be rabid, it shall be destroyed. Dogs may
|
||
be deemed vicious after proper hearing, without being held in the pound. (Ord.
|
||
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(D) It is hereby declared the duty of every owner of any animal to know
|
||
its whereabouts at all times. In the event that any animal is impounded, the
|
||
owner shall redeem the same within four (4) days of the date of impoundment or
|
||
the owner shall be deemed to have forfeited all right, title and interest
|
||
therein and such animal shall be subject to sale or disposal by the officer or
|
||
authorized person as provided herein. If the impounded animal is properly
|
||
licensed and wearing a valid tag, then actual or written notice shall be given
|
||
to the owner. Written notice shall be mailed to the owner of any such animal to
|
||
the address listed on the license application and notice is deemed complete
|
||
upon placing such notice in the mail. Actual notice may be given to an owner by
|
||
phone or in person. If the owner fails to redeem said impounded animal within
|
||
four (4) days of the date of actual or written notice, then the owner shall be
|
||
deemed to have abandoned the animal and forfeited all right, title and interest
|
||
therein and such animal shall be subject to sale, adoption or disposal by the
|
||
officer or authorized person as provided herein.
|
||
(E) At any time after the expiration of the impoundment period if the
|
||
animal is unclaimed and penalties, costs and other charges have not been paid
|
||
as to such animal, then the animal is subject to sale, adoption or disposal.
|
||
Animals to be disposed of shall be put to death by order of the city judge in a
|
||
humane manner or disposed of by other appropriate order providing for permanent
|
||
removal of the animal from the city limits. Any unclaimed animal suffering from
|
||
infectious disease shall not be released but must be put to death. (Ord. 296,
|
||
1-7-2003)
|
||
4-2-6: FINES AND COSTS OF IMPOUNDMENT:
|
||
(A) The owner of any dog or animal impounded, at any time before the
|
||
disposal of such animal shall redeem such animal by paying to the city clerk or
|
||
judge the fees, charges, fines and if not previously paid, the license tax
|
||
prescribed by this chapter accruing up to such time of the redemption.
|
||
(B) The costs of impoundment and care for any such animal so impounded
|
||
shall be assessed against the owner as is provided for in the current contracts
|
||
between the city and any private or public agency authorized by the city as the
|
||
impoundment center for animals impounded within the city. A copy of the current
|
||
contract will be on file in the office of the city clerk. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981,
|
||
eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(C) Any person violating subsection
|
||
4-2-4(C) of this chapter which involves a "nuisance animal" or "public
|
||
nuisance" is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be
|
||
punished by a fine for first offense of fifty dollars ($50.00) to two hundred
|
||
fifty dollars ($250.00), for second offense seventy five dollars ($75.00) to
|
||
two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) and third offense one hundred dollars
|
||
($100.00) to two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00). Any person violating any
|
||
other provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction
|
||
thereof, shall be punished for the first offense by a fine of one hundred
|
||
dollars ($100.00); upon conviction of a second or additional offense by a fine
|
||
of not less than one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00). (Ord. 307, 2-5-2013)
|
||
(D) It is further provided that the city judge, in addition to the fine as
|
||
set forth in subsection (C) of this section, may order the defendant to abate
|
||
forthwith, or within a reasonable time as he shall order, the violation for
|
||
which the defendant was found guilty. (Ord. 262, 12-15-1992)
|
||
(E) Every person violating provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a
|
||
separate offense for each day or portion thereof during which such violation
|
||
continues and shall be punishable therefor as is provided in this section.
|
||
(F) Whenever an animal is to be put to death under this chapter, except
|
||
for infection with rabies, the owner or other person may apply to the city
|
||
judge for permission to remove the animal permanently from the city. Upon the
|
||
filing of each person's written agreement to remove such animal and to be
|
||
responsible for the permanent absence of such animal from the city, the city
|
||
judge may, in his discretion, order such animal to be removed from the city
|
||
instead of being put to death. (Ord. 225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
(G) Notwithstanding any of the provisions to the contrary hereinabove set
|
||
forth in this chapter, any person violating any provision of this chapter
|
||
relative to cats is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall
|
||
be punished by a fine of five dollars ($5.00) for the first such offense; and
|
||
on subsequent convictions shall be punished by a fine of ten dollars ($10.00).
|
||
(H) Any person violating subsection
|
||
4-2-4(M) of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction
|
||
thereof, shall be punished by a fine of five dollars ($5.00) for the first such
|
||
offense; and on subsequent convictions shall be punished by a fine of ten
|
||
dollars ($10.00). (Ord. 263, 3-16-1993)
|
||
4-2-7: REPEALER, SEPARABILITY, EFFECTIVE DATE, AND 1981 LICENSING DATE:
|
||
(A) Repealer: All ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter are hereby repealed. These are: ordinances 203 and
|
||
212, which also constitute this chapter 2 and repealed chapter 3 of this title,
|
||
as amended.
|
||
(B) Separability: If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or
|
||
portion of this chapter is for any reason held invalid or unconstitutional by a
|
||
court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed a separate,
|
||
distinct, and independent provision and such holding shall not affect the
|
||
validity of the remaining portions thereof.
|
||
(C) Effective Date: The effective date of this chapter shall be February
|
||
19, 1981.
|
||
(D) Extension Of 1981 Licensing Deadline: For calendar year 1981, the
|
||
annual deadline for the purchase of dog licenses pursuant to subsection
|
||
4-2-3(B) of this chapter shall be extended from January 31 to such date as
|
||
falls thirty (30) days subsequent to the effective date of this chapter. (Ord.
|
||
225, 2-17-1981, eff. 2-19-1981)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
DOGS
|
||
(Rep. by Ord. 203, 3-21-1977)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
FIREARMS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-4-1: Unlawful Discharge Of Firearms
|
||
4-4-2: Peace Officers, Lawful Use
|
||
4-4-3: Shooting Galleries
|
||
4-4-1: UNLAWFUL DISCHARGE OF FIREARMS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to shoot or discharge any firearm, weapon,
|
||
gun, rifle, shotgun, pistol, revolver or any other form of firearm, air gun or
|
||
rifle or gun shooting or discharging shot or darts by means of compressed air,
|
||
within the city limits, and any person violating the provisions of this chapter
|
||
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
|
||
4-4-2: PEACE OFFICERS, LAWFUL USE:
|
||
The prohibition of section
|
||
4-4-1 of this chapter shall not be construed to forbid sheriffs, police and any
|
||
other duly authorized peace officer and their deputies from shooting or
|
||
discharging any firearm within the city limits in the discharge of their
|
||
duties. (Ord. 188, 4-16-1973)
|
||
4-4-3: SHOOTING GALLERIES:
|
||
The prohibition of section
|
||
4-4-1 of this chapter shall not apply to licensed shooting galleries where such
|
||
instrument can be fired, discharged or operated in such a manner as to not
|
||
endanger persons or property, and also in such manner as to prevent the
|
||
projectile from traversing any grounds or space outside the limits of such
|
||
gallery; and provided further that the city council may by special permit
|
||
authorize the operation of trap shoot within the city limits. (Ord. 188, 4-16-
|
||
1973)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
CURFEW
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-5-1: Loitering Of Minors Prohibited
|
||
4-5-2: Responsibility Of The Parents
|
||
4-5-3: Violation Of Chapter
|
||
4-5-1: LOITERING OF MINORS PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any minor under the age of eighteen (18) years to
|
||
loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon the public streets, highways,
|
||
roads, alleys, parks, playgrounds, or other public places and public buildings,
|
||
cafes, theaters and places of amusement and entertainment, vacant lots or other
|
||
unsupervised places, between the hours of ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and
|
||
five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day on Sundays, Mondays, Tuesdays,
|
||
Wednesdays, and Thursdays of each and every week and between the hours of
|
||
twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight until five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day
|
||
on Friday and Saturday of each week; provided, however, that during school
|
||
vacation periods the hours shall be the same as on Friday and Saturday; and
|
||
provided, however, that the provisions of this section do not apply to a minor
|
||
accompanied by his or her parents, guardian, or other adult person having the
|
||
care and custody of the minor, or where the minor is upon an emergency errand
|
||
or legitimate business directed by his parent, guardian or other adult person
|
||
having the care and custody of the minor. The provisions of this section shall
|
||
not apply to a minor while engaged in any gainful occupation or employment for
|
||
his livelihood or part of his livelihood nor while going to and from such
|
||
employment. Any minor under eighteen (18) years of age who is living with his
|
||
parents or one of them, or guardian, or with any foster parent, who is absent
|
||
from his home during the prohibited hours, shall carry with him upon his person
|
||
the written permission of his parent, guardian or foster parents to be absent
|
||
from his home for some stated legitimate reason, except when the absence is due
|
||
to gainful employment as above mentioned. Each violation of the provisions of
|
||
this section shall constitute a separate offense. (Ord. 131, 5-18-1959; amd.
|
||
Ord. 271, 2-24-1997)
|
||
4-5-2: RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PARENTS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for the parent, guardian, or other adult person having the
|
||
care and custody of a minor under the age of eighteen (18) years to allow or
|
||
permit such minor to loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon the public
|
||
streets, highways, roads, alleys, parks, playgrounds, or other public grounds,
|
||
public places and public buildings, cafes, theaters and places of amusement and
|
||
entertainment, vacant lots or other unsupervised places, between the hours of
|
||
ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and five o'clock (5:00) A.M. of the next day on
|
||
Sundays, Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays of each and every week and
|
||
between the hours of twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight and until five o'clock (5:
|
||
00) A.M. of the next day on Friday and Saturday of each week; provided,
|
||
however, that during school vacation periods, the hours shall be the same as on
|
||
Friday and Saturday; and provided, however, that the provisions of this section
|
||
do not apply when the minor is accompanied by his parent, guardian, or other
|
||
adult having the care and custody of the minor, or where the minor is upon an
|
||
emergency errand or legitimate business directed by his parent, guardian, or
|
||
other adult person having the care and custody of the minor; provided further,
|
||
that any minor under eighteen (18) years of age who is living with his parents
|
||
or one of them, or guardian, or with any foster parent or parents, who is
|
||
absent from his home during the prohibited hours, shall carry with him upon his
|
||
person the written permission of his parent, parents, guardian or foster
|
||
parents, to be so absent from his home for some stated legitimate reason,
|
||
except when the absence is due to gainful employment as above mentioned. Each
|
||
violation of the provisions of this section shall constitute a separate
|
||
offense. In any prosecution under this section it shall not constitute a
|
||
defense thereto that the parent, guardian, or other adult person having the
|
||
care and custody of a minor under said age did not have knowledge that such
|
||
minor did loiter, idle, wander, stroll or play in or upon any of the above
|
||
mentioned places, at any time between the above mentioned prohibited hours.
|
||
(Ord. 131, 5-18-1959; amd. Ord. 271, 2-24-1997)
|
||
4-5-3: VIOLATION OF CHAPTER:
|
||
A minor under eighteen (18) years of age, violating the provisions of this
|
||
chapter, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be dealt with in accordance
|
||
with the laws of the state regarding crimes and offenses committed by juveniles
|
||
being persons under eighteen (18) years of age. Any parent, guardian or other
|
||
adult having the care and custody of a minor violating section
|
||
4-5-2 of this chapter shall, upon trial and conviction thereof, be punished as
|
||
provided by title 1, chapter 4 of this code. (Ord. 131, 5-18-1959)
|
||
CHAPTER 6
|
||
BLACKOUT AND AIR RAID REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-6-1: Authority To Promulgate Necessary Orders
|
||
4-6-2: Orders, Rules And Regulations To Be In Writing
|
||
4-6-3: Effect Of Orders, Rules And Regulations
|
||
4-6-4: Special Police; Identifying Emblem
|
||
4-6-5: Unauthorized Warning Or All-Clear Signals Prohibited
|
||
4-6-6: Liability
|
||
4-6-7: Lights; Public Nuisance
|
||
4-6-8: Rules And Regulations Suspended
|
||
4-6-9: Conflict With State Or Federal Statutes
|
||
4-6-1: AUTHORITY TO PROMULGATE NECESSARY ORDERS:
|
||
In order to protect life and property in the city from enemy action the
|
||
commander of the citizens defense corps is authorized and directed to carry out
|
||
blackouts and air raid protection measures in the city at such times and for
|
||
such periods as are authorized or ordered by the army or navy and to promulgate
|
||
such orders, rules and regulations as may be necessary to ensure the success of
|
||
the blackouts and air raid protection measures and to protect life and property
|
||
during said periods, and to these ends, he may cause the demolition of
|
||
buildings and other structures. The orders, rules, and regulations shall
|
||
include traffic movements of emergency or other vehicles, evacuation of
|
||
residents, congregation of persons on public streets, sidewalks, and in public
|
||
places or buildings, but this enumeration shall not be taken as a limitation on
|
||
the power to promulgate orders, rules, regulations governing any subject,
|
||
persons or property which must be regulated in order to ensure the proper
|
||
carrying out of any duly authorized blackout or raid protection measure.
|
||
Practice blackouts and air raid drills may be carried out at such times and for
|
||
such periods as the commander of the citizens defense corps shall in his
|
||
discretion deem appropriate or necessary, but subject always to the orders and
|
||
directions of the army or navy, and the orders, rules and regulations
|
||
authorized herein. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-2: ORDERS, RULES AND REGULATIONS TO BE IN WRITING:
|
||
All orders, rules and regulations authorized by the provisions of this chapter
|
||
for the conduct of the general public shall be in writing and shall be
|
||
available for public inspection at the place and during the hours fixed by the
|
||
commander of the citizens defense corps. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-3: EFFECT OF ORDERS, RULES AND REGULATIONS:
|
||
Any order, rule or regulation promulgated pursuant to the authority conferred
|
||
by the provisions of this chapter shall be in force and effect from the time of
|
||
promulgation until amended or repealed by the council. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-4: SPECIAL POLICE; IDENTIFYING EMBLEM:
|
||
The mayor may appoint for a specified time as many special police, without pay,
|
||
from among residents of the city as may be deemed advisable for service in
|
||
connection with any blackout or air raid protection measure. During the term of
|
||
service of such special police, they shall possess all the powers and
|
||
privileges and perform all the duties of privates in the standing police force
|
||
of the city. The special police must wear such identifying emblem as may be
|
||
prescribed by the mayor and it shall be unlawful for any special policeman to
|
||
attempt to carry out any order, rule, or regulation promulgated under the
|
||
authority conferred by the provisions of this chapter when he is not wearing
|
||
said identifying emblem. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-5: UNAUTHORIZED WARNING OR ALL-CLEAR SIGNALS PROHIBITED:
|
||
Any unauthorized person who shall operate a siren or other device so as to
|
||
simulate a blackout signal or air raid, or the termination of a blackout or air
|
||
raid, shall be deemed guilty of a violation of the provisions of this chapter.
|
||
(Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-6: LIABILITY:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter are an exercise by the city of its governmental
|
||
functions for the protection of the public peace, health and safety and neither
|
||
the city, the agents and representatives of the city, or any individual,
|
||
receiver, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or trustee, or any of
|
||
the agents thereof, in good faith carrying out, complying with or attempting to
|
||
comply with, any order, rule, or regulation promulgated pursuant to the
|
||
provisions of this chapter shall be liable for any damage sustained to person
|
||
or property as the result of said activity. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-7: LIGHTS; PUBLIC NUISANCE:
|
||
Any light displayed contrary to any order, rule or regulation promulgated
|
||
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter constitutes a public nuisance and
|
||
when deemed necessary in order to protect life or property during a blackout or
|
||
air raid, the police or the special police authorized herein, are authorized
|
||
and directed to enter upon any premises within the city using reasonable force,
|
||
and extinguish lights or take other necessary action to make effective any
|
||
order, rule or regulation promulgated under the authority conferred by this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-8: RULES AND REGULATIONS SUSPENDED:
|
||
At all times when the orders, rules and regulations made and promulgated
|
||
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter shall be in effect, they shall
|
||
supersede all existing ordinances, orders, and regulations insofar as the
|
||
latter may be inconsistent therewith. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
4-6-9: CONFLICT WITH STATE OR FEDERAL STATUTES:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter shall not be construed so as to conflict with
|
||
any state or federal statute or with any military or naval order, rule or
|
||
regulation. (Ord. 90, 6-1-1942)
|
||
CHAPTER 7
|
||
RIOTS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-7-1: Riot Defined
|
||
4-7-2: Violations
|
||
4-7-1: RIOT DEFINED:
|
||
Any use of force or violence, disturbing the public peace, or any threats to
|
||
use force or violence, if accompanied by immediate power of execution, by two
|
||
(2) or more persons acting together, and without authority of law, is a "riot".
|
||
Any person who unlawfully participates therein is a "rioter". (Ord. 156, 10-4-
|
||
1965)
|
||
4-7-2: VIOLATIONS:
|
||
Whenever two (2) or more persons, assembled and acting together, make any
|
||
attempt or advance toward the commission of an act which would be a riot if
|
||
actually committed, such persons shall be punishable under this chapter as
|
||
rioters.
|
||
Whenever two (2) or more persons assemble together to do an unlawful act, and
|
||
separate without doing or advancing toward it, or to do a lawful act in a
|
||
violent, boisterous or tumultuous manner such assembly is an unlawful assembly
|
||
and may be dispersed.
|
||
Every person remaining present at the place of any riot or unlawful assembly,
|
||
after they have been lawfully warned to disperse, except city and police
|
||
officers and persons assisting them in attempting to disperse the same, shall
|
||
be guilty of violation of this chapter.
|
||
Where any number of persons, whether armed or not, are unlawfully or riotously
|
||
assembled, the chief of police, police, or the officials governing the city
|
||
must go among the persons assembled, or as near to them as possible, and
|
||
command them in the name of the city immediately to disperse.
|
||
If the persons assembled do not immediately disperse, such authorized officers
|
||
must arrest them, and to that end may command the aid of all persons present or
|
||
within the city, and in making such arrest or arrests the authorized officers
|
||
shall use such force as is reasonably necessary in making the arrest and that
|
||
all persons assisting at the command of the officer or officers shall likewise
|
||
be authorized to use the same degree of force.
|
||
Every endeavor must be used by the officers authorized to make arrests in riots
|
||
or riotous assembly within the city to induce or force the rioters to disperse
|
||
before an attack is made upon them by which their lives are endangered, and
|
||
that no officer or persons assisting shall fire upon such assembly of rioters
|
||
unless he or others are threatened by the imminence of great bodily harm or
|
||
death at the hands of such rioters.
|
||
Any able bodied male citizen who on command of the chief of police of the city,
|
||
or other officer authorized to disperse unlawful assemblies or riots in the
|
||
city, shall fail or refuse to assist in the suppression of unlawful assemblies
|
||
or riots, without lawful excuse, shall be guilty of a violation of this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 156, 10-4-1965)
|
||
CHAPTER 8
|
||
GAMING
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-8-1: Short Title
|
||
4-8-2: Definitions
|
||
4-8-3: Issuance Of License
|
||
4-8-4: Restrictions On Licensing
|
||
4-8-5: Denial Of License
|
||
4-8-6: Application For License
|
||
4-8-7: Ineligibility Of Applicant
|
||
4-8-8: Owner Of Premises
|
||
4-8-9: Change Of Ownership
|
||
4-8-10: Names On License
|
||
4-8-11: Licensee Shall Report Leases
|
||
4-8-12: Applicant Deemed To Accept Risks
|
||
4-8-13: Refusal To Answer Questions
|
||
4-8-14: Furnishing Information
|
||
4-8-15: Separate License Application
|
||
4-8-16: Delivery Of Application; Investigation
|
||
4-8-17: Name Of Licensee
|
||
4-8-18: Investigation Of Licensee
|
||
4-8-19: Issuance Of Citation
|
||
4-8-20: Hearing; Council Decision
|
||
4-8-21: Hearing Examiner
|
||
4-8-22: Examination Of Premises
|
||
4-8-23: Renewal Of License
|
||
4-8-24: Gambling; When Lawful
|
||
4-8-25: Minors
|
||
4-8-26: Hours Of Operation
|
||
4-8-27: Revocation Of License
|
||
4-8-28: Refusal Of Service
|
||
4-8-29: Employment Of Law Officer
|
||
4-8-30: Records Of Operation
|
||
4-8-31: Persons Who May Not Hold License
|
||
4-8-32: Dealer's Permit
|
||
4-8-33: Application For Dealer's Permit
|
||
4-8-34: Persons Prohibited Dealer's Permit
|
||
4-8-35: Dealer's Permit May Be Revoked
|
||
4-8-36: Restrictions Of Tables; License Amendment
|
||
4-8-37: Temporary License
|
||
4-8-38: Fees
|
||
4-8-39: Fees Paid In Advance
|
||
4-8-40: Revocable Privilege
|
||
4-8-41: Collection Of Fees
|
||
4-8-42: Violation; Penalty
|
||
4-8-43: Lien; Seizure Of Property
|
||
4-8-44: Coin Operated Poker Machines
|
||
4-8-1: SHORT TITLE:
|
||
This chapter may be cited as the CHOTEAU GAMING ORDINANCE. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
4-8-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
|
||
terms shall have the following meanings:
|
||
AUTHORIZED CARD GAME: The card games known as bridge, cribbage, hearts,
|
||
panguingue, pinochle, pitch, rummy, whist, solo and poker.
|
||
CARD GAME: Any game played with cards for which the prize is money or any item
|
||
of value.
|
||
DEALER'S PERMIT: A permit issued by this city authorizing an individual to
|
||
deal, supervise, participate in, conduct and operate authorized card games and
|
||
games of chance as an agent, servant, employee, or independent contractor for a
|
||
licensee on a premises for which a gaming license or temporary license has been
|
||
issued pursuant to this chapter; provided, however, that a dealer's permit
|
||
shall not be required for bingo, pitch, pinochle and rummy.
|
||
EQUIPMENT: (A) With respect to bingo, the receptacle and numbered objects drawn
|
||
from it, the master board upon which such objects are placed as drawn, the
|
||
cards or sheets bearing numbers or other designations to be covered and the
|
||
objects used to cover them, the boards or signs, however operated, used to
|
||
announce or display the numbers or designations as they are drawn, public
|
||
address system, and all other articles essential to the operation, conduct and
|
||
playing of bingo; or
|
||
(B) With respect to raffles, the implements, devices and machines
|
||
designed, intended or used for the conduct of raffles and the identification of
|
||
the winning number or unit and the ticket or other evidence of right to
|
||
participate in raffles.
|
||
GAME OF CHANCE: The specific kind of game of chance commonly known as:
|
||
(A) "Bingo", in which prizes are awarded on the basis of designated
|
||
numbers or symbols on a card which conforms to numbers or symbols selected at
|
||
random; and such prizes must be in tangible personal property only and not in
|
||
money, cash, stocks, bonds, evidences of indebtedness, or other intangible
|
||
personal property and must not exceed the value of one hundred dollars
|
||
($100.00) for each individual bingo award. The price for an individual bingo
|
||
card shall not exceed fifty cents ($0.50). It shall be unlawful to, in any
|
||
manner, combine any awards so as to increase the ultimate value of such award;
|
||
(B) "Raffles", which are conducted by drawing for prizes. Prizes must be
|
||
in tangible personal property only and not in money, cash, stocks, bonds,
|
||
evidences of indebtedness, or other intangible personal property and must not
|
||
exceed the value of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each individual raffle
|
||
card. It shall be unlawful to, in any manner, combine any award so as to
|
||
increase the ultimate value of such award.
|
||
GAMING LICENSE: A license issued by this city to a qualified person under which
|
||
it shall be lawful for the licensee to provide a place and equipment for the
|
||
conduct of and operate games of chance and authorized card games, as provided
|
||
in this chapter and the Montana card games act and the bingo and raffles law.
|
||
GAMING MACHINE: Any implement, device, equipment, or machine designed, intended
|
||
or used for the conduct of raffles or the receptacle and master board used for
|
||
the conduct of bingo.
|
||
GAMING TABLE: A piece of furniture used as a surface for playing any authorized
|
||
card game.
|
||
LICENSEE: The person to whom a license is issued.
|
||
MINOR: An individual under the age of eighteen (18) years.
|
||
PERSON: Every individual, copartnership, or corporation, who owns or operates
|
||
premises which have been licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food,
|
||
cigarettes, or any other consumable product, or any person who owns or operates
|
||
premises on which any game of chance is operated.
|
||
POKER MACHINES: Any machine, device, or equipment, which serves as a substitute
|
||
for a card game legal within the state of Montana and for which there is the
|
||
possibility of any cash or other prize of monetary value other than the reward
|
||
by the player of additional games. If the owner, operator, or distributor of
|
||
such machine offers to or otherwise makes payment of any kind other than the
|
||
allowance or permission of the individual to play additional games, such device
|
||
is a poker machine.
|
||
PREMISES: Any building, structure, lot or parcel of real property under the
|
||
control of any person.
|
||
TEMPORARY LICENSE: A gaming license issued by this city for a specified period
|
||
not to exceed one week. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974; amd. Ord. 195, 2-3-1975; Ord.
|
||
229, 5-3-1983, eff. 7-1-1983)
|
||
4-8-3: ISSUANCE OF LICENSE:
|
||
Gaming licenses may be issued to qualified applicants as herein provided,
|
||
whereby the licensee shall be authorized and permitted to provide gaming tables
|
||
for authorized card games and equipment for games of chance and to operate and
|
||
conduct authorized card games and games of chance. No person shall permit the
|
||
operation or conduct of any card game or game of chance on his premises until
|
||
he has obtained a gaming license. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-4: RESTRICTIONS ON LICENSING:
|
||
No gaming license or temporary license shall be issued to:
|
||
(A) A person who has been convicted of being a keeper or is keeping a
|
||
house of ill fame;
|
||
(B) A person who has been convicted of pandering or other crimes or other
|
||
misdemeanors opposed to decency and morality under the laws of the federal
|
||
government or any state of the United States;
|
||
(C) A person whose license, issued under this chapter or the ordinance or
|
||
resolution of any other city, town, or county in this state relating to gaming,
|
||
has been revoked for cause;
|
||
(D) A person who, at the time of application for renewal of any license
|
||
issued hereunder would not be eligible for such license upon a first
|
||
application;
|
||
(E) A person who is not a citizen of the United States and who has not
|
||
been a resident of the state of Montana for at least one year immediately
|
||
preceding the filing of the application for a license;
|
||
(F) A person who is not the owner and operator of the business licensed
|
||
for the sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or other consumable products;
|
||
(G) Minors;
|
||
(H) A person who has been convicted of any crime or misdemeanor involving
|
||
moral turpitude or violence against an individual. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-5: DENIAL OF LICENSE:
|
||
A gaming license may be denied if the council deems that the place or location
|
||
for which the license is sought is unsuitable for the conduct of gaming
|
||
operations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following
|
||
places or locations may be deemed unsuitable:
|
||
(A) Premises located within the immediate vicinity of churches, hospitals,
|
||
schools and children's public playgrounds;
|
||
(B) Premises located in a place where gaming would be contrary to a zoning
|
||
ordinance;
|
||
(C) Premises difficult to police by reason of physical layout or
|
||
construction. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-6: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
|
||
Prior to the issuance of a license, as herein provided, the applicant shall
|
||
file with the city clerk an application in writing, signed by the applicant and
|
||
directed to the council, which application shall specify the location by street
|
||
and number of the premises where authorized card games and games of chance are
|
||
to be conducted under the license applied for. The application shall state the
|
||
names of all individuals and persons financially interested in the premises,
|
||
the license sought or the business conducted on the premises. The application
|
||
must be accompanied by satisfactory evidence that the applicant is currently
|
||
licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or any other consumable
|
||
product, and the applicant must further authorize the chief of police, or other
|
||
authorized person, to investigate the applicant's character, background and
|
||
associations, and the suitability of the premises for gaming. The license
|
||
application shall set forth the number of gaming tables, not to exceed five
|
||
(5), and the number of gaming machines, not to exceed ten (10) that are to be
|
||
used on the premises and whether games of chance are to be conducted on the
|
||
premises. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-7: INELIGIBILITY OF APPLICANT:
|
||
If any person or individual named on the application is ineligible for issuance
|
||
of a gaming license or temporary license, none may be issued for that premises.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-8: OWNER OF PREMISES:
|
||
In all cases in which the premises wherein or whereon the gaming operation for
|
||
which a gaming license is sought are not wholly owned by the applicant, the
|
||
applicant shall furnish with his application a statement of the name and
|
||
address of the owner or owners of such premises, a copy of all agreements
|
||
whereby the applicant is entitled to possession of the premises and such other
|
||
information as the council may require. In all cases in which the premises are
|
||
wholly or partly owned by the applicant, the applicant shall furnish to the
|
||
council complete information pertaining to the interests held by any person
|
||
other than the applicant, including interest held under any mortgage, deed of
|
||
trust, bonds or debentures, pledge of corporate stock, voting trust agreement
|
||
or other device whatever, together, with such other information as the council
|
||
may require. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-9: CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP:
|
||
Every licensee shall furnish to the council complete information pertaining to
|
||
any change of ownership of any such interest in the premises wherein or whereon
|
||
the licensed gaming is operated at least thirty (30) days before the date of
|
||
such change; or if the licensee is not a party to the transaction effecting
|
||
such change of ownership immediately upon acquiring knowledge of such change of
|
||
ownership or any contemplated change of ownership. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-10: NAMES ON LICENSE:
|
||
If the council determines that a landlord or financier by reason of the extent
|
||
of his holdings, or his inherent control financially, cannot in fact be
|
||
separated from the gaming operation, and that as a practical matter a single
|
||
entity exists regardless of the form of organization, it may require that all
|
||
such persons be named on the license. Without limiting the generality of the
|
||
foregoing, such a situation may be deemed to exist in any instance where any
|
||
owner of premises leases the same to operators under terms which are not in
|
||
accordance with usual and accepted business practice. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-11: LICENSEE SHALL REPORT LEASES:
|
||
A licensee shall report to the council all leases to which it is a party on any
|
||
premises where gaming is conducted not later than thirty (30) days after the
|
||
effective date of the lease and shall include the following information:
|
||
(A) The name, address and a brief statement of the nature of the business
|
||
of the lessor;
|
||
(B) A brief description of the material terms of the lease;
|
||
(C) A brief description of any business relationships between the licensee
|
||
and the lessor other than by the lease. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-12: APPLICANT DEEMED TO ACCEPT RISKS:
|
||
An applicant for a gaming license is seeking the granting of a privilege, and
|
||
the burden of proving his qualification to receive any license is at all times
|
||
on the applicant. An applicant is deemed to accept any risk of adverse public
|
||
notice, embarrassment, criticism, or other action of financial loss which may
|
||
result from action with respect to an applicant and expressly waives any claim
|
||
for damages as a result thereof. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-13: REFUSAL TO ANSWER QUESTIONS:
|
||
An applicant may claim any privilege afforded by the constitution of the United
|
||
States or of the state of Montana in refusing to answer questions. However, a
|
||
claim of privilege with respect to any testimony or evidence pertaining to an
|
||
application constitutes sufficient grounds for denial. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-14: FURNISHING INFORMATION:
|
||
Each applicant shall promptly furnish the council with all additional
|
||
information pertaining to the application or to the individual applicant which
|
||
the council may require. Failure to supply the information requested within
|
||
five (5) days after the request has been received by the applicant shall
|
||
constitute grounds for delaying consideration of the application. Failure to
|
||
supply the information within two (2) weeks constitutes sufficient grounds for
|
||
denial. The information may include:
|
||
(A) Personal history records for each individual partner, joint venturer,
|
||
trustee or corporate member who has any financial interest direct or indirect
|
||
in the business entity;
|
||
(B) Fingerprint cards for each individual financially interested;
|
||
(C) A copy of each of the following if applicable:
|
||
Articles of incorporation and certificate of incorporation.
|
||
Bill of sale.
|
||
Joint venture agreement.
|
||
Lease agreement.
|
||
Management agreement.
|
||
Partnership agreement.
|
||
Purchase agreement
|
||
Trust agreement. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-15: SEPARATE LICENSE APPLICATION:
|
||
A separate application is required for each premises for which a license is
|
||
sought, irrespective of the ownership of such establishment. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
4-8-16: DELIVERY OF APPLICATION; INVESTIGATION:
|
||
Upon the filing of the application hereinabove prescribed with accompanying
|
||
documents, accompanied by the evidence therein required and upon the payment of
|
||
the required license fee, the city clerk shall deliver the application and
|
||
accompanying documents to the chief of police or other authorized person, who
|
||
shall conduct the investigation mentioned above and who shall within one month
|
||
of receipt thereof, unless the council has granted an extension, deliver the
|
||
application and accompanying documents to the city council. If his
|
||
investigation has revealed any information that would make the applicant
|
||
ineligible for issuance of a license, he shall deliver evidence of the same to
|
||
the council. The council shall, at its next regular meeting following receipt
|
||
thereof, or at any special meeting called for that purpose consider the
|
||
application and shall notify the applicant of the hearing. The council may in
|
||
its discretion decline to authorize a license if the applicant is ineligible or
|
||
in the judgment of the council, it will be in the best interests of the city to
|
||
refuse such license. Upon such refusal, the license fee paid by the applicant,
|
||
less the sum of twenty five dollars ($25.00), which shall be retained as an
|
||
application fee, shall be returned to the applicant. The council may, in its
|
||
discretion, require any individual named in the application to testify before
|
||
it. Failure to appear and answer constitutes grounds for denial of the
|
||
application. All proceedings of the council regarding the granting or declining
|
||
of a license shall be at public meetings and are reviewable by a writ of
|
||
review. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-17: NAME OF LICENSEE:
|
||
Every license issued pursuant to this chapter shall set forth the name of the
|
||
person to whom it is issued and the location by street and number of the
|
||
premises where business is to be carried on by such licensee. If the licensee
|
||
is a partnership, it shall set forth the names of the partners conducting the
|
||
business, and if a corporation, or association, the names of the officers and
|
||
directors. The license shall be signed by the licensee or its president and
|
||
shall be nontransferable, provided, however, that a transfer of any such
|
||
license may be made on application to the council, accompanied by satisfactory
|
||
evidence of the consent of the authority which has issued a license for the
|
||
sale of liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or any other consumable product on the
|
||
premises that that license may be transferred. The license issued pursuant to
|
||
this chapter shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the premises in respect
|
||
to which it is issued, shall state the number of gaming tables and gaming
|
||
machines authorized, and whether games of chance are authorized and shall be
|
||
exhibited to any peace officer on request. It is unlawful for any licensee to
|
||
operate more than one premises under one license. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-18: INVESTIGATION OF LICENSEE:
|
||
The council may, upon its own motion and shall upon a written, verified
|
||
complaint of any other person, investigate the action and operation of any
|
||
licensee hereunder and shall have the power to temporarily suspend or
|
||
permanently revoke a license issued under the provisions of this chapter for
|
||
violation of any provision hereof. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-19: ISSUANCE OF CITATION:
|
||
Upon the filing with the council of a verified complaint charging the licensee
|
||
with the commission of any act which would be the cause for the suspension or
|
||
revocation of the license within one year prior to the date of filing said
|
||
complaint, the council shall forthwith issue a citation directing the licensee
|
||
to appear before the council or a hearings examiner appointed by said council,
|
||
within ten (10) days after the date of the service of said citation, and by
|
||
filing his verified answer to the complaint show cause, if any, why his license
|
||
should not be suspended or revoked. Service of the citation may be effected by
|
||
mailing a true copy thereof with a true copy to the address of record or
|
||
personally by any police officer. Failure of the licensee to answer shall be
|
||
deemed an admission by him of the truthfulness of the charge made and thereon
|
||
the council shall be authorized to forthwith suspend or revoke the license.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-20: HEARING; COUNCIL DECISION:
|
||
Upon filing of the answer, the council or its hearings examiner shall fix the
|
||
time and place of the hearing on the charges made, and not less than five (5)
|
||
days' notice of said hearing shall be given to the complainant and the
|
||
licensee. The notice of hearing shall be served in the same manner as the
|
||
citation herein provided. With the notice of the hearing to the complainant,
|
||
there shall be attached a true copy of the answer of the licensee. If either
|
||
party has appeared by counsel, notice shall be served on counsel instead of on
|
||
the party. At the hearing, the council or its appointed hearings examiner shall
|
||
hear the evidence presented. The hearing shall be conducted in accordance with
|
||
the rules of evidence in effect in the courts of the state of Montana. The
|
||
complainant shall have the right to open and close the hearing. The council
|
||
shall render its decision in writing stating the reasons therefor twenty (20)
|
||
days after conclusion of the hearing. Notice of the decision shall be served
|
||
upon the parties or their counsel in the manner herein provided for other
|
||
notices. Should the council determine to revoke, cancel or suspend a license
|
||
previously issued by it, the council shall notify the licensee in writing by
|
||
registered mail at the address of such licensee giving reasons therefor. The
|
||
action of the council is reviewable by writ of review. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-21: HEARING EXAMINER:
|
||
Any hearing examiner appointed by the council must be an attorney licensed to
|
||
practice law in the state of Montana. The hearing examiner shall report his
|
||
findings and recommendations to the council in writing following the hearing.
|
||
The hearing examiner's findings shall not bind the council. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
4-8-22: EXAMINATION OF PREMISES:
|
||
Any duly authorized representative of the council and any peace officer shall
|
||
have the right at any time to make an examination of the premises of any
|
||
licensee to determine whether this chapter and the Montana card games act and
|
||
bingo and raffles law are being complied with. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-23: RENEWAL OF LICENSE:
|
||
After suspension or revocation of a license, the council shall have the power
|
||
to renew the same, if in its discretion a proper showing therefor has been
|
||
made. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-24: GAMBLING; WHEN LAWFUL:
|
||
No gambling shall be carried on under any license issued under the provisions
|
||
of this chapter except in the name of the licensee. No license shall be
|
||
effective until a permit shall have been first secured under the laws of the
|
||
United States, if such a permit is necessary or is required under such laws.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-25: MINORS:
|
||
No person under the age of eighteen (18) years may be permitted to participate
|
||
in any card game or the game of chance held, operated, or conducted within the
|
||
city for which the prize is money or any item of value. (Ord. 230, 9-6-1983)
|
||
4-8-26: HOURS OF OPERATION:
|
||
No game of chance or authorized card game may be operated in any premises,
|
||
licensed hereunder, during the following hours:
|
||
(A) Sunday from two o'clock (2:00) A.M. to one o'clock (1:00) P.M.
|
||
(B) On any other day between two o'clock (2:00) A.M. and eight o'clock (8:
|
||
00) A.M. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-27: REVOCATION OF LICENSE:
|
||
A license issued pursuant to this act may be suspended or revoked in the manner
|
||
herein provided for the following reasons:
|
||
(A) If the licensee was originally ineligible for the license;
|
||
(B) For the conviction of a violation of the Montana card games act, the
|
||
Montana bingo and raffles law, or a violation of the laws relating to conduct
|
||
of sports pools, the same being Revised Code of Montana 1947, sections 62-727
|
||
through 62-736 or for conviction of any crime involving moral turpitude or the
|
||
use of violence, or any law of the United States, or any one thereof relating
|
||
to gambling. The term "conviction" as used in this chapter means conviction by
|
||
any court having cognizance of the crime, whether or not said conviction is
|
||
reversed or affirmed on appeal.
|
||
(C) On revocation of any license issued to the licensee for the sale of
|
||
liquor, beer, food, cigarettes or other consumable products on the premises;
|
||
(D) For operating a premises which is disorderly, a nuisance, public or
|
||
private, or in which breaches of the peace or disturbances occur.
|
||
(E) Permitting persons who are visibly intoxicated to participate in
|
||
gaming activity;
|
||
(F) Employing in any capacity in or about any licensed establishment any
|
||
individual who has been denied a gaming license.
|
||
(G) For a violation of this chapter if such a violation is found to have
|
||
occurred by the council after hearing as herein provided, regardless of whether
|
||
such violation results or resulted in a conviction in any criminal proceedings.
|
||
(Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-28: REFUSAL OF SERVICE:
|
||
No licensee who has been issued a license pursuant to this chapter shall refuse
|
||
any service to any individual by reason of such individual's race, color, sex,
|
||
culture, social origin, political or religious ideas, but this section shall
|
||
not be construed to prevent a licensee from refusing to serve or evicting from
|
||
the premises any disorderly or drunken individual or any individual improperly
|
||
attired according to the general standard of the premises. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
4-8-29: EMPLOYMENT OF LAW OFFICER:
|
||
No licensee shall employ any person in any capacity while that person is in the
|
||
full time employment of a law enforcement agency. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-30: RECORDS OF OPERATION:
|
||
Every holder of a gaming license shall maintain records adequate to reveal
|
||
gross income and expense relating to gaming operations which shall be made
|
||
available on demand to the council or its representatives. (Ord. 192, 10-21-
|
||
1974)
|
||
4-8-31: PERSONS WHO MAY NOT HOLD LICENSE:
|
||
No gaming license or temporary license shall be issued to or held by any person
|
||
holding office in or employed by the city or the state of Montana or any
|
||
political subdivision thereof when the duties of such office or agency have to
|
||
do with the enforcement of the gaming laws and these regulations. (Ord. 192,
|
||
10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-32: DEALER'S PERMIT:
|
||
No licensee shall employ or contract with an individual to be a dealer,
|
||
operator or supervisor of any game of chance or authorized card game unless
|
||
such individual has been issued a dealer's permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-33: APPLICATION FOR DEALER'S PERMIT:
|
||
Any person desiring to obtain a dealer's permit shall apply to the city clerk
|
||
for the same on an application form there provided. On payment of the
|
||
prescribed fee, the city clerk shall forward the application to the city
|
||
council, who shall issue the same unless it finds that such person is
|
||
ineligible for such permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-34: PERSONS PROHIBITED DEALER'S PERMIT:
|
||
No individual with an extensive police record, or whose reputation would bring
|
||
discredit on the city or who has been convicted of any violation of the Montana
|
||
card games act, raffles and bingo law, or laws relating to the conduct of
|
||
sports pools, or of larceny or theft, or any crime of violence, or whose
|
||
gambling license has been revoked or suspended by any city, county or state may
|
||
be issued a dealer's permit. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-35: DEALER'S PERMIT MAY BE REVOKED:
|
||
A dealer's permit may be revoked or suspended in the same manner as a gaming
|
||
license issued hereunder for any of the causes listed in section
|
||
4-8-27 or
|
||
4-8-34 of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-36: RESTRICTIONS OF TABLES; LICENSE AMENDMENT:
|
||
No licensee operating authorized card games or games of chance, pursuant to
|
||
this chapter, may operate at one time on the premises more than five (5) gaming
|
||
tables or more than ten (10) gaming machines, and may not conduct more than two
|
||
(2) games of bingo or two (2) raffles at any time, or more than the number of
|
||
tables and machines authorized by his license, whichever is fewer. Any licensee
|
||
may at any time increase the number of gaming tables or gaming machines
|
||
authorized on his premises up to the maximum authorized by this chapter by
|
||
first paying to the city clerk the necessary fees and applying for a license
|
||
amendment. The amendment shall be granted by the city clerk on payment of the
|
||
requisite fees, and shall be posted with the original license during the
|
||
balance of the license year. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-37: TEMPORARY LICENSE:
|
||
Any person not otherwise licensed hereunder who desires to operate games of
|
||
chance or authorized card games for a period not to exceed one week on any
|
||
premises which have been licensed for the sale of liquor, beer, food or
|
||
cigarettes or other consumable products, or for which a gaming license has been
|
||
issued, may apply to the city clerk for a temporary license, which license
|
||
shall be issued in the same manner as gaming licenses issued under this
|
||
chapter, but which may be revoked by action of the council without hearing.
|
||
Only two (2) such temporary licenses may be issued to a person per year, and
|
||
the year shall be that designated in section
|
||
4-8-39 of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-38: FEES:
|
||
The fees to be collected by the city clerk with the application are as follows:
|
||
(A) For each gaming license, a fee of fifty dollars ($50.00);
|
||
(B) For each table on a licensed premises, a fee of one hundred dollars
|
||
($100.00);
|
||
(C) For each gaming machine, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00);
|
||
(D) For each temporary license, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00);
|
||
(E) For each dealer permit, a fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00); (Ord.
|
||
192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
(F) For each poker machine, a fee of one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord.
|
||
246, 7-21-1987)
|
||
4-8-39: FEES PAID IN ADVANCE:
|
||
All fees for licenses, permits or temporary licenses issued hereunder shall be
|
||
paid in advance to the city clerk. Licenses, except temporary licenses which
|
||
will state the precise term for which they are issued, and dealer permits,
|
||
shall be issued for a period of one year, which shall commence on July 1 of
|
||
each calendar year and expire on June 30 of the following year. The fee for
|
||
said licenses shall be prorated by the number of quarter years remaining in the
|
||
license year for which they are issued. The fees herein provided shall be
|
||
payable annually. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-40: REVOCABLE PRIVILEGE:
|
||
Any license or permit issued pursuant to this chapter shall be deemed to be a
|
||
revocable privilege, and no holder thereof shall acquire any vested rights
|
||
therein or thereunder. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-41: COLLECTION OF FEES:
|
||
All receipts from license fees and fines collected under the provisions of this
|
||
chapter shall be paid into the city treasury. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-42: VIOLATION; PENALTY:
|
||
Any person violating any provision of this chapter or the terms of his license
|
||
shall be punished by a fine of not more than three hundred dollars ($300.00)
|
||
and a jail sentence of not more than ninety (90) days. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-43: LIEN; SEIZURE OF PROPERTY:
|
||
All property held or used for or on the premises for which a license is
|
||
required by the provisions of this chapter is liable for such license and
|
||
subject to a lien for the amount thereof, which lien has precedence of any
|
||
other lien, claims or other demands of the United States and the state of
|
||
Montana, or either of them, and if any person fails or refuses to procure a
|
||
license before the transaction of any games, the chief of police, or other
|
||
authorized person, must seize such property or any other property belonging to
|
||
such persons and sell it in the manner provided by law for foreclosure of
|
||
agisters liens. Such procedure for the collection of such license shall be
|
||
cumulative and in addition to any procedure and penalty imposed for violation
|
||
of this chapter. (Ord. 192, 10-21-1974)
|
||
4-8-44: COIN OPERATED POKER MACHINES:
|
||
(A) For purposes of regulation under this section, coin operated poker
|
||
machines are deemed to be authorized card games under the Montana card games
|
||
act, section 23-5-301 et seq., Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
(B) Any establishment owner, distributor, or operator using, renting,
|
||
leasing or gaining income from coin operated poker machines is subject to
|
||
section 23-5-312, Montana Code Annotated, restricting the award of prizes in
|
||
accordance therewith.
|
||
(C) Any establishment owner, distributor, or operator using, vending,
|
||
leasing or receiving any income from said coin operated poker machine must have
|
||
a gaming license, the fees for which are provided in section
|
||
4-8-38 of this chapter together with a poker machine license for each of the
|
||
machines on his premises. (Ord. 229, 5-3-1983, eff. 7-1-1983)
|
||
CHAPTER 9
|
||
POLICE JURISDICTION
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-9-1: General Jurisdiction
|
||
4-9-2: Police Procedure And Involvement Regarding Incidents Outside The City
|
||
Limits
|
||
4-9-1: GENERAL JURISDICTION:
|
||
The city police shall have authority and power to make arrests of persons
|
||
committing or charged with a crime within the corporate limits of the city and
|
||
within a three (3) mile perimeter thereof. (Ord. 249, 5-3-1988)
|
||
4-9-2: POLICE PROCEDURE AND INVOLVEMENT REGARDING INCIDENTS OUTSIDE THE CITY
|
||
LIMITS:
|
||
The city police may patrol within three (3) miles of the corporate limits of
|
||
the city of Choteau provided, however, the city police shall not respond to any
|
||
incident beyond said three (3) mile perimeter of the corporate limits and shall
|
||
only respond to those incidents within said three (3) mile perimeter of the
|
||
corporate limits that must be addressed immediately. (Ord. 249, 5-3-1988)
|
||
CHAPTER 10
|
||
NOISE REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
4-10-1: Definitions
|
||
4-10-2: Loud Noises Prohibited
|
||
4-10-3: Prohibited Acts
|
||
4-10-4: Noise Levels Limitations; dB(A) Levels
|
||
4-10-5: Noise Levels; Maximum Permissible For Motorized Vehicles
|
||
4-10-6: Exemptions
|
||
4-10-7: Property Owner Liable
|
||
4-10-8: Permit For Relief
|
||
4-10-9: Violation; Penalties
|
||
4-10-10: Violation; Additional Remedy; Injunction
|
||
4-10-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
|
||
words and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section:
|
||
AMBIENT NOISE: The noise which exists in the applicable zone in the absence of
|
||
the sound emitted by the source being measured in that zone, being the total
|
||
effect of all other sounds coming from near and far.
|
||
dB(A): Sound levels in decibels measured on an "A" scale of a standard sound
|
||
level meter.
|
||
DECIBEL: The sound pressure level, in decibels, in a logarithmic unit used to
|
||
express the magnitude of sound pressure with respect to a reference sound
|
||
pressure.
|
||
EMERGENCY WORK: Work made necessary to restore property to a safe condition
|
||
following a calamity or work required to protect persons or property from
|
||
exposure to danger or potential danger.
|
||
HEALTH: An optimal state of physical, mental and emotional well being and not
|
||
merely the absence of disease.
|
||
PERSON: Any person, persons, firm, association, copartnership, joint venture,
|
||
corporation or any entity, public or private in nature. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-2: LOUD NOISES PROHIBITED:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person to make or cause to be made any excessive,
|
||
sustained or unusually loud noise or any noise measured or unmeasured which
|
||
either annoys, disturbs, injures, or endangers the comfort, repose, health,
|
||
peace or safety of any reasonable person of normal sensitivity within the
|
||
limits of the city. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-3: PROHIBITED ACTS:
|
||
It is unlawful to perform any of the following acts within the city:
|
||
(A) Horns And Signaling Devices: Repeatedly sounding any horn or signaling
|
||
device on any truck, automobile, motorcycle, or other vehicle on any street or
|
||
public place of the city except as a warning signal.
|
||
(B) Sound Amplifying Equipment: Using, operating, or permitting the use of
|
||
any radio receiving set, musical instrument, amplifier, television, tape
|
||
player, phonograph, or other machine or device for the production or
|
||
reproduction of sound in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort, or
|
||
repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person, or the operation of any
|
||
such sets, instruments, amplifier, television, radio, phonograph, machine or
|
||
device in such a manner as to be in violation of this chapter.
|
||
(C) Loudspeakers And Amplifiers For Commercial Purposes: Using or
|
||
operating within the city a loudspeaker or sound amplifying equipment in a
|
||
fixed or movable position or mounted upon any sound truck for the purpose of
|
||
giving instructions, directions, talks, addresses, lectures, or transmitting
|
||
music to any person or assemblages of persons in or upon any street, alley,
|
||
sidewalk, park, place, or public property without first obtaining a permit.
|
||
(D) Yelling And Shouting: Repeated yelling, shouting, hooting or whistling
|
||
on the public streets, alleys, or parks at any time in such a manner as to
|
||
annoy or disturb the quiet, comfort, or repose of any normally sensitive and
|
||
reasonable person.
|
||
(E) Animals: Owning, keeping, having in possession or harboring any
|
||
animals which by frequent, sustained or habitual howling, barking, meowing,
|
||
squawking or any other noise in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort,
|
||
or repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person.
|
||
(F) Exhausts: Discharging into the open air the exhaust of any engine,
|
||
stationary internal combustion engine, motorboat, or motor vehicle, except
|
||
through a muffler or other device which will effectively prevent loud or
|
||
explosive noises therefrom.
|
||
(G) Defect In Vehicle Or Load: Operating any truck, trailer, automobile,
|
||
motorcycle, or vehicle so out of repair or so loaded in such a manner as to
|
||
create loud and unnecessary grating, grinding, rattling or other noises.
|
||
(H) Loading, Unloading And Opening Containers: Loading, unloading, opening
|
||
or other handling of boxes, crates, containers, garbage containers, or other
|
||
objects in such a manner as to disturb the quiet, comfort or repose of any
|
||
normally sensitive and reasonable person.
|
||
(I) Construction Projects Or Repair Of Buildings: Operating equipment or
|
||
performing any construction or repair work between the hours of ten o'clock
|
||
(10:00) P.M. and seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. on buildings, structures or projects
|
||
or operating any pile driver, excavator, pneumatic hammer, derrick, hoist or
|
||
other construction type device in such a manner as to disturb the quiet,
|
||
comfort or repose of any normally sensitive and reasonable person.
|
||
(J) Exemption Clause: Any of the above acts performed for emergency work
|
||
for the safety, welfare, and public health of the citizens of Choteau and to
|
||
the extent that the noise thereby created is reasonably necessary for the
|
||
public benefit will not be construed to be in violation of this chapter. (Ord.
|
||
289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-4: NOISE LEVELS LIMITATIONS; dB(A) LEVELS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person to exceed the maximum permissible decibel limits
|
||
on noise emitting from any source or sources in residential, business, and
|
||
industrial districts as set out in this section.
|
||
(A) The noise shall be measured on a sound level meter meeting current
|
||
American National Standards Institute standards, operated on the "A" weighted
|
||
scale;
|
||
(B) Noise will be measured at a distance of twenty five feet (25') from
|
||
the source or at the boundary of the lot, whichever is the greater distance.
|
||
Noise radiating from properties or buildings in excess of the dB(A) established
|
||
for the zone and times in table I of this section shall constitute prima facie
|
||
evidence that such noise is excessive or unusually loud. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
TABLE I
|
||
MAXIMUM LIMITS
|
||
|
||
Zones 8:00 A.M. To 8:00 P.M. 8:00 P.M. To 8:00 A.M
|
||
Residential (A, B and C) 55 dB(A) 50 dB(A)
|
||
districts
|
||
Business/residential district 65 dB(A) 60 dB(A)
|
||
Central business district 65 dB(A) 60 dB(A)
|
||
Highway business district 70 dB(A) 65 dB(A)
|
||
General industrial district 80 dB(A) 75 dB(A)
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000; amd. Ord. 290, 6-19-2001)
|
||
(C) At boundaries between zones, the lower of the dB(A) level shall be
|
||
applicable.
|
||
(D) To be in violation, the source or sources of noise must be
|
||
identifiable and the level without regard to the ambient must exceed the
|
||
limitations in table I of this section.
|
||
(E) Construction projects in all zones shall be subject to the maximum
|
||
permissible noise levels specified for the general industrial zone.
|
||
(F) All railroad rights of way shall be considered as industrial districts
|
||
for the purpose of this chapter. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-5: NOISE LEVELS; MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FOR MOTORIZED VEHICLES:
|
||
It is unlawful to operate a motorized vehicle within the city limits which
|
||
emits noise in excess of the limits specified in table II of this section.
|
||
(A) Noise from a vehicle noise source using a public right of way shall be
|
||
measured at a distance of at least twenty five feet (25') from the center of
|
||
the nearest traffic lane or twenty five feet (25') from the vehicle noise
|
||
source on a sound level meter of standard design and operated on the "A" weight
|
||
scale.
|
||
(B) To be in violation, the source or sources of noise must be
|
||
identifiable and the level without regard to the ambient must exceed the
|
||
limitations in table II of this section.
|
||
TABLE II
|
||
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NOISE LEVELS
|
||
FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
|
||
|
||
1. Trucks and buses:
|
||
(a) Over 10,000 pounds 88 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
(b) Under 10,000 pounds 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
2. Passenger cars 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
3. Motorcycles, snowmobiles, minibikes, and other 80 dB(A) measured at 25 feet
|
||
self-propelled vehicles
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-6: EXEMPTIONS:
|
||
The following uses and activities shall be exempt from noise regulation:
|
||
(A) Noise of safety signals and warning devices.
|
||
(B) Noise resulting from any authorized emergency vehicle, when responding
|
||
to an emergency call or acting in time of emergency.
|
||
(C) Noise resulting from emergency work or noise for which a special
|
||
permit has been granted.
|
||
(D) Noise resulting from the operating of motorized lawn mowers fitted
|
||
with an operating muffler between the hours of seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. and
|
||
ten o'clock (10:00) P.M.
|
||
(E) Noise caused by home or building repair, grounds maintenance, or
|
||
street and infrastructure repair and maintenance between the hours of seven
|
||
o'clock (7:00) A.M. and ten o'clock (10:00) P.M.
|
||
(F) Athletic events held in stadiums, courts, pools or parks.
|
||
(G) Noise resulting from marching bands while practicing or parading.
|
||
(Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-7: PROPERTY OWNER LIABLE:
|
||
It shall be a violation of this chapter for any person to knowingly permit any
|
||
disturbance described in this chapter upon premises owned or occupied by him or
|
||
her. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-8: PERMIT FOR RELIEF:
|
||
Applications for a permit for relief from the noise regulation designated in
|
||
this chapter on the basis of undue hardship or for special events open to the
|
||
public may be made to the city council. The city council may delegate the
|
||
responsibility for examining and responding to the applications to a council
|
||
member or members or the mayor or city employee.
|
||
Any permit granted by the city council shall contain all conditions upon which
|
||
the permit has been granted and shall specify a reasonable time that the permit
|
||
shall be effective, and any other requirements or conditions. The city council
|
||
may grant the permit applied for if the council finds that:
|
||
(A) Additional time is necessary for the applicant to alter or modify the
|
||
activity or operation to comply with this chapter, and no other reasonable
|
||
alternative is available to the applicant; or
|
||
(B) The activity, event, operation or noise source will be of temporary
|
||
duration, cannot be performed in a manner that would otherwise comply with this
|
||
chapter, and granting the permit is in the public interest.
|
||
(C) The city council may prescribe any conditions or requirements
|
||
consistent with this chapter deemed necessary to minimize adverse effects upon
|
||
the community or surrounding neighborhood. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-9: VIOLATION; PENALTIES:
|
||
Any person including an owner who is convicted of a violation of this chapter
|
||
shall, for each offense, be fined in a sum of not more than three hundred
|
||
dollars ($300.00) or imprisoned not to exceed ninety (90) days, or both. Each
|
||
day such violation is committed or permitted to continue shall constitute a
|
||
separate offense. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
4-10-10: VIOLATION; ADDITIONAL REMEDY; INJUNCTION:
|
||
As an additional remedy, the operation or maintenance of any noise source in
|
||
violation of any provision of this chapter and which causes discomfort and
|
||
annoyance to any reasonable person of normal sensitivity or which endangers the
|
||
comfort, repose, health or peace of residents in the area shall be a public
|
||
nuisance and shall be subject to abatement summarily by a restraining order or
|
||
injunction issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. (Ord. 289, 8-15-2000)
|
||
TITLE 5
|
||
BUSINESS REGULATIONS
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
AUTOMOBILE TRAILER AND TRAILER CAMPS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
5-1-1: Definitions
|
||
5-1-2: Duty Of Council
|
||
5-1-3: Location Outside Camps
|
||
5-1-4: Permanent Occupancy
|
||
5-1-5: Application For A License; Issuance Of
|
||
5-1-6: Zoning Of Trailer Camps
|
||
5-1-7: Camp Plan
|
||
5-1-8: Water Supply
|
||
5-1-9: Service Buildings And Accommodations
|
||
5-1-10: Waste And Garbage Disposal
|
||
5-1-11: Number Of Occupants, Trailers
|
||
5-1-12: Management
|
||
5-1-13: Applicability Of Plumbing, Electrical And Building Regulations
|
||
5-1-14: Revocation And Suspension Of License
|
||
5-1-15: Hearing
|
||
5-1-16: Court Review
|
||
5-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
Whenever used in this chapter the following terms and words shall have the
|
||
meanings ascribed to them unless a different meaning appears from the context:
|
||
AUTOMOBILE TRAILER, TRAILER COACH, OR TRAILER: Any vehicle or structure so
|
||
designed and constructed in such manner as will permit occupancy thereof as
|
||
sleeping quarters for one or more persons, or the conduct of any business or
|
||
profession, occupation or trade (or use as a selling or advertising device),
|
||
and so designed that it is or may be mounted on wheels and used as a conveyance
|
||
on highways or city streets, propelled or drawn by its own or other motive
|
||
power, excepting a device used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks.
|
||
TRAILER CAMP: Any park, trailer park, trailer court, court, camp, site, lot,
|
||
parcel or tract of land designed, maintained or intended for the purpose of
|
||
supplying a location or accommodations for any trailer coach or trailer coaches
|
||
and upon which any trailer coach or trailer coaches are parked and shall
|
||
include all buildings used or intended for use as part of the equipment thereof
|
||
whether a charge is made for the use of the trailer camp and its facilities or
|
||
not. "Trailer camp" shall not include automobile or trailer sales lots on which
|
||
unoccupied trailers are parked for purposes of inspection and sale.
|
||
UNIT: A section of ground in a trailer camp of not less than one thousand
|
||
(1,000) square feet of unoccupied space in an area designated as the location
|
||
for only one automobile and one trailer. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-2: DUTY OF COUNCIL:
|
||
It is hereby made the duty of the council to enforce all provisions of this
|
||
chapter as prescribed herein or such provisions as may hereafter be enacted,
|
||
and for the purpose of securing such enforcement, any of the members of the
|
||
council, or their duly authorized representatives, shall have the right and are
|
||
hereby empowered to enter upon any premises on which any automobile trailers
|
||
are located, or are about to be located, and inspect the same and all
|
||
accommodations connected therewith at any reasonable time. The council is
|
||
further empowered to issue orders granting, renewing and revoking such permits
|
||
and licenses as are provided for in accordance with the provisions of this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-3: LOCATION OUTSIDE CAMPS:
|
||
(A) It shall be unlawful, within the limits of the city, for any person to
|
||
park any trailer on any street, alley or highway, or other public place, or on
|
||
any tract of land owned by any person, occupied or unoccupied, within the city,
|
||
except as provided in the zoning ordinances 1 .
|
||
(B) Emergency or temporary stopping or parking is permitted on any street,
|
||
alley or highway for not longer than one hour subject to any other and further
|
||
prohibitions, regulations, or limitations imposed by the traffic and parking
|
||
regulations for that street, alley or highway.
|
||
(C) No person shall park or occupy any trailer on the premises of any
|
||
occupied dwelling or on any lot which is not a part of the premises of any
|
||
occupied dwelling either of which is situated outside an approved trailer camp;
|
||
except the parking of only one unoccupied trailer in an accessory private
|
||
garage building, or in a rear yard in any district, is permitted providing no
|
||
living quarters shall be maintained or any business practiced in said trailer
|
||
while such trailer is so parked or stored.
|
||
(D) Provided, however, trailers may be parked in the city park for a
|
||
period of not more than three (3) days with permission of the city; provided,
|
||
further that a longer period of stay may be obtained by special arrangement
|
||
with the city. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. See title 9 of this code for zoning.
|
||
5-1-4: PERMANENT OCCUPANCY:
|
||
Automobile trailers shall not be used as a permanent place of abode or as a
|
||
permanent dwelling or for indefinite periods of time; except that any such
|
||
trailer properly connected with the city water supply and sanitary sewer
|
||
systems, and constructed and located in a trailer camp and not inhabited by a
|
||
greater number of occupants than that for which it was designed is permitted.
|
||
(Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-5: APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE; ISSUANCE OF:
|
||
(A) It shall be unlawful for any person to establish, operate or maintain
|
||
upon any property owned or controlled by him, a trailer camp within the limits
|
||
of the city, without having first secured a license therefor from the council,
|
||
granted and existing in compliance with the provisions of this chapter. Such
|
||
license shall expire one year from the date of issuance but may be renewed
|
||
under the provisions of this chapter for additional periods of one year.
|
||
(B) The application for such license or the renewal therefor shall be
|
||
filed with the clerk and shall be accompanied by a fee of three dollars ($3.00)
|
||
for each unit in the existing or proposed camp and a license bond in the sum of
|
||
one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) to guarantee compliance with the provisions of
|
||
this chapter. The application for a license or a renewal thereof shall be made
|
||
on printed forms furnished by the city and shall include the name and address
|
||
of the owner in fee of the tract (if the fee is vested in some person other
|
||
than the applicant, a duly verified statement by that person, that the
|
||
applicant is authorized by him to construct or maintain the trailer camp and
|
||
make the application), and such a legal description of the premises, upon which
|
||
the trailer camp is or will be located as will readily identify and definitely
|
||
locate the premises. The application shall be accompanied by four (4) copies of
|
||
the camp plan showing the following, either existing or as proposed:
|
||
1. The extent and area used for camp purposes;
|
||
2. Roadways and driveways;
|
||
3. Location of sites or units for trailer coaches;
|
||
4. Location and number of sanitary conveniences, including toilets,
|
||
washrooms, laundries and utility rooms to be used by occupants of units;
|
||
5. Method and plan of sewage disposal;
|
||
6. Method and plan of garbage removal;
|
||
7. Plan for water supply;
|
||
8. Plan for electrical lighting of units.
|
||
(C) Before such license may be issued, there must be a favorable
|
||
recommendation by a majority of the council, and the premises must be inspected
|
||
and approved by each of the members of the council or his duly authorized
|
||
representative, as complying with all the provisions of this chapter and other
|
||
provisions of this code relating thereto.
|
||
(D) Licenses issued under the terms of this chapter convey no right to
|
||
erect any building, to do any plumbing work or to do any electrical work. (Ord.
|
||
137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-6: ZONING OF TRAILER CAMPS:
|
||
(A) No trailer camp shall be located in any residential zone or any other
|
||
zone than a business district zone.
|
||
(B) The council may, in conformance with the zoning regulations,
|
||
recommend, and the council may issue a license for the location of a trailer
|
||
camp in any district in which licenses are herein prohibited, after a public
|
||
hearing if, upon such hearing, the council finds that denial of such license
|
||
will cause unnecessary hardship on the applicant and find in addition that the
|
||
owners of all property within two hundred (200) yards of the proposed camp will
|
||
not suffer unnecessary hardship by reason of the operation of the camp at the
|
||
proposed location. The council shall file its findings and conclusions in
|
||
writing with the clerk and serve copies on all parties present or represented
|
||
at the hearing.
|
||
(C) No trailer or tourist camp shall be located within the limits of the
|
||
city, unless city water and sewer connections and fire protection facilities
|
||
are available.
|
||
(D) No occupied trailer camp or other building shall be located within the
|
||
city limits within the recognized setback line for the zoning district in which
|
||
such trailer is located no less than ten feet (10') from any other building or
|
||
vehicle or the boundary line of the tract on which located. (Ord. 137, 8-15-
|
||
1960)
|
||
5-1-7: CAMP PLAN:
|
||
(A) Every trailer camp shall be located on a well drained area, and the
|
||
premises shall be properly graded so as to prevent the accumulation of storm or
|
||
other waters.
|
||
(B) Units shall be clearly designated and the camp so arranged that all
|
||
units shall face or abut on a driveway of not less than sixteen feet (16') in
|
||
width, giving easy access from all units to a public street. Such driveway
|
||
shall be graded and graveled or surfaced with other suitable material and
|
||
maintained in good condition, having natural drainage into a city street, be
|
||
well lighted at night, and shall not be obstructed.
|
||
(C) The camp shall be so laid out that no unit shall be located farther
|
||
than three hundred feet (300') from the toilets and service buildings provided
|
||
herein, and walkways to such buildings shall be paved as above and well lighted
|
||
at night.
|
||
(D) Every trailer unit shall be furnished with an electric service outlet.
|
||
Such outlet shall be equipped with an externally operated switch or fuse of not
|
||
less than 30 amperes capacity, and a heavy duty outlet receptacle. (Ord. 137,
|
||
8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-8: WATER SUPPLY:
|
||
(A) An adequate supply of pure water, furnished through a pipe
|
||
distribution system connected directly with the city water main, with supply
|
||
faucets located not more than two hundred feet (200') from any trailer shall be
|
||
furnished for drinking and domestic purposes.
|
||
(B) No common drinking vessels shall be permitted, nor shall any drinking
|
||
water faucets be placed in any toilet room or water closet compartment.
|
||
(C) An abundant supply of hot water shall be provided at all times for
|
||
bathing, washing, and laundry facilities. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-9: SERVICE BUILDINGS AND ACCOMMODATIONS:
|
||
(A) Every trailer camp shall have erected thereon, at a distance not
|
||
greater than two hundred feet (200') from any unit it is designed to serve, a
|
||
suitable building for housing toilets, showers, and laundry facilities as
|
||
required by the provisions of this chapter, such building to be known as the
|
||
"service building".
|
||
(B) There shall be provided separate toilet rooms for each sex. Flush
|
||
toilets provided with an adequate water supply shall be enclosed in separate
|
||
compartments having a minimum width of three feet (3') and shall be provided
|
||
for each sex in the ratio of one toilet for each eight (8) units or fraction
|
||
thereof that are without individual sewer connection. Every male toilet room
|
||
shall have one urinal for each sixteen (16) units but in no case shall any male
|
||
toilet be without one urinal. Toilet rooms shall contain lavatories with hot
|
||
and cold water in the ratio of one lavatory to every two (2) or less water
|
||
closets.
|
||
(C) Separate bathing facilities for each sex shall be provided with one
|
||
shower enclosed in a compartment at least four feet (4') square, for each eight
|
||
(8) units or fraction thereof that are without individual sewer connection.
|
||
Each shower compartment shall be supplemented by an individual dressing
|
||
compartment of at least twelve (12) square feet.
|
||
(D) The above accommodations shall be based on the total camp capacity
|
||
according to accepted plans.
|
||
(E) Floors of toilets and showers shall be concrete, tile or similar
|
||
material impervious to water and easily cleaned and pitched to a floor drain.
|
||
(Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-10: WASTE AND GARBAGE DISPOSAL:
|
||
(A) All waste from showers, toilets, laundries, faucets and lavatories
|
||
shall be wasted into a sewer system extended from and connected with the city
|
||
sewer system.
|
||
(B) All sanitary facilities in any trailer which are not connected with
|
||
the city sewer system by means of approved connections shall be sealed and
|
||
their use is hereby declared unlawful.
|
||
(C) Each faucet site shall be equipped with facilities for drainage of
|
||
waste and excess water into the sewer. In no case shall any wastewater be
|
||
thrown or discharged upon the surface of the ground or disposed of by means
|
||
other than as herein provided.
|
||
(D) Every unit shall be provided with a substantial flytight metal garbage
|
||
depository from which the contents shall be removed by the city garbage
|
||
collection service, at the established rate. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-11: NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS, TRAILERS:
|
||
No trailer may be inhabited by a greater number of occupants than that for
|
||
which it was designed. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-12: MANAGEMENT:
|
||
(A) In every trailer camp there shall be a building in which shall be
|
||
located the office of the person in charge of said camp. A copy of the camp
|
||
license and this chapter shall be posted therein and the camp register shall at
|
||
all times be kept in said office.
|
||
(B) It is hereby made the duty of the attendant or person in charge
|
||
together with the licensee to:
|
||
1. Keep at all times a register of all guests (which shall be open at
|
||
all times to inspection by state and federal officers and officers of the city)
|
||
showing for all guests:
|
||
(a) Name and address.
|
||
(b) Dates of entrance and departure.
|
||
(c) License numbers of all trailers and towing or other automobiles.
|
||
(d) States issuing such licenses.
|
||
(e) Place of last location, and length of stay.
|
||
2. Maintain the camp in a clean, orderly and sanitary condition at all
|
||
times.
|
||
3. See that the provisions of this chapter are complied with and
|
||
enforced and report promptly to the proper authorities any violations of the
|
||
provisions of this chapter or any other violations of law which may come to his
|
||
attention.
|
||
4. Report to the health office all cases of person or animals affected
|
||
or suspected of being affected with any communicable disease.
|
||
5. Maintain in convenient places, approved by the fire department, hand
|
||
fire extinguishers in the ratio of one to each eight (8) units.
|
||
6. Prohibit the lighting of open fires on the premises.
|
||
7. Prohibit the use of any trailer by a greater number of occupants
|
||
than that which it is designed to accommodate. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-13: APPLICABILITY OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND BUILDING REGULATIONS 1 :
|
||
All plumbing, electrical, building and other work on or at any camp licensed
|
||
under the provisions of this chapter shall be in accordance with the provisions
|
||
of this code regulating such work unless the provisions of this chapter are
|
||
specifically made inapplicable under the terms of this chapter.
|
||
Nothing in the provisions of this chapter shall be interpreted so as to
|
||
conflict with the state housing laws, state legislation regulating trailers,
|
||
trailer camps or any of the requirements of any other provisions of this code
|
||
not mentioned or made inapplicable by the express terms of the provisions of
|
||
this code. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. See title 3 of this code.
|
||
5-1-14: REVOCATION AND SUSPENSION OF LICENSE:
|
||
The council is hereby authorized to revoke any license issued pursuant to the
|
||
terms of this chapter if after due investigation they determine that the holder
|
||
thereof has violated any of the provisions of this chapter or that any trailer
|
||
or trailer camp, is being maintained in an unsanitary or unsafe manner or is a
|
||
nuisance. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-15: HEARING:
|
||
Any person aggrieved by an order of the council granting, denying, renewing, or
|
||
revoking a license for a trailer camp, under the provisions of this chapter,
|
||
may file a written request for a hearing before the council within ten (10)
|
||
days after issuance of such order. The council shall give notice of a public
|
||
hearing upon this request to be held in not less than five (5) days after
|
||
service of the notice on the person requesting the hearing. The council may
|
||
also give notice of the hearing to other persons directly interested in the
|
||
order in question. At such hearing, the council shall determine whether the
|
||
granting, denial, renewal, or revocation of the license was in accordance with
|
||
the provisions of this chapter and shall issue a written findings of fact,
|
||
conclusions of law and an order to carry out its findings and conclusions.
|
||
These findings of fact, conclusions of law, and order shall be filed with the
|
||
clerk of the council and served by the council upon all parties appearing or
|
||
represented at said hearing. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
5-1-16: COURT REVIEW:
|
||
Any order either granting, denying, renewing, or revoking any license under the
|
||
provisions of this chapter may be appealed to the district court in the same
|
||
manner as appeals from any order under the building or zoning regulations of
|
||
the city. Appeals from such orders must be taken within ten (10) days after the
|
||
order is issued. Upon any such appeal the findings of fact of the council, if
|
||
supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive. (Ord. 137, 8-15-1960)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
CABLE TELEVISION
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
5-2-1: Definitions
|
||
5-2-2: License Required
|
||
5-2-3: Application For License
|
||
5-2-4: Grant Of Authority
|
||
5-2-5: Term Of License
|
||
5-2-6: License Fee
|
||
5-2-7: System Construction And Extension
|
||
5-2-8: Safety Requirements
|
||
5-2-9: Conditions On Street Occupancy
|
||
5-2-10: Operational Standards
|
||
5-2-11: Indemnification Of City
|
||
5-2-12: Procedure Upon Termination
|
||
5-2-13: Approval Of Transfer
|
||
5-2-14: Local Office; Complaints
|
||
5-2-15: Compliance With Applicable Laws And Ordinances
|
||
5-2-16: Violations
|
||
5-2-17: Penalties
|
||
5-2-18: Severability
|
||
5-2-19: Effective Date
|
||
5-2-20: Rights Reserved
|
||
5-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
For the purpose of this chapter the following terms, phrases and their
|
||
derivations shall have the meanings herein given. When not inconsistent with
|
||
the context, words used in the present tense include the future tense, words in
|
||
the plural number include the singular number and words in the singular number
|
||
include the plural number.
|
||
CATV: A cable television system as hereinafter defined.
|
||
CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM: A system composed of, without limitation, antenna,
|
||
cables, wires, lines, towers, wave guides, or any other conductors, converters,
|
||
equipment or facilities, designed, constructed or wired for the purpose of
|
||
producing, receiving, amplifying and distributing by coaxial cable audio and/or
|
||
visual radio television, electronic or electrical signals to and from persons,
|
||
subscribers and locations in the license area.
|
||
CITY: The city of Choteau, Montana.
|
||
CITY COUNCIL: The governing body of the city.
|
||
EXPANDED CATV SERVICE: Any communications service in addition to basic CATV
|
||
service provided by the licensee either directly or as a carrier for their
|
||
subsidiaries, affiliates or any other person engaged in communications service,
|
||
including, but not by way of limitation, pay TV, burglar alarm service, date or
|
||
other electronic transmission services, facsimile reproduction services, meter
|
||
reading services and home shopping services.
|
||
LICENSE AREA: The area within the corporate limits of the city.
|
||
LICENSEE: A grantee of rights under this chapter.
|
||
PERSON: Any person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, company or
|
||
organization of any kind.
|
||
PROPERTY OF LICENSEE: All property owned, installed or used by a company or
|
||
companies in the conduct of a CATV business in the city.
|
||
REGULAR CATV SERVICE: The distribution of broadcast television and radio
|
||
signals, and installation, disconnect and reconnect of facilities required for
|
||
said distribution.
|
||
STREET: The surface of and the space above and below any public street, right
|
||
of way, road, highway, freeway, bridge, lane, path, alley, court, sidewalk,
|
||
parkway, drive, communications or utility easement, now or hereafter existing
|
||
as such within the license area.
|
||
SUBSCRIBER: Any person or entity receiving regular CATV service. (Ord. 207, 3-
|
||
7-1978)
|
||
5-2-2: LICENSE REQUIRED:
|
||
No person shall engage in the business of operating a cable television system
|
||
within the city, without first having obtained a license for such purpose nor
|
||
shall any person carry on said business at any other place or location other
|
||
than the one designated in the license, and under such regulations as are
|
||
hereinafter provided. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-3: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
|
||
Application for a license to engage in the business of operating a cable
|
||
television system will be made by the person or their duly designated agent by
|
||
filing such application with the city clerk. Such application shall contain the
|
||
following information:
|
||
(A) The name and address of the applicant, and should the applicant be a
|
||
corporation, the names and addresses of all officers and directors of said
|
||
corporation.
|
||
(B) An outline of the general construction and operating plans of the
|
||
applicant.
|
||
(C) A proposed schedule for the construction of the system and the
|
||
commencement of the service or if the system is already in operation, a full
|
||
and complete description, including maps and plans, of the system.
|
||
(D) A statement of the policy of the applicant concerning the extension of
|
||
the system within the license area.
|
||
(E) Such information as may be required to determine the legal, character,
|
||
financial, technical and other qualifications of the applicant.
|
||
Within thirty (30) days following receipt, the city clerk shall submit said
|
||
application to the city council; the city council shall, at a regular or
|
||
special meeting, adopt a resolution to either approve the application as
|
||
submitted, approve the application with modification or deny said application.
|
||
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-4: GRANT OF AUTHORITY:
|
||
(A) Upon the approval by the city of the legal, character, financial,
|
||
technical and other qualifications of the applicant, and the adequacy and
|
||
feasibility of the applicant's construction arrangements, at a full public
|
||
proceeding affording due process, the city may grant to the applicant the
|
||
right, privilege, and license to engage in the business of operating a CATV
|
||
system in the city for the purpose of providing regular CATV service and such
|
||
aspects of expanded CATV service, if any, as the applicant may from time to
|
||
time deem advisable. Said grant of authority may include the right and
|
||
privilege to erect, install, construct, repair, replace, reconstruct, maintain
|
||
and retain in, on, over, under, upon, across and along any public street,
|
||
public way and public place, now laid out or dedicated and all extensions
|
||
thereof and additions thereto in the license area such poles, wires, cable,
|
||
conductors, ducts, conduit vaults, manholes, amplifiers, appliances,
|
||
attachments, and other property as may be necessary and appurtenant to the CATV
|
||
system; and in addition, so to use, operate, and provide similar facilities or
|
||
properties rented or leased from other persons, firms or corporations,
|
||
including, but not limited to, any public utility or other grantee licensed or
|
||
permitted to do business in the city.
|
||
(B) The rights, privileges and license to engage in the business of
|
||
operating a CATV system in the city provided for in this section will not be
|
||
exclusive and the city reserves the right to grant similar rights, privileges
|
||
and licenses to any other person. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-5: TERM OF LICENSE:
|
||
The license and rights herein granted shall be in force and effect for a term
|
||
of fifteen (15) years after the effective date of the license. The license may
|
||
be renewed for an additional fifteen (15) year period following a public
|
||
proceeding called for the purpose of considering said renewal. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
|
||
1978)
|
||
5-2-6: LICENSE FEE:
|
||
The annual fee to be paid by a licensee to the city shall be as provided by
|
||
council action, and shall be paid by January 30 for that year. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
|
||
1978)
|
||
5-2-7: SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION AND EXTENSION:
|
||
Any person receiving a license under the terms of this chapter shall accomplish
|
||
significant construction within one year after receiving certification from the
|
||
federal communication commission, and shall thereafter equitably and reasonably
|
||
extend energized trunk cable within the license area as provided in the
|
||
construction schedule set forth in the application for a license. Extensions of
|
||
any system within the license area shall be made by the licensee in accord with
|
||
the policy set forth in the application for a license. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-8: SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
(A) The licensee shall at all times employ ordinary care and shall install
|
||
and maintain in use commonly accepted methods and devices for preventing
|
||
failures and accidents which are likely to cause damage, injuries or nuisances
|
||
to the public.
|
||
(B) The licensee shall install and maintain its wires, cables and fixtures
|
||
and other equipment in accordance with requirements of the ordinances, code and
|
||
regulations of the city, and in such a manner that they will not interfere with
|
||
the installation of the city or public utilities serving the city.
|
||
(C) All structures and lines, equipment and connections in, over, under
|
||
and on the streets, sidewalks, alleys and public ways or places of the city,
|
||
wherever situated or located shall at all times be kept and maintained in a
|
||
safe, suitable, substantial condition and in good order and repair.
|
||
(D) The licensee shall maintain a force of one or more agents or employees
|
||
at all times and shall have sufficient employees to provide safe, adequate and
|
||
prompt service for its facilities. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-9: CONDITIONS ON STREET OCCUPANCY:
|
||
(A) All transmissions and distribution structures, lines and equipment
|
||
erected by the licensee within the city shall be so located as to cause minimum
|
||
interference with the proper use of the streets, alleys, and other public ways
|
||
and places, and to cause minimum interference with the rights and reasonable
|
||
convenience of property owners who join any of the said streets, alleys or
|
||
other public ways and places.
|
||
(B) In case of disturbance in the street, sidewalk, alley, public way,
|
||
grass or paved areas or any other public or private property, the licensee
|
||
shall, at his own expense and in a manner approved by the city clerk, replace
|
||
and restore said street, sidewalk, alley, public way, grass or paved area or
|
||
any other public or private property in as good a condition as before the work
|
||
involving such disturbance was done.
|
||
(C) If at any time the city shall lawfully elect to alter or change any
|
||
street, sidewalk, alley or other public way, the licensee, upon reasonable
|
||
notice by the city, shall remove, relay and relocate its poles, wires, cables,
|
||
underground conduits, manholes and other fixtures at its own expense.
|
||
(D) Any fixtures placed in any public way by the licensee shall be placed
|
||
in such a manner as not to interfere with the usual travel on such public way.
|
||
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-10: OPERATIONAL STANDARDS:
|
||
The licensee shall operate and maintain its cable television system in full
|
||
compliance with the standards set forth by the federal communications
|
||
commission. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-11: INDEMNIFICATION OF CITY:
|
||
The licensee shall at all times protect and hold harmless the city from all
|
||
claims, actions, suits, liability, loss, expense, damages of every kind and
|
||
description (herein collectively referred to as "claims") including
|
||
investigation costs, court costs and attorney fees, which may accrue to or be
|
||
suffered or claimed by any person or persons arising out of the negligence of
|
||
the licensee in the ownership, construction, repair, replacement, maintenance
|
||
and operation of the cable television system. The city shall give the licensee
|
||
prompt written notice of any such claims filed against it. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-12: PROCEDURE UPON TERMINATION:
|
||
Upon expiration of the license, if the licensee shall not have acquired an
|
||
extension or renewal thereof and accepted the same, the licensee may enter upon
|
||
the streets, and public ways of the city, for the purposes of removing
|
||
therefrom any or all of its property and otherwise. In so removing said
|
||
property the licensee shall refill, at its own expense, any excavation that
|
||
shall be made by it, and shall leave said streets and public ways and places in
|
||
as nearly as possible as good condition as that prevailing prior to the
|
||
licensee's removal of its property. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-13: APPROVAL OF TRANSFER:
|
||
The licensee shall not sell or transfer its plant or system to another, other
|
||
than a parent company or a wholly owned subsidiary of the licensee, nor
|
||
transfer any rights under this license to another, except as security for
|
||
monies borrowed, without the city council's approval. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-14: LOCAL OFFICE; COMPLAINTS:
|
||
(A) The licensee shall maintain a business office, or agent, which
|
||
subscribers may telephone during regular business hours, so that CATV
|
||
maintenance service shall be promptly available. Should a subscriber have a
|
||
complaint regarding the quality of cable television service, equipment
|
||
malfunction, or similar matters, the subscriber may file his complaint with the
|
||
agent of the licensee. The licensee shall notify each subscriber, at the time
|
||
of the initial subscription to the service of the licensee, of the procedures
|
||
for reporting and resolving such complaints.
|
||
(B) The licensee shall keep a record of each complaint received and the
|
||
action taken to resolve said complaint. Said records shall be filed with the
|
||
city council at the time any proceedings are initiated concerning rate changes
|
||
or license renewal. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-15: COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND ORDINANCES:
|
||
The licensee shall at all times during the life of this license be subject to
|
||
all lawful exercise of the police power by the city. The licensee shall at all
|
||
times comply with all of the requirements, at that time applicable, as imposed
|
||
by the federal communications system. Failure to do so will be treated as a
|
||
violation of this chapter. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-16: VIOLATIONS:
|
||
From and after the effective date hereof, it shall be unlawful for any person
|
||
to construct, install or maintain within any public street in the city, or
|
||
within any other public property of the city, or within any privately owned
|
||
area within the city which has not yet become a public street but is designated
|
||
or delineated as a proposed public street on any tentative subdivision map
|
||
approved by the city, any equipment or facilities for distributing any
|
||
television signals or radio signals throughout a CATV system, unless a license
|
||
authorizing such use of such street or property or area has first been
|
||
obtained, and unless such license is in full force and effect. (Ord. 207, 3-7-
|
||
1978)
|
||
5-2-17: PENALTIES:
|
||
Any person violating or failing to comply with any of the provisions of this
|
||
chapter shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and for each day of violation or
|
||
failure to comply may be punished by a fine not to exceed five hundred dollars
|
||
($500.00) or by imprisonment for a term not to exceed six (6) months or by both
|
||
such fine and imprisonment. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-18: SEVERABILITY:
|
||
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this chapter is for
|
||
any reason held illegal, invalid or unconstitutional by the decision shall not
|
||
affect the validity of the remaining portions hereof. The city council hereby
|
||
declares that it would have passed this ordinance 207 and each section,
|
||
subsection, sentence, clause and phrase hereof, irrespective of the fact that
|
||
any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be
|
||
declared illegal, invalid or unconstitutional. The validity of any portion of
|
||
this chapter shall not abate, reduce or otherwise affect any consideration or
|
||
other obligation required of the licensee. All ordinances and parts of
|
||
ordinances in conflict with the provisions of this chapter are hereby repealed.
|
||
(Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-19: EFFECTIVE DATE:
|
||
This ordinance 207 codified herein as chapter 2 shall take effect and be in
|
||
force thirty (30) days from and after its passage. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
5-2-20: RIGHTS RESERVED:
|
||
(A) The right is hereby reserved to the city to adopt, in addition to the
|
||
provisions contained herein and in existing applicable ordinances, such
|
||
additional regulations as it shall find necessary in the exercise of the police
|
||
power; provided that such regulations, by ordinance or otherwise, shall be
|
||
reasonable and not in conflict with the rights herein granted.
|
||
(B) The city shall have the right to inspect the books, records, maps,
|
||
plans and other like materials of the licensee at any time during normal
|
||
business hours.
|
||
(C) The city shall have the right to supervise all construction or
|
||
installation work performed subject to the provisions of this license and make
|
||
such inspections as it shall find necessary to ensure compliance with the terms
|
||
of the license and other pertinent provisions of law.
|
||
(D) Upon termination or cancellation of this license, as provided for
|
||
herein, the city shall have the right to require the licensee to remove at its
|
||
own expense all portions of the cable television system from all public ways
|
||
within the city.
|
||
(E) The city reserves the right to establish a procedure by which it shall
|
||
review and approve the rates set by the licensee, and the licensee agrees to
|
||
cooperate fully with the city council in connection with that review procedure,
|
||
including, but not limited to, the requirement that all rate changes be
|
||
reviewed, that there be a public hearing which the licensee will attend, and
|
||
that the licensee provide such information as is necessary to determine a
|
||
reasonable rate. (Ord. 207, 3-7-1978)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
LICENSES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
5-3-1: License Required
|
||
5-3-2: Definitions
|
||
5-3-3: Annual License Fee
|
||
5-3-4: Application For License
|
||
5-3-5: Violation And Fine
|
||
5-3-1: LICENSE REQUIRED:
|
||
All merchants who engage in the business of selling alcoholic beverages,
|
||
including liquor, beer and wine, and transient merchants are required to
|
||
purchase a city license prior to January 15 of each year. (Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
5-3-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
PERMITTED AREA WITHIN THE CITY OF CHOTEAU: The permitted area of the city of
|
||
Choteau is defined as that nonshaded area set forth in exhibit A attached to
|
||
ordinance 279, available for inspection in the city clerk's office, and by this
|
||
reference incorporated herein.
|
||
TRANSIENT MERCHANT: A transient merchant, otherwise called itinerant vendor or
|
||
peddler, is defined as any person, whether acting as an owner, agent, consignee
|
||
or employee, not being a resident of the city, who engages in the temporary
|
||
business of selling, delivering, or offering for sale, goods, wares and
|
||
merchandise and subscriptions within the permitted area of the city, as herein
|
||
defined, and who, in furtherance of such purposes, uses or occupies the
|
||
permitted streets, alleys or sidewalks of the city or any structure, motor
|
||
vehicle or other place within the permitted area of the city for the exhibition
|
||
and sale of such goods, wares and merchandise. (Ord. 279, 4-6-1999)
|
||
5-3-3: ANNUAL LICENSE FEE:
|
||
The annual license fee required by those individuals or entities as set forth
|
||
in section
|
||
5-3-1 of this chapter shall be as follows:
|
||
|
||
(A) All beverage license $200.00
|
||
(B) Beer license 75.00
|
||
(C) Wine license 25.00
|
||
(D) Special use beer permit 5.00
|
||
(Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
(E) Transient merchant
|
||
1. Annual 30.00
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 279, 4-6-1999)
|
||
5-3-4: APPLICATION FOR LICENSE:
|
||
All required licensees, as set forth in section
|
||
5-3-3 of this chapter, shall fill out in its entirety the required application
|
||
form at the office of the city clerk, and no license, as above set forth, shall
|
||
be issued by said clerk until said application has been approved by the office
|
||
of the city clerk. (Ord. 264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
5-3-5: VIOLATION AND FINE:
|
||
Any person, who first being advised of the provisions of this chapter, and who
|
||
thereafter violates any provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor,
|
||
and upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less than
|
||
twenty five dollars ($25.00) nor more than one hundred dollars ($100.00). (Ord.
|
||
264, 5-3-1994)
|
||
TITLE 6
|
||
FIRE REGULATIONS
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
FIRE LIMITS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
6-1-1: Fire Limits Designated
|
||
6-1-1: FIRE LIMITS DESIGNATED:
|
||
The following described territory in the city shall comprise the inner fire
|
||
limits:
|
||
Commencing at the intersection of 1st Street S.E. and 1st alley east, thence
|
||
north along the centerline of said alley and continuing along the centerline of
|
||
said alley to the centerline of 4th Street, N.E.; thence west along the
|
||
centerline of 4th Street to the centerline of 1st alley West; thence along the
|
||
centerline of 1st alley West to the centerline of the 3rd Street N.W.; thence
|
||
along the centerline of 3rd Street, N.W. in a westerly direction to the
|
||
centerline of 2nd alley West; thence south along the centerline of 2nd alley
|
||
West to the centerline of Division Street; thence along the centerline of west
|
||
Division to the centerline of 1st Street S.W.; thence east along the centerline
|
||
of 1st Street S.W. to the centerline of 1st alley West; thence south along the
|
||
centerline of said alley to the centerline of 3rd Street S.W.; thence west of
|
||
the centerline of 1st Avenue, S.W.; thence south to the centerline of 5th
|
||
Street, S.W., thence east to the centerline of 1st alley East; thence north to
|
||
the place of beginning.
|
||
All the rest of the territory included within the corporate limits lying
|
||
outside of and beyond the limits of said inner fire limits as hereinbefore
|
||
described, shall comprise the outer fire limits of the city. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
FIRE REGULATIONS; PROVISIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
6-2-1: Building Requirements For Inner Fire Limits
|
||
6-2-2: Permit Required For Building In Fire Limits
|
||
6-2-3: Replacement Of Damaged Buildings
|
||
6-2-4: Unlawful Building
|
||
6-2-5: Storage Of Flammables; Permit Required
|
||
6-2-6: Construction Of Chimneys And Flues
|
||
6-2-7: Wooden Buildings
|
||
6-2-8: Fire Chief Appointed; Duties
|
||
6-2-9: Removal Of Dangerous Buildings; Failure To Comply
|
||
6-2-10: Bonfires
|
||
6-2-11: Interference With Fire Department Personnel; Apparatus
|
||
6-2-12: Firefighting; Bystanders
|
||
6-2-13: Campfires
|
||
6-2-14: Open Burning
|
||
6-2-1: BUILDING REQUIREMENTS FOR INNER FIRE LIMITS:
|
||
No person shall build, construct, reconstruct, erect, place or move, or cause
|
||
to be built, constructed, reconstructed, erected, placed or moved from any lot
|
||
within or without the inner fire limits to any lot within the inner fire
|
||
limits, except as hereinafter provided, any wooden, corrugated, iron or sheet
|
||
metal building, shed or structure, of any kind whatsoever, provided, however,
|
||
that the city council may, upon application duly made: a) grant a permit for an
|
||
addition to a residence located in the inner fire district to be made of wooden
|
||
construction, if such residence is of wooden construction and the square feet
|
||
area of such addition will not exceed one-third (1/3) of the square feet area
|
||
of the residence at the time of making application for permit, and b) grant a
|
||
permit for wooden construction of small outbuildings in the inner fire limits
|
||
if it is made to appear to the council such building will not increase the fire
|
||
risk to surrounding buildings. Provided that the city council may grant an
|
||
exception to the above limitations where it finds upon facts presented at a
|
||
hearing that such structure will not create any additional fire hazard. Notice
|
||
of hearing shall be published at least ten (10) days before the hearing in a
|
||
local newspaper and a copy mailed to owners of lots adjoining those owned by
|
||
the applicant for permit. (Ord. 177, 10-20-1969; amd. Ord. 190, 12-17-1973)
|
||
6-2-2: PERMIT REQUIRED FOR BUILDING IN FIRE LIMITS:
|
||
No person shall build, construct, reconstruct, erect, place or move, or cause
|
||
to be built, constructed, reconstructed, erected, placed or moved, within or
|
||
into the fire limits any building, shed or structure, of any kind whatsoever,
|
||
without first having obtained a permit so to do from the council, in the manner
|
||
following:
|
||
(A) Any person desiring to build, construct or erect such building, shed
|
||
or structure, shall make or cause to be made and filed with the clerk at least
|
||
three (3) days before the next council meeting, a sketch or plan of the
|
||
proposed building or structure desired to be built, constructed or erected,
|
||
together with specifications thereof, in form sufficient to enable the council
|
||
to determine the material to be used for the foundation, walls and roof, the
|
||
thickness of the walls, the number and size of openings therein, and the
|
||
general plan of construction. If said plans are deemed by a majority of the
|
||
council to be sufficiently safe for fire protection purposes, the clerk may be
|
||
directed to issue a building permit to the applicant to construct such building
|
||
or structure in accordance with said plans and specifications which shall be
|
||
kept on file in the office of the clerk and any deviation, alteration or change
|
||
from said plans and specifications without an additional permit from the
|
||
council shall be, and is hereby declared to be, a violation of the provisions
|
||
of this chapter.
|
||
(B) Any person desiring to remove any building from one location to
|
||
another within the fire limits, or from without the city to a location within
|
||
the outer fire limits, must first obtain a permit from the council so to do,
|
||
which permit may be granted by the council upon an application in writing filed
|
||
with the clerk at least three (3) days before the next council meeting, which
|
||
said application shall contain a description of the building, giving its size
|
||
and the material of which it is constructed, its location as to lot and block,
|
||
if within the city limits, and the lot and block upon which the building is
|
||
proposed to be placed; provided, that no permit must be granted by the council,
|
||
if the proposed removal be from one location to another within the inner fire
|
||
limits, unless it shall appear by the endorsement in writing of the fire chief
|
||
upon the application for such permit, that such removal will not tend to
|
||
increase the fire risk. (Ord. 177, 10-20-1969)
|
||
6-2-3: REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED BUILDINGS:
|
||
No person shall repair, or cause to be repaired, any building, shed or
|
||
structure, within the fire limits, if the same shall, in the judgment of the
|
||
council, have been damaged by fire, the elements, or otherwise, to the extent
|
||
of fifty percent (50%) of the value thereof, without first having obtained a
|
||
permit so to do as provided in section
|
||
6-2-2 of this chapter. Except in cases of damage by fire or the elements, no
|
||
repairs exceeding a value of twenty five dollars ($25.00) shall be made in any
|
||
calendar year, upon any building, shed or structure within the inner fire
|
||
limits hereof, if said building in its original construction was composed
|
||
chiefly of wood, corrugated iron or sheet metal. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-4: UNLAWFUL BUILDING:
|
||
Any person who shall hereafter in violation of the provisions of this chapter,
|
||
erect, build, construct, repair, enlarge or remove any such prohibited
|
||
structure or building, or cause the same to be done by others, shall be deemed
|
||
to have committed a misdemeanor. Any structure or building built, constructed,
|
||
erected, repaired, enlarged or removed in violation of the provisions of this
|
||
chapter is hereby declared to be a nuisance and it shall be the duty of the
|
||
chief of police on order of the council, to require the author of such nuisance
|
||
to remove the same forthwith, and, if the said author shall neglect or refuse
|
||
to abate the same or signify his intention so to do within twenty four (24)
|
||
hours after such notice, it shall be the duty of the chief of police to do so,
|
||
and the costs thereof shall be charged to the said author and collected by
|
||
civil action in the name of the city. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-5: STORAGE OF FLAMMABLES; PERMIT REQUIRED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to construct, place, erect or build, or
|
||
cause to be constructed, placed, erected or built within the fire limits, any
|
||
smokehouse, engine house, steam boiler, or other similar structure or
|
||
contrivance, or to store any inflammable or explosive material, or to store or
|
||
stack, or suffer or permit to be stored or stacked, any straw, hay, rubbish,
|
||
boxes, barrels, or other combustible material, without first having obtained
|
||
from the council a permit so to do, and all such permits shall be granted upon
|
||
such conditions and restrictions of the council as in their judgment shall be
|
||
necessary to guard against calamities by fire. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-6: CONSTRUCTION OF CHIMNEYS AND FLUES:
|
||
All chimneys, or flues, in any building within the fire limits shall be
|
||
constructed of pipe to be approved by the fire underwriters, brick, stone or
|
||
concrete, and shall be plastered on the inside, and shall be built from the
|
||
foundation of the building, or upon a substantial platform firmly attached to
|
||
the building. All stovepipes shall enter a brick, stone or concrete chimney as
|
||
nearly horizontal as possible and shall not pass through any roof or outside
|
||
wall or framework in the building. All stovepipes or flues which pass through
|
||
any floor, partition or ceiling, or other combustible material, shall be
|
||
protected by durable metal or earthen safes where the same pass through such
|
||
floor, partition, ceiling or other combustible material; provided, that for
|
||
good reasons the fire chief may grant permission to any person to use a
|
||
stovepipe through the roof of any temporary addition to a building, for
|
||
temporary purposes only, upon such conditions and restrictions as he may impose
|
||
for the general safety of surrounding property. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-7: WOODEN BUILDINGS:
|
||
The council shall have power by the special order duly made and entered of
|
||
record after the hearing of interested parties to prohibit the erection of a
|
||
wooden building in any part of the city beyond the fire limits thereof, so
|
||
close to any other building previously erected or of such a dangerous character
|
||
as to greatly endanger the same; provided that this regulation shall not be
|
||
construed to apply to smaller outbuildings; and any person, who, in violation
|
||
of any such special order of the council, shall erect such prohibited building
|
||
shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-8: FIRE CHIEF APPOINTED; DUTIES:
|
||
The mayor shall, at the first meeting of the council after the annual election,
|
||
appoint, by and with the consent of the council, a fire chief, who shall hold
|
||
this office for the term of one year and until his successor is appointed,
|
||
unless removed for cause, and whose duty it shall be to examine all chimneys,
|
||
flues, stovepipes, boilers, depositories for ashes, buildings, and places where
|
||
fires are used within the fire limits, and in case he finds any such appliances
|
||
or premises in an unsafe condition, he shall immediately notify and direct the
|
||
owner or occupant to put the same in safe condition against damage by fire, and
|
||
it shall be the duty of such owner or occupant to forthwith promptly comply
|
||
with such direction, and a failure so to do shall be deemed a misdemeanor.
|
||
(Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-9: REMOVAL OF DANGEROUS BUILDINGS; FAILURE TO COMPLY:
|
||
The council may order or direct any building, structure, chimney, flue, or
|
||
stovepipe, which is dangerous or a menace to surrounding property from a fire
|
||
standpoint, to be removed, altered, repaired, cleaned out, or placed in safe
|
||
condition, and for that purpose may prescribe and direct what work, alteration
|
||
or repair shall be done to make it safe; and may direct the removal of any
|
||
straw, hay, rubbish, barrels, boxes, or other combustible material, within the
|
||
limits of the city, when the same shall be deemed to be dangerous to other
|
||
buildings or property, and necessary against the spreading of fire or to guard
|
||
against the same.
|
||
If any person for the period of twenty four (24) hours shall refuse or neglect
|
||
to comply with any order or direction of the council or fire chief, relative to
|
||
the removal or repair of any building, boiler, stovepipe, chimney, flue, straw,
|
||
hay, rubbish or other material as provided herein, the same may be removed or
|
||
the repairs made by an officer of the city, at the expense of the owner or
|
||
occupant of the property, to be recovered in a civil action for that purpose,
|
||
in which the city shall be plaintiff and the owner or occupant shall be
|
||
defendant; or said expense, with a penalty of ten percent (10%), and interest
|
||
according to law from the date of such removal or repairs, may be assessed
|
||
against said property and collected as other taxes. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-10: BONFIRES:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person within the limits of the city to build a
|
||
bonfire in any street, avenue, alley, square or vacant lot, without first
|
||
obtaining a permit in writing from the fire chief, and a violation of this
|
||
section shall be deemed a misdemeanor. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-11: INTERFERENCE WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL; APPARATUS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to in any way interfere with the fire
|
||
chief, or any member of the fire department, or any other person, while engaged
|
||
in fighting or controlling any fire within the limits of the city, or so near
|
||
the limits of the city as to be dangerous to property within the limits of the
|
||
city; or to in any way interfere with, damage, remove, or injure any fire
|
||
apparatus or property owned or kept by the city for the purpose of controlling
|
||
fires, or with the property of any chief or fireman or other person while
|
||
engaged in controlling any fire. It shall also be unlawful for any person to
|
||
drive any vehicle, or ride any animal or vehicle, over or across, or to tramp
|
||
on or step upon any fire hose belonging to the city, or used by it in
|
||
controlling fires. (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
6-2-12: FIREFIGHTING; BYSTANDERS:
|
||
The mayor, council, or the fire chief, may, whenever in his judgment it shall
|
||
be necessary, call upon any bystander at a fire to assist in controlling said
|
||
fire, either by name or otherwise, and thereupon it shall be the duty of such
|
||
bystander to immediately assist and obey the orders of such official to the
|
||
best of his strength and ability 1 . (Ord. 23, 3-2-1914)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-928–11-933, 32-21-113, 32-21-109.
|
||
6-2-13: CAMPFIRES:
|
||
Campfires in the city park shall be limited to city fire pits only. (Ord. 270,
|
||
2-4-1997)
|
||
6-2-14: OPEN BURNING:
|
||
Open burning within the city limits, with the exception of barbecue grills,
|
||
fireplaces and wood stoves, shall be prohibited unless a burn permit is issued
|
||
by the city clerk and approved by the city fire chief. (Ord. 270, 2-4-1997)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
6-3-1: Definitions
|
||
6-3-2: Delivery Of Flammable Liquids
|
||
6-3-3: Uniform Fire Code
|
||
6-3-4: Misdemeanor
|
||
6-3-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
As used in this chapter the following terms shall have the meanings herein
|
||
prescribed:
|
||
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS: Any liquid used as fuel for the operation of any motor
|
||
driven vehicle or motor driven engine.
|
||
RETAIL OR WHOLESALE OUTLET: Any business engaged in the retail sale or
|
||
wholesale of flammable liquids.
|
||
TANK VEHICLE OR TANK CAR: Any vehicle used for the transportation of flammable
|
||
liquids. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
|
||
6-3-2: DELIVERY OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS:
|
||
In all deliveries of flammable liquids to any retail outlet or wholesale outlet
|
||
within the corporate limits of the city, the operator or other competent person
|
||
shall be in attendance at all times while a tank vehicle or tank car is
|
||
discharging cargo. Whenever practical, the tank vehicle or tank car shall be
|
||
positioned so that the operating controls and the discharging end of the hose
|
||
or hoses are both in view of the operator or other competent person. (Ord. 247,
|
||
10-20-1987)
|
||
6-3-3: UNIFORM FIRE CODE:
|
||
All flammable liquids shall be delivered and controlled in accordance with the
|
||
uniform fire code of the state. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
|
||
6-3-4: MISDEMEANOR:
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be deemed guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor. (Ord. 247, 10-20-1987)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
FIREWORKS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
6-4-1: Definition
|
||
6-4-2: Sale Of Fireworks; Use Of; Fine
|
||
6-4-3: Possession Of Explosive Material Prohibited
|
||
6-4-1: DEFINITION:
|
||
The term "fireworks" shall mean firecrackers, Roman candles, torpedoes, sky
|
||
rockets, whirling sprays, fire fountains and all powderous explosives commonly
|
||
known as fireworks. (Ord. 48, 8-8-1917)
|
||
6-4-2: SALE OF FIREWORKS; USE OF; FINE:
|
||
Fireworks may be sold for the period of June 24 through July 5 each year within
|
||
the Choteau City limits by permit only from the Office of the Choteau City
|
||
Clerk after approval by the City Council.
|
||
The use of fireworks within the City in any manner or means or for any purpose
|
||
is prohibited except:
|
||
(A) For the period of July 1 through July 4 each year. Fireworks can be
|
||
set off within the City limits from eleven o'clock (11:00) A.M. to eleven
|
||
o'clock (11:00) P.M. each day except July 3 and 4 when the time limit on July 3
|
||
and 4 shall extend to two o'clock (2:00) A.M. the following morning; and
|
||
(B) For the period of December 31 from six o'clock (6:00) P.M. to two
|
||
o'clock (2:00) A.M. the following morning.
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this section regarding the use of
|
||
fireworks shall be fined fifty dollars ($50.00).
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this section regarding the sale of
|
||
fireworks shall be fined fifty dollars ($50.00) per each sale. (Ord. 312, 3-21-
|
||
2017)
|
||
6-4-3: POSSESSION OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL PROHIBITED:
|
||
The sale or possession of any illegal dangerous mechanical device or of any
|
||
other illegal explosive material calculated to explode or burn by reason of
|
||
external or mechanical application shall be construed a violation of the
|
||
provisions of this chapter. (Ord. 272, 2-4-1997)
|
||
TITLE 7
|
||
HEALTH AND SANITATION
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
GARBAGE REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
7-1-1: Definitions
|
||
7-1-2: Mandatory Use Of City Services
|
||
7-1-3: Container Requirements
|
||
7-1-4: Placement Of Containers
|
||
7-1-5: Prohibited Acts And Conditions
|
||
7-1-6: Removal Of Prohibited Conditions
|
||
7-1-7: Charges For Collection
|
||
7-1-8: Violation; Penalty
|
||
7-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
SOLID WASTE: Includes each and every accumulation of animal matter, manure,
|
||
fruits or vegetable matter, ashes, branches or parts of any trees, shrubs or
|
||
vines, tin cans, bottles, grasses or weeds, rags, paper, dead animals or parts
|
||
thereof, garbage, trash or filth, and all other offensive matter. (Ord. 299, 5-
|
||
18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-2: MANDATORY USE OF CITY SERVICES:
|
||
Except as provided in Montana code 7-2-4736, all residents, businesses, and
|
||
other persons located within the city limits shall be required to use the
|
||
city's solid waste hauling services with respect to all solid waste that the
|
||
city hauls, unless the city approves, in writing, the use of a licensed private
|
||
hauler. No resident, business, or other person shall engage a licensed hauler,
|
||
without first receiving written approval from the city, to haul solid waste of
|
||
the type that the city hauls. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-3: CONTAINER REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
(A) City Approved Containers Required: Solid waste, as identified in this
|
||
chapter, shall only be placed outside of a home, garage, or other animalproof
|
||
enclosure if contained in a city approved solid waste container.
|
||
(B) Containers Kept Clean: Residents and businesses shall be responsible
|
||
for ensuring that all city approved solid waste containers are kept clean and
|
||
sanitary.
|
||
(C) Repairing And Replacing: Residents and businesses of the city shall be
|
||
responsible for repairing or replacing any city approved solid waste containers
|
||
that are abused, damaged, or lost. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-4: PLACEMENT OF CONTAINERS:
|
||
(A) Time Of Collection: Solid waste containers must only be placed at the
|
||
designated pick up location by seven o'clock (7:00) A.M. on the morning that
|
||
such solid waste will be picked up by the city or other permitted hauler.
|
||
(B) Preparation For Collection:
|
||
1. All solid waste produced in any house, flat, apartment, restaurant
|
||
or other store, building or establishment, shall be drained of all surplus
|
||
liquids, except grease, and thereupon shall be securely wrapped in paper or
|
||
plastic before depositing in solid waste receptacles.
|
||
2. Paper and combustible rubbish of every kind whatsoever shall be
|
||
securely wrapped, packed, or contained in a manner that will prevent blowing by
|
||
the wind and shall be deposited in a proper receptacle.
|
||
3. All solid waste must be placed in city approved containers to be
|
||
removed by the city solid waste collectors. Any waste that can not be placed in
|
||
the container must be moved to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal
|
||
district roll-off site by the owner or occupant of the premises, or collected
|
||
by city solid waste collectors upon prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
|
||
4. Trimmings resulting from trimming or removing hedges and trees shall
|
||
be cut up into short lengths not to exceed four feet (4'), and placed in solid
|
||
waste receptacles or else moved to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal
|
||
district roll-off site by the owner or occupant of the premises, or collected
|
||
by city solid waste collectors upon prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
|
||
Tree trunks of more than six inches (6") in diameter at the large end shall be
|
||
removed to the Northern Montana joint refuse disposal district roll-off site by
|
||
the owner or occupant of the premises and shall not be removed by the city
|
||
solid waste collectors, or collected by city solid waste collectors upon
|
||
prepayment of charges as set by resolution.
|
||
5. All solid waste must be placed in the containers so as to allow the
|
||
lids to be shut. The lids must be kept closed on the containers at all times.
|
||
(C) Dirt, Rocks And Building Debris:
|
||
1. Dirt and rocks accumulated as a result of improving or grading lawns
|
||
and gardens, will not be removed from the premises, nor from the streets and
|
||
alleys, by the city solid waste collectors, but shall be removed to the
|
||
Northern Montana joint refuse disposal district roll-off site by the owner or
|
||
occupant of the premises where such material originated.
|
||
2. Dirt and rocks accumulated as a result of excavation of building
|
||
sites, shall not be deposited in streets or alleys, but shall be removed from
|
||
the premises where such material originates by the owner, occupant, or
|
||
contractor, or whoever was responsible for doing the work.
|
||
3. Other building rubbish shall be removed to the Northern Montana
|
||
joint refuse disposal district roll-off site from the premises where such
|
||
rubbish originates, by the occupant, owner, contractor, or whoever was
|
||
responsible for doing the work, at least once weekly or as specified by the
|
||
public works department. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-5: PROHIBITED ACTS AND CONDITIONS:
|
||
(A) Deposits On Public Ways: It is unlawful for any person to throw,
|
||
scatter, or otherwise place or leave, or cause to be thrown or scattered or
|
||
otherwise placed or left, upon or along any street, avenue, alley, or other
|
||
public place, or upon any vacant or unoccupied lot or lots within the city, any
|
||
wastepaper, rubbish, refuse, debris, or solid waste of any kind.
|
||
(B) Burning: It shall be unlawful to burn papers, paper goods, carbon,
|
||
rubbish, solid waste, organic debris, or any other type of combustible matters
|
||
outdoors within the city.
|
||
(C) Use Of Specific Containers:
|
||
1. It is unlawful for any person to place, discard, or deposit solid
|
||
waste into solid waste containers provided or placed within the city's parks
|
||
unless such solid waste is actually generated and accumulated in the park by
|
||
park visitors. The use of such solid waste containers and/or receptacles
|
||
provided in the city's parks is restricted to solid waste generated in the park
|
||
by park visitors, and no other solid waste shall be brought into the city's
|
||
parks for disposal.
|
||
2. All persons shall place, dispose, discard, or deposit their solid
|
||
waste in the solid waste containers provided for their particular residence or
|
||
place of business and shall not use such solid waste containers and/or
|
||
receptacles provided for other persons or for public use at city parks or
|
||
street receptacles.
|
||
3. It is unlawful for any person who resides outside of the city limits
|
||
of the city of Choteau to place, dispose, discard, or deposit their solid waste
|
||
into solid waste containers provided or placed within the city's parks or
|
||
provided for the use by city residents and businesses.
|
||
(D) Special Care Items: It shall be unlawful to dispose of any products
|
||
that contain corrosive, toxic, ignitable, or reactive ingredients which may
|
||
require special care in the methods of disposal. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-
|
||
1-2004)
|
||
7-1-6: REMOVAL OF PROHIBITED CONDITIONS:
|
||
(A) Responsibility Of Owner: It shall be sufficient proof for the purpose
|
||
of securing a conviction under the terms of this chapter that any such solid
|
||
waste or other offensive matter is shown to have been found improperly packed
|
||
or at any unauthorized place as specified hereinabove, or to have been found
|
||
in, upon, or adjacent to the grounds or premises used or occupied by such
|
||
person charged with violation of the terms of this chapter whether such
|
||
premises are owned, rented, leased, or otherwise held or occupied in any manner
|
||
and any such owners, occupants, tenants, or lessees aware of, or who should
|
||
have been aware of, the presence of the solid waste which has been improperly
|
||
disposed of are declared to be personally responsible under this chapter for
|
||
any such refuse, solid waste, or offensive matter so thrown, located, placed,
|
||
or found.
|
||
(B) Removal Authority: The mayor, the public works director, or the fire
|
||
chief shall have the power to, and are authorized to, order by printing,
|
||
posting, or by written personal notice, to order the agent, tenant, or owner to
|
||
remove from his premises or the streets and alleys adjacent thereto, any
|
||
rubbish or filth which in the judgment of any of these officers, is a menace to
|
||
public health, nuisance, or hazardous in case of fire.
|
||
(C) Removal By City: In case the rubbish is not removed within the time
|
||
specified in the notice and order, any of the officers shall have the power to
|
||
cause the rubbish to be removed at the cost of the city.
|
||
(D) Lien On Premises: The cost for the removal of such rubbish, when duly
|
||
approved by the city council, shall be a lien against the property from which
|
||
such matter was deposited, and the city clerk is authorized to certify the cost
|
||
to the county clerk for collection along with those taxes and other legal
|
||
charges against the property. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
7-1-7: CHARGES FOR COLLECTION:
|
||
(A) Following a public hearing and public notice, the city council shall
|
||
adopt a resolution regulating, establishing, or changing rates for solid waste
|
||
collection at such times as it determines necessary to defray the costs of
|
||
solid waste collection.
|
||
(B) The city may make monthly billings for the costs of collection of
|
||
solid waste from the streets, alleys, commercial, and private premises of the
|
||
city. Charges shall be charged to the renter or owner of the property from
|
||
which such solid waste is collected.
|
||
(C) Payments of charges shall be made within thirty (30) days after the
|
||
billing date and unpaid charges shall be delinquent after that date. Delinquent
|
||
charges may be assessed against the property. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-
|
||
2004)
|
||
7-1-8: VIOLATION; PENALTY:
|
||
A person convicted of violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, be subject to a fine as
|
||
provided in the general penalty in section
|
||
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 299, 5-18-2004, eff. 7-1-2004)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
REGULATION OF SEWER USE
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
7-2-1: Definitions
|
||
7-2-2: Use Of Public Sewers Required
|
||
7-2-3: Private Wastewater Disposal
|
||
7-2-4: Sanitary Sewers, Building Sewer And Connections
|
||
7-2-5: Use Of The Public Sewers
|
||
7-2-6: Protection From Damage
|
||
7-2-7: Powers And Authority Of Inspectors
|
||
7-2-8: Hearing Board
|
||
7-2-9: Penalties
|
||
7-2-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, the meanings of terms used
|
||
in this chapter shall be as follows:
|
||
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD): The quantity of oxygen utilized in the
|
||
biochemical oxidation of organic matter under standard laboratory procedure in
|
||
five (5) days at twenty degrees centigrade (20°C), expressed in milligrams per
|
||
liter.
|
||
BUILDING DRAIN: That part of the lowest horizontal piping of a drainage system
|
||
which receives the discharge from soil, waste and other drainage pipes inside
|
||
the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer, beginning five
|
||
feet (5') outside the inner face of the building wall.
|
||
BUILDING SEWER: The extension from the building drain to the public sewer or
|
||
other place of disposal, also called house connection.
|
||
COMBINED SEWER: A sewer intended to receive both wastewater and storm or
|
||
surface water.
|
||
EASEMENT: An acquired legal right for the specific use of land owned by others.
|
||
FLOATABLE OIL: Oil, fat or grease in a physical state such that it will
|
||
separate by gravity from wastewater by treatment in an approved pretreatment
|
||
facility. A wastewater shall be considered free of floatable fat if it is
|
||
properly pretreated and the wastewater does not interfere with the collection
|
||
system.
|
||
GARBAGE: The animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling,
|
||
preparation, cooking and serving of foods.
|
||
HEARING BOARD: That board appointed according to the provisions of section
|
||
7-2-8 of this chapter.
|
||
INDUSTRIAL WASTES: The wastewater from industrial processes, trade or business
|
||
as distinct from domestic or sanitary wastes.
|
||
MAY: Is permissive. (See also definition of Shall.)
|
||
NATURAL OUTLET: Any outlet, including storm sewers and combined sewer,
|
||
overflows, into a watercourse, pond, ditch, lake or other body of surface or
|
||
ground water.
|
||
PERSON: Any individual, firm, company, association, society, corporation or
|
||
group.
|
||
pH: The logarithm of the reciprocal of the hydrogen-ion concentration. The
|
||
concentration is the weight of hydrogen-ions, in grams per liter of solution.
|
||
Neutral water, for example, has a pH value of seven (7) and a hydrogen-ion
|
||
concentration of 10-7.
|
||
PROPERLY SHREDDED GARBAGE: The wastes from the preparation, cooking and
|
||
dispensing of food that have been shredded to such a degree that all particles
|
||
will be carried freely under the flow conditions normally prevailing in public
|
||
sewers, with no particle greater than one-half inch (1/2") in any dimension.
|
||
PUBLIC SEWER: A common sewer controlled by a governmental agency or public
|
||
utility.
|
||
SANITARY SEWER: A sewer that carries liquid and water carried wastes from
|
||
residences, commercial buildings, industrial plants and institutions together
|
||
with minor quantities of ground, storm and surface waters that are not admitted
|
||
intentionally.
|
||
SEWAGE: The spent water of a community. The preferred term is "wastewater".
|
||
(See also definition of Wastewater.)
|
||
SEWER: A pipe or conduit that carries wastewater or drainage water.
|
||
SHALL: Is mandatory. (See also definition of May.)
|
||
SLUG: Any discharge of water or wastewater which in concentration of any given
|
||
constituent or in quantity of flow exceeds for any period of duration longer
|
||
than fifteen (15) minutes more than five (5) times the average twenty four (24)
|
||
hour concentration or flows during normal operation and shall adversely affect
|
||
the collection system and/or performance of the wastewater treatment works.
|
||
STORM DRAIN: Sometimes termed "storm sewer", shall mean a drain or sewer for
|
||
conveying water, ground water, subsurface water or unpolluted water from any
|
||
source.
|
||
SUPERINTENDENT: The superintendent of wastewater facilities of the city, or his
|
||
authorized deputy, agent or representative.
|
||
SUSPENDED SOLIDS (SS): Total suspended matter that either floats on the surface
|
||
of, or is in suspension in water, wastewater or other liquids and that is
|
||
removable by laboratory filtering as prescribed in "Standard Methods for the
|
||
Examination of Water and Wastewater" and referred to as nonfilterable residue.
|
||
UNPOLLUTED WATER: Water of quality equal to or better than the effluent
|
||
criteria in effect or water that would not cause violation of receiving water
|
||
quality standards and would not be benefited by discharge to the sanitary
|
||
sewers and wastewater treatment facilities provided.
|
||
WASTEWATER: The spent water of a community. From the standpoint of source, it
|
||
may be a combination of the liquid and water carried wastes from residences,
|
||
commercial buildings, industrial plants and institutions, together with any
|
||
ground water, surface water and storm water that may be present.
|
||
WASTEWATER FACILITIES: The structures, equipment, and processes required to
|
||
collect, carry away and treat domestic and industrial wastes and dispose of the
|
||
effluent.
|
||
WASTEWATER TREATMENT WORKS: An arrangement of devices and structures for
|
||
treating wastewater, industrial wastes and sludge. Sometimes used as synonymous
|
||
with "waste treatment plant" or "wastewater treatment plant" or "water
|
||
pollution control plant".
|
||
WATERCOURSE: A natural or artificial channel for the passage of water either
|
||
continuously or intermittently. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-2: USE OF PUBLIC SEWERS REQUIRED:
|
||
(A) It shall be unlawful for any person to place, deposit or permit to be
|
||
deposited in any unsanitary manner on public or private property within the
|
||
city or in any area under the jurisdiction of said city, any human or animal
|
||
excrement, garbage or other objectionable waste.
|
||
(B) It shall be unlawful to discharge to any natural outlet within the
|
||
city, or in any area under the jurisdiction of said city, any sewage or other
|
||
polluted waters, except where suitable treatment has been provided in
|
||
accordance with subsequent provisions of this chapter.
|
||
(C) Except as hereinafter provided, it shall be unlawful to construct or
|
||
maintain any privy, privy vault, septic tank, cesspool or other facility
|
||
intended or used for the disposal of wastewater.
|
||
(D) The owner(s) of all houses, buildings or properties used for human
|
||
occupancy, employment, recreation or other purposes, situated within the city
|
||
and abutting on any street, alley or right of way in which there is now located
|
||
or may in the future be located a public sanitary or combined sewer of the city
|
||
is hereby required at the owner's expense to install suitable toilet facilities
|
||
therein, and to connect such facilities directly with the proper public sewer
|
||
in accordance with the provisions of this chapter within ninety (90) days after
|
||
the date of official notice to do so; provided that said public sewer is within
|
||
four hundred feet (400') of the property line. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-3: PRIVATE WASTEWATER DISPOSAL:
|
||
(A) Where a public sanitary or combined sewer is not available under the
|
||
provisions of subsection
|
||
7-2-2(D) of this chapter, the building sewer shall be connected to a private
|
||
wastewater disposal system complying with the provisions of this section.
|
||
(B) Before commencement of construction of a private wastewater disposal
|
||
system, the owner(s) shall first obtain a written permit signed by the
|
||
superintendent. The application for such permit shall be made on a form
|
||
furnished by the superintendent, which the applicant shall supplement by any
|
||
plans, specifications and other information as are deemed necessary by the
|
||
superintendent. A permit and inspection fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00)
|
||
shall be paid to the city at the time the application is filed.
|
||
(C) A permit for a private wastewater disposal system shall not become
|
||
effective until the installation is completed to the satisfaction of the
|
||
superintendent. The superintendent shall be allowed to inspect the work at any
|
||
stage of construction and, in any event, the applicant for the permit shall
|
||
notify the superintendent when the work is ready for final inspection, and
|
||
before any underground portions are covered. The inspection shall be made
|
||
within forty eight (48) hours of the receipt of notice by the superintendent,
|
||
exclusive of weekends or legal holidays.
|
||
(D) The type, capacities, location and layout of a private wastewater
|
||
disposal system shall comply with all recommendations of the department of
|
||
health of the state. No permit shall be issued for any private wastewater
|
||
disposal system employing subsurface soil absorption facilities where the area
|
||
of the lot is less than twenty thousand (20,000) square feet. No septic tank or
|
||
cesspool shall be permitted to discharge to any natural outlet.
|
||
(E) At such time as a public sewer becomes available to the property
|
||
served by a private wastewater disposal system, as provided in subsection (D)
|
||
of this section, a direct connection shall be made to the public sewer within
|
||
sixty (60) days in compliance with this chapter, and any septic tanks,
|
||
cesspools and similar private wastewater disposal facilities shall be cleaned
|
||
of sludge and filled with suitable material.
|
||
(F) The owner(s) shall operate and maintain the private wastewater
|
||
disposal facilities in a sanitary manner at all times, at no expense to the
|
||
city.
|
||
(G) No statement contained in this section shall be construed to interfere
|
||
with any additional requirements that may be imposed by the health officer.
|
||
(Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-4: SANITARY SEWERS, BUILDING SEWER AND CONNECTIONS:
|
||
(A) No unauthorized person(s) shall uncover, make any connections with or
|
||
openings into, use, alter or disturb any public sewer or appurtenance thereof
|
||
without first obtaining a written permit from the superintendent.
|
||
(B) There shall be two (2) classes of building sewer permits:
|
||
1. For residential and commercial service; and
|
||
2. For service to establishments producing industrial wastes. In either
|
||
case, the owner(s) or his agent shall make application on a special form
|
||
furnished by the superintendent. The permit application shall be supplemented
|
||
by any plans, specifications or other information considered pertinent in the
|
||
judgment of the superintendent. A permit and inspection fee of ten dollars
|
||
($10.00) for a residential or commercial building sewer permit and one hundred
|
||
dollars ($100.00) for an industrial building sewer permit shall be paid to the
|
||
city at the time the application is filed.
|
||
(C) All costs and expenses incidental to the installation and connection
|
||
of the building sewer shall be borne by the owner(s). The owner(s) shall
|
||
indemnify the city from any loss or damage that may directly or indirectly be
|
||
occasioned by the installation of the building sewer.
|
||
(D) A separate and independent building sewer shall be provided for every
|
||
building; except where one building stands at the rear of another on an
|
||
interior lot and no private sewer is available or can be constructed to the
|
||
rear building through an adjoining alley, court, yard or driveway, the building
|
||
sewer from the front building may be extended to the rear building and the
|
||
whole considered as one building sewer, but the city does not and will not
|
||
assume any obligation or responsibility for damage caused by or resulting from
|
||
any such single connection aforementioned.
|
||
(E) Old building sewers may be used in connection with new buildings only
|
||
when they are found, on examination and tests by the superintendent, to meet
|
||
all requirements of this chapter.
|
||
(F) The size, slope, alignment, materials of construction of all sanitary
|
||
sewers, including building sewers, and the methods to be used in excavating,
|
||
placing of the pipe, jointing, testing and backfilling the trench, shall all
|
||
conform to the requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other
|
||
applicable rules and regulations of the city and the state. In the absence of
|
||
suitable code provisions or in amplification thereof, the materials and
|
||
procedures set forth in appropriate specifications of the ASTM and WPCF "Manual
|
||
of Practice" number 9 shall apply.
|
||
(G) Whenever possible, the building sewer shall be brought to the building
|
||
at an elevation below the basement floor. In all buildings in which any
|
||
building drain is too low to permit gravity flow to the public sewer, sanitary
|
||
sewage carried by such building drain shall be lifted by an approved means and
|
||
discharged to the building sewer.
|
||
(H) No person(s) shall make connection of roof downspouts, foundation
|
||
drains, areaway drains or other sources of surface runoff or ground water to a
|
||
building sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or
|
||
indirectly to a public sanitary sewer, unless such connection is approved by
|
||
the superintendent and the state department of health for purposes of disposal
|
||
of polluted surface drainage.
|
||
(I) The connection of the building sewer into the public sewer shall
|
||
conform to the requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other
|
||
applicable rules and regulations of the city and the state, or the procedures
|
||
set forth in appropriate specifications of the ASTM and the WPCF "Manual of
|
||
Practice" number 9. All such connections shall be made gastight and watertight
|
||
and verified by proper testing. Any deviation from the prescribed procedures
|
||
and materials must be approved by the superintendent before installation.
|
||
(J) The applicant for the building sewer permit shall notify the
|
||
superintendent when the building sewer is ready for inspection and connection
|
||
to the public sewer. The connection and testing shall be made under the
|
||
supervision of the superintendent or his representative.
|
||
(K) All excavations for building sewer installation shall be adequately
|
||
guarded with barricades and lights so as to protect the public from hazard.
|
||
Streets, sidewalks, parkways and other public property disturbed in the course
|
||
of the work shall be restored in a manner satisfactory to the city. (Ord. 227,
|
||
5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-5: USE OF THE PUBLIC SEWERS:
|
||
(A) No person(s) shall discharge or cause to be discharged any unpolluted
|
||
waters such as storm water, surface water, ground water, roof runoff,
|
||
subsurface drainage or cooling water to any sewer, except storm water runoff
|
||
from limited areas, which storm water may be polluted at times, may be
|
||
discharged to the sanitary sewer by permission of the superintendent and the
|
||
state department of health.
|
||
(B) Storm water other than that exempted under subsection (A) of this
|
||
section and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such sewers as
|
||
are specifically designated as combined sewers or storm sewers, or to natural
|
||
outlet approved by the superintendent and the state department of health.
|
||
Unpolluted industrial cooling water or process waters may be discharged, on
|
||
approval of the superintendent, to a storm sewer, combined sewer or natural
|
||
outlet.
|
||
(C) No person(s) shall discharge or cause to be discharged any of the
|
||
following described water or wastes to any public sewers:
|
||
1. Any gasoline, benzene, naphtha, fuel oil or other flammable or
|
||
explosive liquid, solid or gas.
|
||
2. Any waters containing toxic or poisonous solids, liquids or gases in
|
||
sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other wastes, to
|
||
contaminate the sludge of any municipal system, to injure or interfere with any
|
||
sewage treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or animals, create a
|
||
public nuisance or create any hazard in or have an adverse effect on the waters
|
||
receiving any discharge from the treatment works.
|
||
Each user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the
|
||
cost of managing the effluent or the sludge of the Choteau treatment works
|
||
shall pay for such increased costs.
|
||
3. Solid or viscous substances in quantities or of such size capable of
|
||
causing obstructions to the flow in sewers, or other interference with the
|
||
proper operation of the wastewater facilities such as, but not limited to,
|
||
ashes, cinders, sand, mud, straw, shavings, metal, glass, rags, feathers, tar,
|
||
plastics, wood, unground garbage, whole blood, paunch manure, hair and
|
||
fleshings, entrails and paper dishes, cups, milk containers, etc., either whole
|
||
or ground by garbage grinders.
|
||
(D) The following described substances, materials, waters or wastes shall
|
||
be limited in discharges to municipal systems to concentrations or quantities
|
||
which will not harm either the sewers, the sludge of any municipal system, the
|
||
wastewater treatment process or equipment, will not have an adverse effect on
|
||
the receiving stream, or will not otherwise endanger lives, limb, public
|
||
property or constitute a nuisance. The superintendent may set limitations lower
|
||
than the limitations established in the regulations below if, in his opinion,
|
||
such more severe limitations are necessary to meet the above objectives. In
|
||
forming his opinion as to the acceptability, the superintendent will give
|
||
consideration to such factors as the quantity of subject waste in relation to
|
||
flows and velocities in the sewers, materials of construction of the sewers,
|
||
the wastewater treatment process employed, capacity of the wastewater treatment
|
||
plant, and other pertinent factors. The limitations or restrictions on
|
||
materials or characteristics of waste or wastewaters discharged to the sanitary
|
||
sewer which shall not be violated without the approval of the superintendent
|
||
are as follows:
|
||
1. Wastewater having a temperature higher than one hundred fifty
|
||
degrees Fahrenheit (150°F) (65°C).
|
||
2. Wastewater containing more than twenty five milligrams per liter (25
|
||
mg/l) of petroleum oil, nonbiodegradable cutting oils or product of mineral oil
|
||
origin.
|
||
3. Wastewater from industrial plants containing floatable oils, fat or
|
||
grease.
|
||
4. Any garbage that has not been properly shredded (see section
|
||
7-2-1 of this chapter for definition of "properly shredded garbage"). Garbage
|
||
grinders may be connected to sanitary sewers from homes, hotels, institutions,
|
||
restaurants, hospitals, catering establishments or similar places where garbage
|
||
originates from the preparation of food in kitchens for the purpose of
|
||
consumption on the premises or when served by caterers.
|
||
5. Any waters or wastes containing iron, chromium, copper, zinc and
|
||
similar objectionable or toxic substances to such degree that any such material
|
||
received in the composite wastewater at the wastewater treatment works exceeds
|
||
the limits established by the superintendent for such materials.
|
||
6. Any waters or wastes containing odor producing substances exceeding
|
||
limits which may be established by the superintendent.
|
||
7. Any radioactive wastes or isotopes of such half-life or
|
||
concentration as may exceed limits established by the superintendent in
|
||
compliance with applicable state or federal regulations.
|
||
8. Quantities of flow, concentrations or both which constitute a "slug"
|
||
as defined herein.
|
||
9. Waters or wastes containing substances which are not amenable to
|
||
treatment or reduction by the wastewater treatment processes employed or are
|
||
amenable to treatment only to such degree that the wastewater treatment plant
|
||
effluent cannot meet the requirements of other agencies having jurisdiction
|
||
over discharge to the receiving waters.
|
||
10. Any water or wastes which, by interaction with other water or
|
||
wastes in the public sewer system, release obnoxious gases, form suspended
|
||
solids which interfere with the collection system, or create a condition
|
||
deleterious to structures and treatment processes.
|
||
(E) If any waters or wastes are discharged or are proposed to be
|
||
discharged to the public sewers, which waters contain the substances or possess
|
||
the characteristics enumerated in subsection (D) of this section, and which in
|
||
the judgment of the superintendent, may have a deleterious effect upon the
|
||
wastewater facilities, processes, equipment or receiving waters, or which
|
||
otherwise create a hazard to life or constitute a public nuisance, the
|
||
superintendent may:
|
||
1. Reject the wastes;
|
||
2. Require pretreatment to an acceptable condition for discharge to the
|
||
public sewers;
|
||
3. Require control over the quantities and rates of discharge; and/or
|
||
4. Require payment to cover the added cost of handling and treating the
|
||
wastes not covered by existing taxes or sewer charges under the provisions of
|
||
subsection (K) of this section.
|
||
If the superintendent permits the pretreatment or equalization of waste flows,
|
||
the design and installation of the plants and equipment shall be subject to the
|
||
review and approval of the superintendent and the state department of health.
|
||
(F) Grease, oil and sand interceptors shall be provided when, in the
|
||
opinion of the superintendent, they are necessary for the proper handling of
|
||
liquid wastes containing floatable grease in excess amounts as specified in
|
||
subsection (D)3 of this section, or any flammable wastes, sand or other harmful
|
||
ingredients; except that such interceptors shall not be required for private
|
||
living quarters or dwelling units. All interceptors shall be of a type and
|
||
capacity approved by the superintendent and the state plumbing code, and shall
|
||
be located as to be readily accessible for cleaning and inspection. In the
|
||
maintaining of these interceptors, the owner(s) shall be responsible for the
|
||
proper removal and disposal by appropriate means of the captivated material and
|
||
shall maintain records of the dates and means of disposal which are subject to
|
||
review by the superintendent. Any removal and hauling of the collected
|
||
materials not performed by the owner(s) personnel must be performed by
|
||
currently licensed waste disposal firms.
|
||
(G) Where pretreatment or flow equalization facilities are provided or
|
||
required for any waters or wastes, they shall be maintained continuously in
|
||
satisfactory and effective operation by the owner(s) at his expense.
|
||
(H) When required by the superintendent, the owner(s) of any property
|
||
serviced by a building sewer carrying industrial wastes shall install a
|
||
suitable structure together with such necessary meters and other appurtenances
|
||
in the building sewer to facilitate observation, sampling and measurement of
|
||
the wastes. Such structures, when required, shall be accessibly and safely
|
||
located and shall be constructed in accordance with plans approved by the
|
||
superintendent. The structure shall be installed by the owner at his expense,
|
||
and shall be maintained by him so as to be safe and accessible at all times.
|
||
(I) The superintendent may require a user of sewer services to provide
|
||
information needed to determine compliance with this chapter. These
|
||
requirements may include:
|
||
1. Wastewater's discharge peak rate and volume over a specified time
|
||
period.
|
||
2. Chemical analysis of wastewaters.
|
||
3. Information on raw materials, processes and products affecting
|
||
wastewater volume and quality.
|
||
4. Quantity and disposition of specific liquid, sludge, oil, solvent or
|
||
other materials important to sewer use control.
|
||
5. A plot plan of sewers of the user's property showing sewer and
|
||
pretreatment facility location.
|
||
6. Details of wastewater pretreatment facilities.
|
||
7. Details of systems to prevent and control the losses of materials
|
||
through spills to the municipal sewer.
|
||
(J) All measurements, tests and analyses of the characteristics of waters
|
||
and wastes to which reference is made in this chapter shall be determined in
|
||
accordance with the latest edition of "Standard Methods for the Examination of
|
||
Water and Wastewater", published by the American Public Health Association.
|
||
Sampling methods, location, times, durations and frequencies are to be
|
||
determined on an individual basis subject to approval by the superintendent.
|
||
(K) No statement contained in this section shall be construed as
|
||
preventing any special agreement or arrangement between the city and any
|
||
industrial concern whereby an industrial waste of unusual strength may be
|
||
accepted by the city for treatment. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-6: PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE:
|
||
No person(s) shall maliciously, wilfully or negligently break, damage, destroy,
|
||
uncover, deface or tamper with any structure, appurtenance or equipment which
|
||
is a part of the wastewater facilities. Any person(s) violating this provision
|
||
shall be subject to immediate arrest under the charge of disorderly conduct.
|
||
(Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-7: POWERS AND AUTHORITY OF INSPECTORS:
|
||
(A) The superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the city
|
||
bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all
|
||
properties for the purposes of inspection, observation, measurement, sampling
|
||
and testing pertinent to discharge to the community system in accordance with
|
||
the provisions of this chapter.
|
||
(B) The superintendent or other duly authorized employees are authorized
|
||
to obtain information concerning industrial processes which have a direct
|
||
bearing on the kind and source of discharge to the wastewater collection
|
||
system. The industry may withhold information considered confidential. However,
|
||
the industry must establish that the revelation to the public of the
|
||
information in question might result in an advantage to competitors.
|
||
(C) While performing the necessary work on private properties referred to
|
||
in subsection (A) of this section, the superintendent, or duly authorized
|
||
employees of the city shall observe all safety rules applicable to the premises
|
||
established by the company, and the company shall be held harmless for injury
|
||
or death to the city employees and the city shall indemnify the company against
|
||
loss or damage to its property by city employees and against liability claims
|
||
and demands for personal injury or property damage asserted against the company
|
||
growing out of the gauging and sampling operation, except as such may be caused
|
||
by negligence or failure of the company to maintain safe conditions as required
|
||
in subsection
|
||
7-2-5(H) of this chapter.
|
||
(D) The superintendent and other duly authorized employees of the city
|
||
bearing proper credentials and identification shall be permitted to enter all
|
||
private properties through which the city holds a duly negotiated easement for
|
||
the purposes of, but not limited to, inspection, observation, measurement,
|
||
sampling, repair and maintenance of any portion of the wastewater facilities
|
||
lying within said easement. All entry and subsequent work, if any on said
|
||
easement, shall be done in full accordance with the terms of the duly
|
||
negotiated easement pertaining to the private property involved. (Ord. 227, 5-
|
||
18-1982)
|
||
7-2-8: HEARING BOARD:
|
||
(A) A hearing board shall be appointed as needed for arbitration of
|
||
differences between the superintendent and sewer users on matters concerning
|
||
interpretation and execution of the provisions of this chapter by the
|
||
superintendent. The cost of the arbitration will be divided equally between the
|
||
city and the sewer user.
|
||
(B) The board shall consist of the city council and chaired by the mayor,
|
||
and the user requesting arbitration, and legal representation for both the city
|
||
and the user, if desired. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-2-9: PENALTIES:
|
||
(A) Any person found to be violating any provision of this chapter, except
|
||
section
|
||
7-2-6 of this chapter, shall be served by the city with a written notice
|
||
stating the nature of the violation and providing a reasonable time limit for
|
||
the satisfactory correction thereof. The offender shall, within the period of
|
||
time stated in such notice, permanently cease all violations.
|
||
(B) Any person who shall continue any violation beyond the time limit
|
||
provided for in subsection (A) of this section, shall be guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be fined in the amount not
|
||
exceeding two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) for each violation. Each day in
|
||
which any such violation shall continue shall be deemed a separate offense.
|
||
(C) Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be
|
||
liable to the city for any expense, loss or damage occasioned the city by
|
||
reason of such violation. (Ord. 227, 5-18-1982)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
NUISANCES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
7-3-1: Disposal Of Nauseous Materials
|
||
7-3-2: Premises To Be Kept Clean
|
||
7-3-3: Deposit Of Ashes
|
||
7-3-4: Notice To Abate Nuisance; Assessment
|
||
7-3-5: Nuisance Weeds; Defined
|
||
7-3-6: Nuisance Weeds; Deemed A Nuisance
|
||
7-3-7: Violation; City Superintendent To Serve Notice
|
||
7-3-8: Violation; Notice Procedure
|
||
7-3-9: Notice To Abate Nuisance Weeds; Assessment
|
||
7-3-1: DISPOSAL OF NAUSEOUS MATERIALS:
|
||
No person shall throw, place or leave, any dead carcass, carrion, fish,
|
||
entrails or any garbage, manure, dirt, filth, straw, or rubbish, or any other
|
||
offensive, combustible, nauseous or unhealthy matter, in or upon any street,
|
||
sidewalk or lot, or upon any public or private grounds or lots, or suffer or
|
||
permit any such matter to accumulate or remain upon his premises, or in the
|
||
street or alley adjacent thereto, for such length of time as to become a
|
||
nuisance, or injurious to the health, or comfort or offensive to the
|
||
inhabitants of the city. (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
7-3-2: PREMISES TO BE KEPT CLEAN:
|
||
No owner or occupant of any house, building or premises shall suffer the same
|
||
to become nauseous, offensive or injurious to the health or comfort of the
|
||
inhabitants of this city.
|
||
It shall be lawful for the mayor, council, the health officer, any policeman,
|
||
or the chief of police to order the owner or occupant of any house, building or
|
||
premises to cleanse the same, or to remove or abate any nuisance therein or
|
||
thereon, or which said owner or occupant may have deposited in any street or
|
||
alley adjacent thereto, as often as said official may deem it necessary for the
|
||
health, comfort or convention of the inhabitants of the city. (Ord. 10, 5-19-
|
||
1913)
|
||
7-3-3: DEPOSIT OF ASHES:
|
||
No person shall deposit any straw, ashes, leaves, grass, tin cans, or other
|
||
rubbish or foreign matter, in any street, gutter, alley, or upon any public or
|
||
unenclosed private ground or property within the city limits. (Ord. 10, 5-19-
|
||
1913)
|
||
7-3-4: NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE; ASSESSMENT:
|
||
Whenever any nauseous, unwholesome, unhealthy, offensive or unsightly matter is
|
||
allowed to accumulate or remain for an unreasonable length of time upon any
|
||
private property, or upon any street adjacent thereto, in such a manner as to
|
||
constitute a menace to the health of, or to be or become offensive to, any of
|
||
the inhabitants of this city, the owner or occupant of said premises shall
|
||
promptly remove such matter when given notice as provided in section
|
||
7-3-2 of this chapter, and upon his failure to do so within one week, the same
|
||
may be done by the city and the cost thereof, together with interest at the
|
||
rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date of such removal, may be
|
||
assessed against the property and included in the next general tax levy and
|
||
collected the same as any other taxes; or it may be recovered with interest in
|
||
a civil action at the suit of the city 1 . (Ord. 10, 5-19-1913)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-935.
|
||
7-3-5: NUISANCE WEEDS; DEFINED:
|
||
"Nuisance weeds" are all weeds, grass and other wild and uncared for vegetation
|
||
growing to a height in excess of eight inches (8") and/or those designated
|
||
"noxious" by the Teton County weed district, on premises located within the
|
||
corporate limits of the city. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-6: NUISANCE WEEDS; DEEMED A NUISANCE:
|
||
It is a public offense and a nuisance for any person to maintain, cause, permit
|
||
or suffer any growth of "nuisance weeds", as defined in section
|
||
7-3-5 of this chapter, to exist in or upon any premises in the city owned by
|
||
such person or upon boulevards or the one-half (1/2) of any public roads,
|
||
streets, alleys adjacent thereto. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-7: VIOLATION; CITY SUPERINTENDENT TO SERVE NOTICE:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the city superintendent of the city, or his authorized
|
||
representative, to enforce the provisions of this chapter and upon a
|
||
determination that a violation of this chapter exists, shall ascertain the name
|
||
and mailing address of the owner of the premises and the description of the
|
||
premises where the violation exists. The name and mailing address of the owner
|
||
of the property may be obtained from the current assessment list maintained by
|
||
the office of the Teton County assessor. Written notice of violation shall be
|
||
served upon the owner directing that the nuisance weeds be cut within seven (7)
|
||
days of the mailing of the notice. Furthermore, if the nuisance weeds are
|
||
classified as noxious by the Teton County weed district, it will be at the
|
||
discretion of the city superintendent as to whether or not these weeds will be
|
||
sprayed with an appropriate herbicide. This decision will be determined by the
|
||
stage of growth as well as the time of year. Seven (7) days following the
|
||
spraying, noxious weeds will be cut and, where directed by the superintendent,
|
||
removed from the premises. In either instance if appropriate action has not
|
||
been initiated by the property owner, the following action will be taken: The
|
||
city will cause the nuisance weeds to be cut and, where appropriate, noxious
|
||
weeds to be sprayed, cut and removed. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-8: VIOLATION; NOTICE PROCEDURE:
|
||
Notice of violation shall be made by either:
|
||
(A) Posting a copy of the notice on the premises; or
|
||
(B) Mailing a copy of the notice to the owner by first class United States
|
||
mail. The notice shall be deemed complete on the day the notice is posted or
|
||
mailed. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
7-3-9: NOTICE TO ABATE NUISANCE WEEDS; ASSESSMENT:
|
||
Seven (7) days subsequent to posting or mailing of the notice, if action has
|
||
not been taken by the property owner the same may be done by the city, and the
|
||
cost assessed against the property and included in the next general tax levy
|
||
and collected the same as any other taxes; or it may be recovered in a civil
|
||
action by suit of the city. (Ord. 255, 11-6-1990)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
SEWER SERVICE CHARGES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
7-4-1: Purpose
|
||
7-4-2: Determining The Total Annual Cost Of Operation And Maintenance
|
||
7-4-3: Determining Each User's Wastewater Contribution Percentage
|
||
7-4-4: Determining A Surcharge System For Users With Excess BOD And TSS
|
||
7-4-5: Determining Each User's Wastewater Service Charge
|
||
7-4-6: Wastewater Facilities Replacement Fund (Rep. by Ord. 241, 10-7-1986)
|
||
7-4-7: Payment Of The User's Wastewater Service Charge And Penalties
|
||
7-4-8: Review Of Each User's Wastewater Service Charge
|
||
7-4-9: Notification
|
||
7-4-10: Wastes Prohibited From Being Discharged To The Wastewater Treatment
|
||
System
|
||
7-4-11: Prohibition Of Clear Water Connections
|
||
7-4-12: Proper Design And Construction Of New Sewers And Connections
|
||
7-4-1: PURPOSE:
|
||
The purpose of this chapter shall be to generate sufficient revenue to pay all
|
||
costs for the operation and maintenance of the complete wastewater system. The
|
||
costs shall be distributed to all users of the system in proportion to each
|
||
user's contribution to the total loading of the treatment works. Factors such
|
||
an strength (BOD and TSS), volume and delivery flow rate characteristics shall
|
||
be considered and included as the basis for the user's contribution to ensure a
|
||
proportional distribution of operation and maintenance costs to each user (or
|
||
user class). (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-2: DETERMINING THE TOTAL ANNUAL COST OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE:
|
||
The city or its city engineer shall determine the total annual costs of
|
||
operation and maintenance of the wastewater system which are necessary to
|
||
maintain the capacity and performance, during the service life of the treatment
|
||
works, for which such works were designed and constructed. The total annual
|
||
cost of operation and maintenance shall include, but need not be limited to,
|
||
labor, repairs, equipment replacement, maintenance, necessary modifications,
|
||
power, sampling, laboratory tests and a reasonable contingency fund. (Ord. 228,
|
||
5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-3: DETERMINING EACH USER'S WASTEWATER CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE:
|
||
The city, or its city engineer, shall determine for each user or user class the
|
||
average daily volume of wastewater discharged to the wastewater system, which
|
||
shall then be divided by the average daily volume of all wastewater discharged
|
||
to the wastewater system to determine such user's volume contribution
|
||
percentage. The amount used as the total average daily volume of wastewater
|
||
shall exclude infiltration and inflow. The city, or its city engineer, shall
|
||
determine for each user or user class the average daily poundage of five (5)
|
||
day, twenty degree centigrade (20°C) biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) discharged
|
||
to the wastewater system which shall then be divided by the average daily
|
||
poundage of all five (5) day BOD discharged to the wastewater system to
|
||
determine such user's BOD contribution percentage.
|
||
The city, or its city engineer, shall determine for each user or user class the
|
||
average daily total suspended solids (TSS) poundage discharged to the
|
||
wastewater system which shall then be divided by the average daily poundage of
|
||
all TSS discharged to the wastewater system, to determine such user's TSS
|
||
contribution percentage. The volume contribution percentage, BOD contribution
|
||
percentage and TSS contribution percentage for each user or user class shall be
|
||
multiplied by the annual operation and maintenance costs for wastewater
|
||
treatment of the total volume flow, total five (5) day, twenty degree
|
||
centigrade (20°C) BOD and total TSS, respectively. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-4: DETERMINING A SURCHARGE SYSTEM FOR USERS WITH EXCESS BOD AND TSS:
|
||
The city, or its city engineer, will assess a surcharge rate for all
|
||
nonresidential users discharging wastes with BOD and TSS strengths greater than
|
||
the average residential user. Such users will be assessed a surcharge
|
||
sufficient to cover the cost of treating their above normal strength wastes.
|
||
Normal strength wastes are considered to be one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and
|
||
one hundred forty (140) ppm TSS. The surcharge rate structure for such above
|
||
normal strength waste discharges is as follows:
|
||
SURCHARGE RATE SCHEDULE FOR
|
||
ABOVE NORMAL STRENGTH WASTES
|
||
The city, or its engineer, has determined that the average total suspended
|
||
solids (TSS) and five (5) day biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) daily loadings
|
||
for the average residential user are one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one
|
||
hundred forty (140) ppm TSS. The city, or its engineer, has assessed a
|
||
surcharge rate for all nonresidential users discharging wastes with BOD and TSS
|
||
strengths greater than the average residential user. The surcharge will be
|
||
sufficient to cover the costs of treating such users' above normal strength
|
||
wastes. Such users will pay an additional service charge of thirty five cents
|
||
($0.35) per one thousand (1,000) gallons for each twenty five (25) ppm over one
|
||
hundred ten (110) ppm of BOD and twenty five cents ($0.25) per one thousand
|
||
(1,000) gallons for each twenty five (25) ppm over one hundred forty (140) ppm
|
||
TSS. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-5: DETERMINING EACH USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE:
|
||
Each nonresidential user's wastewater treatment costs contributions as
|
||
determined in sections
|
||
7-4-3 and
|
||
7-4-4 of this chapter shall be added together to determine such user's annual
|
||
wastewater service charge. Residential users may be considered to be one class
|
||
of user and an equitable service charge may be determined for each user based
|
||
on an estimate of the total wastewater contribution of this class of user. The
|
||
governing body may classify industrial, commercial and other nonresidential
|
||
establishments as a residential user, provided that the wastes from these
|
||
establishments are equivalent to the wastes from the average residential user
|
||
with respect to volume, total suspended solids and BOD. Each user's wastewater
|
||
treatment cost contribution will be assessed in accordance with the rate
|
||
schedule herein:
|
||
RATE SCHEDULE
|
||
Residential users are considered to be one class of user and are assessed a
|
||
charge of ninety six cents ($0.96) per month. Nonresidential users with flows
|
||
no greater than the average residential user's flow of sixteen thousand five
|
||
hundred (16,500) gallons per month and with BOD and TSS no greater than the
|
||
average residential user's strength of one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one
|
||
hundred forty (140) ppm TSS will pay the same charge of ninety six cents
|
||
($0.96) per month as the average residential user.
|
||
Nonresidential users with volumes greater than the average residential user
|
||
will pay an additional charge of six cents ($0.06) per one thousand (1,000)
|
||
gallons per month for all flows greater than the average residential user's
|
||
flow of sixteen thousand five hundred (16,500) gallons per month.
|
||
Any nonresidential user with BOD and TSS greater than the average residential
|
||
user's strength of one hundred ten (110) ppm BOD and one hundred forty (140)
|
||
ppm TSS will pay a surcharge in accordance with the rates shown in the
|
||
surcharge rate schedule. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-6: WASTEWATER FACILITIES REPLACEMENT FUND:
|
||
(Rep. by Ord. 241, 10-7-1986)
|
||
7-4-7: PAYMENT OF THE USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE AND PENALTIES:
|
||
The city shall submit an annual statement to the user for the user's annual
|
||
wastewater service charge or one-twelfth (1/12) of the user's annual wastewater
|
||
service charge may be included with the monthly water and/or wastewater utility
|
||
billing. The city shall add a penalty of ten percent (10%) per month if the
|
||
payment is not received by the city within thirty (30) days. Should any user
|
||
fail to pay the user wastewater service charge and penalty within three (3)
|
||
months of the due date, the city may stop the wastewater service to the
|
||
property. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-8: REVIEW OF EACH USER'S WASTEWATER SERVICE CHARGE:
|
||
The city shall review the total annual cost of operation and maintenance as
|
||
well as each user's wastewater contribution percentage not less often than
|
||
every two (2) years and will revise the system as necessary to assure equity of
|
||
the service charge system established herein and to assure that sufficient
|
||
funds are obtained to adequately operate and maintain the wastewater treatment
|
||
works. The city shall apply excess revenues collected from a class of users to
|
||
the costs of operation and maintenance attributable to that class for the next
|
||
year and adjust the rate accordingly. If a significant user, such as an
|
||
industry, has completed in-plant modifications which would change that user's
|
||
wastewater contribution percentage, the user can present, at a regularly
|
||
scheduled meeting of the governing body, such factual information and the city
|
||
shall then determine if the user's wastewater contribution percentage is to be
|
||
changed. The city shall notify the user of its findings as soon as possible.
|
||
(Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-9: NOTIFICATION:
|
||
Each user will be notified, at least annually, in conjunction with a regular
|
||
bill, of the rate and that portion of the user charges which are attributable
|
||
to the wastewater treatment services. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-10: WASTES PROHIBITED FROM BEING DISCHARGED TO THE WASTEWATER TREATMENT
|
||
SYSTEM:
|
||
The discharge of any waters containing toxic or poisonous solids, liquids or
|
||
gases in sufficient quantity, either singly or by interaction with other
|
||
wastes, to contaminate the sludge of any municipal systems, or to injure or
|
||
interfere with any sewage treatment process, constitute a hazard to humans or
|
||
animals, create a public nuisance, or create any hazard in or have an adverse
|
||
effect on the waters receiving any discharge from the treatment works is hereby
|
||
prohibited.
|
||
Each user which discharges any toxic pollutants which cause an increase in the
|
||
cost of managing the effluent or the sludge of the Choteau treatment works
|
||
shall pay for such increased costs.
|
||
Section
|
||
7-2-5 of this title contains additional requirements covering the use of the
|
||
city's public sewers. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-11: PROHIBITION OF CLEAR WATER CONNECTIONS:
|
||
No person shall make connection of roof downspouts, exterior foundation drains,
|
||
areaway drains or other sources of surface runoff or ground water to a building
|
||
sewer or building drain which in turn is connected directly or indirectly to a
|
||
public sanitary sewer. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
7-4-12: PROPER DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SEWERS AND CONNECTIONS:
|
||
The size, slope, alignment, materials of construction of all sanitary sewers
|
||
and sewer connections, and the methods to be used in excavating, placing of the
|
||
pipe, jointing, testing and backfilling the trench, shall all conform to the
|
||
requirements of the building and plumbing codes or other applicable rules and
|
||
regulations of the city and the state. In the absence of code provisions or in
|
||
amplification thereof, the materials and procedures set forth in appropriate
|
||
specifications of the ASTM and WPCF "Manual of Practice" number 9 shall apply.
|
||
Section
|
||
7-2-4 of this title contains additional requirements covering the proper design
|
||
and construction of the city's sanitary sewers, building sewers, and
|
||
connections. (Ord. 228, 5-18-1982)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
UNDERGROUND STORAGE FACILITIES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
7-5-1: Installation Of Underground Storage Facilities
|
||
7-5-1: INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE FACILITIES:
|
||
No person(s), firm, partnership, corporation, association, company, entity, or
|
||
any combination thereof, shall install, or cause to be installed, within one
|
||
thousand feet (1,000') of the city well located at 705 Main Avenue North,
|
||
Choteau, Montana, or seven hundred feet (700') of the water source commonly
|
||
known as the Richem well located near Choteau, Montana, any underground storage
|
||
facility of any kind or nature which shall contain petroleum products,
|
||
dangerous substances or toxic materials. (Ord. 240, 10-7-1986)
|
||
TITLE 8
|
||
PUBLIC WAYS AND PROPERTY
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
SIDEWALKS AND CURBS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-1-1: Construction Requirements
|
||
8-1-2: Plans And Specifications
|
||
8-1-3: Council May Order Repair Of Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-4: Notice To Construct Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-5: Contractor To Construct Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-6: Assessment Of Cost
|
||
8-1-7: Sale Of Property Assessed
|
||
8-1-8: Interest On Assessments
|
||
8-1-9: Width Of Sidewalks
|
||
8-1-10: Material
|
||
8-1-11: Crosswalks Required
|
||
8-1-12: Consent Of Council Required Before Construction
|
||
8-1-13: Areaways; Bond Required
|
||
8-1-14: Areaway; Openings
|
||
8-1-15: Dangerous Sidewalk; Repair Of
|
||
8-1-16: Owners To Maintain Sidewalk
|
||
8-1-17: Wet Cement; Trespassing
|
||
8-1-18: Merchandise On Sidewalks
|
||
8-1-19: Animals On Sidewalks Prohibited
|
||
8-1-20: Debris On Sidewalks Unlawful
|
||
8-1-21: Expectorating On Sidewalks
|
||
8-1-22: Duty Of Police Officer
|
||
8-1-23: Driveways; Construction Of
|
||
8-1-1: CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
All sidewalks and curbs constructed or to be constructed within the corporate
|
||
limits shall be subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this
|
||
chapter. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-2: PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
|
||
The council may at any time let to the lowest responsible bidder a contract for
|
||
the construction of all cement concrete sidewalks and curbs in accordance with
|
||
the plans and specifications therefor prepared by the engineer and approved by
|
||
the council, which plans and specifications shall provide for the method of
|
||
construction and the material contemplated during the period of such contract,
|
||
and the method of payment therefor. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-3: COUNCIL MAY ORDER REPAIR OF SIDEWALK:
|
||
The council may order sidewalks or curbs constructed in front of any lot or
|
||
parcel of land under the special improvement district law, or the council may
|
||
order the construction or reconstruction of any sidewalk or curb without the
|
||
formation of a special improvement district, and assess the cost thereof to the
|
||
abutting property. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-4: NOTICE TO CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK:
|
||
Whenever the council shall order any such sidewalk or curb constructed, such
|
||
order shall be entered upon the minutes of the council and shall name the
|
||
street along which sidewalk or curb is to be constructed. After the making of
|
||
such order the clerk shall give written notice thereof or by publication once a
|
||
week for a period of four (4) weeks in one of the newspapers published in the
|
||
city, describing in such notice the termini, course, width, and character of
|
||
the walk or curb so ordered and allowing a period of thirty (30) days during
|
||
which owners so desiring may construct or cause to be constructed the walk or
|
||
curb abutting their property, and further providing, that all such walks or
|
||
curbs so ordered remaining unbuilt at the expiration of said thirty (30) days
|
||
from the date of the notice or the first publication thereof, shall be
|
||
constructed by the contractor for the construction of concrete sidewalks and
|
||
curbs. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-5: CONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCT SIDEWALK:
|
||
At the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of the first publication of
|
||
the notice the engineer shall notify the contractor to build such portions of
|
||
the sidewalk or curb ordered that may not yet be built and the contractor shall
|
||
at once proceed to construct such walk or curb in accordance with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter and the plans and specifications governing his
|
||
contract at the time of such construction. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-6: ASSESSMENT OF COST:
|
||
The total cost of all sidewalks and curbs constructed by the contractor in
|
||
accordance with the orders of the council, which total cost shall include that
|
||
of the sidewalk proper as well as that of any grading, handrailing, private
|
||
crossings and all other necessary expenses, shall be assessed as a special
|
||
assessment against the property in front of which such sidewalk or curb is
|
||
built or constructed. The property occupying street corners shall be assessed
|
||
for all that part of such sidewalk therein which is within the street
|
||
intersection unless otherwise specially ordered by the council. (Ord. 24, 4-21-
|
||
1914)
|
||
8-1-7: SALE OF PROPERTY ASSESSED:
|
||
All the costs and expenses of building and constructing any and all sidewalks
|
||
and curbs in the city shall be defrayed by special assessment payable in
|
||
installments extending over a period of eight (8) years, and the council shall
|
||
issue special improvement bonds or warrants and levy and collect assessments to
|
||
pay the same. When one payment becomes delinquent all payments shall, at the
|
||
option of the council, by appropriate resolution duly adopted, become
|
||
delinquent, and the whole property shall be sold in the same manner as other
|
||
property is sold for taxes. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-8: INTEREST ON ASSESSMENTS:
|
||
Upon all payments after the first, the treasurer shall collect simple interest
|
||
at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date when the first payment
|
||
becomes delinquent, and he shall receive payment in full and give receipts
|
||
therefor for the entire special assessment on any property with accrued
|
||
interest at any time the same may be tendered by the owner or agent. (Ord. 24,
|
||
4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-9: WIDTH OF SIDEWALKS:
|
||
All sidewalks hereafter to be built or constructed in the city, shall be the
|
||
following widths:
|
||
Business streets or avenues:
|
||
Main Avenue, fifteen feet (15') to face of curb;
|
||
Division Street, for one block east and west of Main Avenue fifteen feet (15')
|
||
to face of curb;
|
||
First Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
|
||
(15') to face of curb; and
|
||
Second Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
|
||
(15') to face of curb; and
|
||
Third Street North, for one block east and west of Main Avenue, fifteen feet
|
||
(15') to face of curb.
|
||
All avenues except Main Avenue, and all streets except those herein designated
|
||
as business streets are for the purposes of this chapter considered as
|
||
residence streets and the regulation width of all walks on residence streets
|
||
and avenues shall be five and one-half feet (51/2'), the inner line of all
|
||
residence walks shall be two and one-half feet (21/2') from the property line
|
||
and the face of curbs shall be twenty three feet (23') from the property line;
|
||
provided, the council may order a walk of less than regulation width on any
|
||
business street in locations sparsely built upon or only partially improved,
|
||
but the additional width may be at any time ordered when in the opinion of the
|
||
council the same is necessary, or a temporary walk may be built as provided in
|
||
section
|
||
8-1-10 of this chapter; provided, further, that sidewalks shall be located
|
||
along the curb and as part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered fourteen (14), fifteen (15), sixteen (16), seventeen (17),
|
||
eighteen (18), nineteen (19), twenty (20), twenty one (21), twenty two (22) and
|
||
twenty three (23), Sherburne's addition.
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
|
||
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered thirteen (13), fourteen (14), fifteen (15), seventeen (17),
|
||
eighteen (18), nineteen (19), twenty (20), twenty one (21), twenty two (22),
|
||
twenty three (23), twenty four (24), twenty five (25), twenty six (26), twenty
|
||
seven (27), twenty eight (28), twenty nine (29), thirty (30), thirty one (31),
|
||
thirty two (32), thirty three (33) and thirty four (34) of Hobson's addition
|
||
and Swenson's addition. (Ord. 128, 6-4-1956)
|
||
Tracts A, B, C, and D Hobson addition to the city of Choteau.
|
||
(Ord. 143, 6-19-1961)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
|
||
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered 6, 7, 8 Sherburne addition; the tract known as "school
|
||
grounds";
|
||
Looney tract; block 34, 35, Hazlett's second addition.
|
||
(Ord. 165, 12-18-1967)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located along the curb and
|
||
as a part of the curb on the following blocks:
|
||
Blocks numbered 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, Hobson addition to the city of Choteau.
|
||
(Ord. 176, 6-2-1969)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located in the Country Club
|
||
addition, along the curb and as a part of the combination curb and gutter in
|
||
all blocks of the Country Club addition to the townsite of Choteau. (Ord. 184,
|
||
10-2-1972)
|
||
And it is further provided that sidewalks shall be located in the Cowgill
|
||
addition, along the curb and as a part of the combination curb and gutter in
|
||
all blocks of the Cowgill addition to the townsite of Choteau. (Ord. 186, 1-3-
|
||
1973)
|
||
8-1-10: MATERIAL:
|
||
Hereafter all sidewalks and curbs to be constructed where street grades have
|
||
been established shall be composed only of cement concrete, and all such
|
||
sidewalks and curbs, whether built by property owners or by the contractor must
|
||
conform to the established lines and grades and to the plans and specifications
|
||
current for the year in which the walks and curbs were constructed, provided
|
||
the council may order temporary sidewalks of other material to be constructed
|
||
to meet a necessity or contingency and such temporary walks shall be removed
|
||
and permanent walks built when so ordered by the council. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-11: CROSSWALKS REQUIRED:
|
||
It shall be the duty of every person owning any lot or parcel of land bordering
|
||
or abutting upon any parked street, upon which said lot there is situated any
|
||
buildings or improvements, to construct a crosswalk extending from the property
|
||
line of the lot to the curb, so as to permit access to the property without
|
||
injury to the grass border of the parking or boulevard. All such crosswalks
|
||
shall conform to grade and to the plans and specifications current for the year
|
||
in which such walks are built. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-12: CONSENT OF COUNCIL REQUIRED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION:
|
||
No person shall construct any sidewalk, crosswalk or curb, or any of the
|
||
improvements mentioned in this chapter without the consent of the council and
|
||
then strictly in accordance with the current plans and specifications for such
|
||
work and under the supervision of the engineer, and reasonable charges for the
|
||
services of the engineer will be made by the city. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-13: AREAWAYS; BOND REQUIRED:
|
||
Property owners desiring to utilize the space underneath the sidewalk on
|
||
business streets shall make written application to the council therefor,
|
||
specifying therein the purpose for which same is to be used. The application
|
||
shall be accompanied by a plan thereof showing the character and dimensions of
|
||
the vault or areaway, the sidewalk proper and its support, as well as all
|
||
openings and passageways through the walk; and the council is hereby empowered
|
||
to regulate the construction and subsequent use of all such vaults and areaways
|
||
and the granting by the council of a permit to occupy and use such space shall
|
||
not be construed nor considered as a permanent grant to any part of the street
|
||
or highway, but the permit may be revoked and the area space revert to and be
|
||
utilized by the city at any time public necessity requires it. The council, in
|
||
its discretion may require the applicant for such permit to file a bond in the
|
||
penal sum of two thousand dollars ($2,000.00) for the full and complete
|
||
protection of the city against any and all litigation growing out of the
|
||
granting of such permit and the use of such areaway or space, and to save and
|
||
keep the city safe and harmless from any and all loss or damage arising from or
|
||
out of the use of the space, structure or any of the openings through the
|
||
sidewalk, and as a guarantee of the maintenance of the sidewalk in a
|
||
convenient, safe and passable condition for public use. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-14: AREAWAY; OPENINGS:
|
||
Stairways to basements or areaways shall be conformed to that part of the
|
||
sidewalk adjacent to the building line, and shall not exceed the following
|
||
widths: for fifteen foot (15') walk, three and one-half feet (31/2'); for
|
||
twelve foot (12') walk, three feet (3').
|
||
Trapdoors through sidewalks for the moving of merchandise to and from basements
|
||
and areaways shall be substantially constructed of iron and when closed shall
|
||
be firm, unyielding and of strength equal to that required in the sidewalk
|
||
proper, and shall in no case be allowed to project above or be depressed below
|
||
the surface of the sidewalk. Coal holes and like openings through the sidewalks
|
||
for admission of fuel shall not exceed twenty four inches (24") in maximum
|
||
dimensions and shall be provided with cast iron rims and covers, suitably
|
||
roughed having top surface of same set into the walk flush with the surface of
|
||
sidewalk. Trap doors, coal holes and like openings in the sidewalks shall at
|
||
all times be kept closed and securely fastened from the lower side, except when
|
||
in actual use during such times as they remain open, they shall be guarded by
|
||
an attendant who shall remain continually thereby, and during the time such
|
||
coal hole, trapdoor or opening may remain open the same shall be further
|
||
guarded by a barricade placed about such opening in such manner that it may be
|
||
noticed by persons passing nearby. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-15: DANGEROUS SIDEWALKS; REPAIR OF:
|
||
Any sidewalks which now are, or which may by reason of deterioration or decay,
|
||
or by reason of unevenness, steps, too rapid slopes or from accidental damage
|
||
or from any cause whatsoever, becomes dangerous to public safety may be
|
||
condemned by the council and ordered rebuilt, repaired or newly built as in
|
||
their judgment may be most expedient. Any sidewalks that may suddenly develop a
|
||
dangerous condition to public safety, thus requiring immediate attention may be
|
||
condemned by the street commissioner and he is hereby empowered to close such
|
||
walk or walks to public travel or he may proceed to immediately repair and
|
||
restore said sidewalks as in his judgment may be the most expedient, and all
|
||
costs for sidewalks maintenance shall be by and at the expense of the owner of
|
||
the abutting property and may be assessed and collected as a special sidewalk
|
||
tax to the property affected. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-16: OWNERS TO MAINTAIN SIDEWALK:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the owners of any premises in the city to keep the
|
||
sidewalk in front of and adjoining their premises in good, safe and substantial
|
||
condition and the owners shall see that all breaks or unsoundness resulting
|
||
from any cause whatsoever be repaired with all possible dispatch and when, by
|
||
reason of the construction or repair of sidewalks, sections thereof are removed
|
||
or rendered dangerous or impassible to the public or in case the walk has been
|
||
temporarily removed during the construction of a building, such spaces or
|
||
openings shall be securely fenced or barricaded and from sundown until sunrise
|
||
red lights shall be maintained thereon as long as such condition exists. The
|
||
street commissioner may require a temporary plank walk to be constructed around
|
||
such dangerous walk or barricaded space, the same to extend from sidewalk to
|
||
sidewalk on each side of such space, opening or obstruction. (Ord. 24, 4-21-
|
||
1914)
|
||
8-1-17: WET CEMENT; TRESPASSING:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to tramp, step on or in any manner trespass
|
||
upon any cement or concrete sidewalk or curb in course of construction before
|
||
such walk or curb has been opened to public use. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-18: MERCHANDISE ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to store, keep, deposit, or place any coal
|
||
bin, ash or swill barrel, wagon, plow, goods, wares or merchandise, personal
|
||
property or any other obstruction upon any sidewalk. When merchandise is moved
|
||
across sidewalks to and from buildings the same shall be done in an expeditious
|
||
manner and shall not be allowed to obstruct the sidewalk unnecessarily. (Ord.
|
||
24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-19: ANIMALS ON SIDEWALKS PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful hereafter for any person to ride or drive any horse, mule
|
||
or other animal, buggy, wagon, automobile, or other vehicle along, over or on
|
||
any of the sidewalks, or to push any cart or wheelbarrow thereon, provided that
|
||
this section shall not be construed to apply to baby carriages or carts. (Ord.
|
||
24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-20: DEBRIS ON SIDEWALKS UNLAWFUL:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to throw or deposit fruit peelings,
|
||
handbills, advertising matter or devices, sweepings, scrub water or any refuse
|
||
of any kind from any store, saloon, office or other building or to throw, place
|
||
or deposit any of them in any place from which they may be blown upon any of
|
||
the sidewalks, or to do damage in any way to any of the sidewalks. (Ord. 24, 4-
|
||
21-1914)
|
||
8-1-21: EXPECTORATING ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to spit, hawk or expectorate upon any
|
||
sidewalk or street crossing. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-22: DUTY OF POLICE OFFICER:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the police officer to familiarize himself with the
|
||
provisions of this title and enforce the provisions thereof, and he shall
|
||
report to the clerk all defective sidewalks that come to his notice and the
|
||
particulars of any accident that may occur of which he may have or obtain
|
||
knowledge. (Ord. 24, 4-21-1914)
|
||
8-1-23: DRIVEWAYS; CONSTRUCTION OF:
|
||
No person shall build or cause to be built, any driveway entering the premises
|
||
of said person from any street within the business district which shall be more
|
||
than thirty feet (30') in width measured at the curb of the street.
|
||
No person shall be permitted to have more than one driveway for each business
|
||
located on any one street within the business district 1 . (Ord. 173, 6-17-
|
||
1968)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-974, 11-967, 11-941, 11-940, 11-910, 11-909.
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
SIDEWALK AND CURB FUND
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-2-1: Fund Created
|
||
8-2-2: Rate Of Interest; Forms
|
||
8-2-3: Duty Of Council; Assessments
|
||
8-2-1: FUND CREATED:
|
||
There is hereby created a fund to be known as the "special sidewalk and curb
|
||
fund", and the treasurer is hereby directed and required to credit all monies
|
||
derived from special assessments, hereafter levied and assessed against any and
|
||
all property for the purpose of defraying the costs and expenses of building
|
||
sidewalks and curbs under the provisions of chapter 1 of this title, into said
|
||
special fund; provided, however, that this shall not be construed to apply to
|
||
special improvement districts organized under the special improvement district
|
||
law. (Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
|
||
8-2-2: RATE OF INTEREST; FORMS:
|
||
The cost of constructing all sidewalks and curbs constructed under the
|
||
provisions of chapter 1 of this title shall be paid for in special warrants to
|
||
be drawn upon said special sidewalk and curb fund, which warrants shall bear
|
||
interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum, payable annually, and such
|
||
warrants shall be in the following form:
|
||
SPECIAL SIDEWALK AND CURB WARRANT ISSUED BY
|
||
THE TOWN OF CHOTEAU, MONTANA.
|
||
No. $
|
||
The Treasurer of the Town of Choteau will pay to or bearer,
|
||
the sum of Dollars out of any moneys in the Special Sidewalk and
|
||
Curb Fund derived from special assessment levied against the property described
|
||
in an order of the Town Council, passed on the day of 191 , in front of
|
||
which property sidewalks and curbs have been constructed by or under the
|
||
direction of said Town Council, pursuant to said order.
|
||
This warrant bears interest at the rate of six per cent per annum from the
|
||
date of its registration and until the date called for redemption by the Town
|
||
Treasurer in the manner provided by law.
|
||
The interest hereon is payable annually on the first day of January in each
|
||
year as expressed by the interest coupons hereto attached, bearing the
|
||
signatures of the Mayor and Town Clerk.
|
||
This warrant is redeemable at the option of the Town Treasurer whenever
|
||
there are funds to the credit of said special sidewalk and curb fund sufficient
|
||
for the redemption thereof.
|
||
It is hereby certified and recited that all things required to be done
|
||
precedent to the issuance of this warrant have been properly done and performed
|
||
in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Montana, and the
|
||
resolutions and ordinances of the Town of Choteau relating to the issuance
|
||
thereof.
|
||
Dated at Choteau, Montana, this day of , 191 .
|
||
Town of Choteau,
|
||
By Mayor.
|
||
Attest Town Clerk.
|
||
Registered at the office of the Treasurer of the Town of Choteau, Montana,
|
||
this day of , 191 .
|
||
|
||
Town Treasurer.
|
||
and the interest coupons shall be in the following form:
|
||
No. $
|
||
Choteau, Montana, 191 .
|
||
On January 1, 191 , the Town Treasurer of Choteau, Montana, will at his
|
||
office in said Town, pay to bearer the sum of Dollars, being the
|
||
interest due on said date on its Special Sidewalk and Curb Fund Warrant No.
|
||
.
|
||
Town Clerk Mayor.
|
||
(Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
|
||
8-2-3: DUTY OF COUNCIL; ASSESSMENTS:
|
||
The council shall annually, on or before October 1 of each year, pass and adopt
|
||
a resolution levying as assessment and tax against each lot or parcel of land
|
||
in front of which sidewalks and curbs, or sidewalks or curbs, have been
|
||
constructed under any order or orders of the council under the provisions of
|
||
chapter 1 of this title, in the manner provided by law for levying of such
|
||
assessments; and such assessments, when collected, shall be paid into the
|
||
special sidewalk and curb fund for the redemption and payment of warrants drawn
|
||
against said fund for the payment of the cost of construction of sidewalks and
|
||
curbs by or under the direction of the council pursuant to the provisions of
|
||
chapter 1 of this title and in accordance with section 20, chapter 89 of the
|
||
laws of the state of Montana, adopted by the 13th legislative assembly. All
|
||
such resolutions shall provide for simple interest at the rate of six percent
|
||
(6%) per annum from and after a date fixed by the terms of said resolution,
|
||
which date or dates shall be so fixed that sufficient interest shall be
|
||
collected upon said assessments to pay the interest upon any and all warrants
|
||
that shall be issued against said special sidewalk and curb fund at the rate of
|
||
six percent (6%) per annum, and the county treasurer shall collect interest in
|
||
accordance with the terms of said resolution and as provided by section 21 of
|
||
chapter 89 of the laws of the state, adopted by the 13th legislative assembly 1
|
||
. (Ord. 27, 6-29-1914)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-907.
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
STREET GRADES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-3-1: Bench Mark
|
||
8-3-2: Grades Of Streets And Avenues
|
||
8-3-3: Curb Grades
|
||
8-3-4: Sidewalk Grades
|
||
8-3-5: Grade Points
|
||
8-3-1: BENCH MARK:
|
||
The bench mark established by the United States geological survey at Main
|
||
Avenue South and First St. S.E. be, and the same is hereby designated as the
|
||
official bench mark of the city and to which all elevations and grades are
|
||
hereby referred.
|
||
The location and description of said bench mark is more particularly described
|
||
as follows: A regulation USGS bench mark consisting of a two inch (2") iron
|
||
pipe with brass cap upon which is inscribed the following:
|
||
U.S. Geological Survey B.M. Elevation above Sea 3810 feet Butte. Located in
|
||
front entrance to the Teton County Jail situated on Lots 1 and 2 Block A.
|
||
Hamilton's Addition to Choteau at the Southeast corner of Main Ave. South and
|
||
First St. S.E.
|
||
(Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-2: GRADES OF STREETS AND AVENUES:
|
||
The grades of streets and avenues at the points designated are hereby
|
||
established as the official grades of said streets and avenues. The grade
|
||
points being the block corners, respectively at streets and avenues hereinafter
|
||
named. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-3: CURB GRADES:
|
||
Curb grades at all points at right angles with property line shall be at an
|
||
elevation determined by a fall of two and one-half percent (21/2%) from
|
||
property line grade to top of curb. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-4: SIDEWALK GRADES:
|
||
Sidewalk grades in business districts and in improved residence districts shall
|
||
be determined in the following manner: A rate of two and one-half percent (21/
|
||
2%) inclination from the established grade at property line of curb grade shall
|
||
determine the elevation and inclination of all sidewalks. (Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
8-3-5: GRADE POINTS:
|
||
The slope or grade of streets shall be on straight lines connecting the points
|
||
where the elevations are fixed, as provided by the provisions of this chapter.
|
||
Where the grade points at block corners of intersecting streets are at the same
|
||
elevation thus creating a level grade, the sidewalks, curbs, and the centerline
|
||
through the crown of the roadway shall each be on its respective level line,
|
||
determined for the fixed grade points as described in section
|
||
8-3-2 of this chapter and the drainage of the roadway shall be secured by
|
||
depressing the gutter grade opposite the block corners and elevating it at a
|
||
point midway between the fixed grade points.
|
||
FIRST AVENUE S.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.E. 3803.58
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.E. 3803.58
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.E. 3805.33
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.E. 3805.33
|
||
Black corners on south side of Third Street S.E. 3806.41
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.E. 3806.41
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.E. 3808.16
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.E. 3808.16
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.E. 3809.91
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.E. 3809.91
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.66
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3801.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3801.60
|
||
FIRST AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3812.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3815.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3815.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.75
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.75
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3817.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3817.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3819.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E. 3819.60
|
||
Block corners on south side Fifth Street N.E. 3821.35
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.E. 3821.35
|
||
MAIN AVENUE SOUTH
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3797.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3797.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3796.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3796.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street 3798.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street 3798.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street 3801.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street 3801.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street 3804.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street 3807.21
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street 3807.21
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street 3808.96
|
||
MAIN AVENUE NORTH
|
||
Block corners on north side of Division Street 3812.51
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street 3817.07
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street 3817.07
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street 3817.82
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street 3817.82
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street 3819.22
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street 3819.22
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street 3820.62
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street 3820.62
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street 3822.02
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street 3822.02
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street 3824.47
|
||
EAST COURT STREET
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.E. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.90
|
||
WEST COURT STREET
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.90
|
||
FIRST AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3806.65
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3806.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.90
|
||
FIRST AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.90
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3815.41
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3815.41
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3816.16
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3816.16
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3817.91
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3817.91
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W. 3819.31
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W. 3819.31
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street N.W. 3821.06
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.W. 3821.06
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street N.W. 3822.81
|
||
SECOND AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W. 3801.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W. 3801.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3800.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3800.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3802.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3802.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3806.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3806.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3810.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3810.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3812.65
|
||
SECOND AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3812.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3815.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3815.15
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3816.90
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3816.90
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
THIRD AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3802.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3803.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3803.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.22
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.22
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3809.42
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.42
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.87
|
||
THIRD AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.87
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3814.37
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3814.37
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
FOURTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.67
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street S.W. 3799.67
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3803.60
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.14
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.14
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3808.64
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3808.64
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.09
|
||
FOURTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.09
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3812.70
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3812.70
|
||
FIFTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3797.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.10
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.10
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3804.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3804.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3807.86
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3807.86
|
||
SIXTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3798.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.00
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3802.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W. 3802.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.06
|
||
SEVENTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street S.W. 3805.12
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3805.12
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3808.02
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3808.02
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3810.42
|
||
CITY LIMITS
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street S.W 3800.80
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street S.W. 3800.80
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.50
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street S.W. 3800.50
|
||
Block corners on north side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Seventh Street S.W. 3799.40
|
||
SEVENTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3810.42
|
||
Block corners on west side of First Street N.W. 3811.77
|
||
Block corners on east side of First Street N.W. 3812.27
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3814.27
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3814.27
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3815.52
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.W. 3818.01
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fifth Street N.W. 3820.05
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fifth Street N.W. 3820.05
|
||
Block corners on south side of Sixth Street N.W. 3822.81
|
||
Block corners on north side of Sixth Street N.W. 3822.81
|
||
EIGHTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3806.47
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3809.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3811.45
|
||
EIGHTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3811.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3812.58
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3812.58
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3815.08
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3815.08
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3816.33
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3816.33
|
||
NINTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street S.W. 3808.13
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street S.W. 3810.26
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3810.26
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3812.26
|
||
NINTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3812.26
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3813.39
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3813.39
|
||
Block corners on south side of School Street 3814.64
|
||
Block corners on north side of School Street 3814.64
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3815.89
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3815.89
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3817.14
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3817.14
|
||
TENTH AVENUE S.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street S.W. 3811.07
|
||
Block corners on south side of West Division Street 3813.07
|
||
TENTH AVENUE N.W.
|
||
Block corners on north side of West Division Street 3813.07
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.W. 3814.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.W. 3814.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of School Street 3815.45
|
||
Block corners on north side of School Street 3815.45
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.W. 3816.70
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.W. 3816.70
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.W. 3817.95
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.W. 3817.95
|
||
THIRD AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3813.95
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3813.95
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.25
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.25
|
||
FOURTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.98
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.93
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.93
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.33
|
||
Block corners on north side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.33
|
||
FIFTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on south side of Fourth Street N.E. 3818.60
|
||
SIXTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3810.42
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3810.42
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3812.87
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3812.87
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3813.62
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3815.37
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3815.37
|
||
SEVENTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.20
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.20
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3813.65
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3814.40
|
||
Block corners on south side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
Block corners on north side of Third Street N.E. 3816.15
|
||
EIGHTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of East Division Street 3811.98
|
||
Block corners on north side of East Division Street 3811.98
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3814.43
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.18
|
||
NINTH AVENUE N.E.
|
||
Block corners on south side of First Street N.E. 3815.21
|
||
Block corners on north side of First Street N.E. 3815.21
|
||
Block corners on south side of Second Street N.E. 3815.96
|
||
Block corners on north side of Second Street N.E. 3815.96 1
|
||
(Ord. 125, 4-4-1955)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-970.
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
UTILITY POLES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-4-1: Erection Of Utility Poles
|
||
8-4-2: Penalty
|
||
8-4-1: ERECTION OF UTILITY POLES:
|
||
All poles carrying telegraph, telephone, electric light or other wires shall be
|
||
erected in the alleys, provided, however, that whenever it is impossible or
|
||
impracticable to properly serve the public from the alleys, such poles may be
|
||
erected on the streets, under the written permission of the mayor 1 . (Ord. 42,
|
||
8-23-1915)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-945.
|
||
8-4-2: PENALTY:
|
||
Any person violating the provisions of this chapter shall be punished, upon
|
||
conviction thereof, by a fine of not less than five dollars ($5.00) nor more
|
||
than twenty five dollars ($25.00) for each pole erected contrary to the
|
||
provisions hereof, providing that the total fine in any case shall not exceed
|
||
three hundred dollars ($300.00), and each such pole is hereby declared to be a
|
||
nuisance and shall be at once removed, and each day that such pole is allowed
|
||
to remain in position contrary to the provision of this chapter after the same
|
||
shall be ordered removed, shall constitute a separate and distinct offense and
|
||
be punishable accordingly. (Ord. 42, 8-23-1915)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
STREET SPRINKLER DISTRICT
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-5-1: District Created
|
||
8-5-2: Assessment Of Property; Method Of
|
||
8-5-3: District Fund
|
||
8-5-1: DISTRICT CREATED:
|
||
There shall be established within the city a street sprinkling district
|
||
comprising all of the city for the purpose of sprinkling the streets or avenues
|
||
with water, oil or any other dust palliative, and the council is authorized to,
|
||
by resolution, set up and define the boundaries of the district and enumerate
|
||
the streets, alleys and other public places to constitute the district. (Ord.
|
||
123, 3-1-1954)
|
||
8-5-2: ASSESSMENT OF PROPERTY; METHOD OF:
|
||
The council is authorized to assess the property embraced within the district
|
||
to pay the cost and expense of the sprinkling district.
|
||
The method of assessment for such cost and expense of the district shall be
|
||
assessed on an area basis; that is, each lot or parcel of land within such
|
||
district shall be assessed for that part of the whole cost which its area bears
|
||
to the area of the entire district, exclusive of streets, avenues, alleys and
|
||
public places. (Ord. 123, 3-1-1954)
|
||
8-5-3: DISTRICT FUND:
|
||
The treasurer shall set up a district revolving fund from which the expense and
|
||
cost of the sprinkling district shall be paid 1 . (Ord. 123, 3-1-1954)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-971, 11-2258.
|
||
CHAPTER 6
|
||
FENCES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-6-1: Construction Of Fences; Height
|
||
8-6-1: CONSTRUCTION OF FENCES; HEIGHT:
|
||
All real property owners without the building zone number 1 of the city shall
|
||
not construct any board fence or picket fence or any fence that is so
|
||
constructed as to impede the view, or any ornamental hedge shall not be
|
||
permitted to grow in height to exceed four feet (4'), so as to interfere with
|
||
traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular. The fence or hedge to be constructed or
|
||
planted at least thirty inches (30") from the inside edge of the sidewalk, and
|
||
the hedge shall not be permitted to grow so as to extend across the edge of the
|
||
sidewalk, thus interfering with traffic thereon 1 . (Ord. 107, 12-4-1950)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-952.
|
||
CHAPTER 7
|
||
TREES AND SHRUBBERY
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-7-1: Purpose
|
||
8-7-2: Definitions
|
||
8-7-3: Creation And Establishment Of City Tree Board
|
||
8-7-4: Comprehensive City Tree Plan
|
||
8-7-5: Tree Species To Be Planted
|
||
8-7-6: Spacing
|
||
8-7-7: Distance From Curb And Sidewalk
|
||
8-7-8: Distance From Fire Hydrants
|
||
8-7-9: Pruning And Corner Clearance
|
||
8-7-10: Utilities
|
||
8-7-11: Responsibility For Tree Care
|
||
8-7-12: Pruning Standards
|
||
8-7-13: Tree Topping
|
||
8-7-14: Diseased Tree Removal On Private Property
|
||
8-7-15: Removal Of Stumps
|
||
8-7-16: Protection Of Trees
|
||
8-7-17: Arborist's License And Bond
|
||
8-7-18: Review By City Council
|
||
8-7-19: Penalty
|
||
8-7-1: PURPOSE:
|
||
The purpose of this chapter is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of
|
||
both the public citizenry and the trees and vegetation in the city of Choteau
|
||
by establishing standards and regulations to control planting, removal,
|
||
maintenance, and protection of all trees, shrubs, and vegetation; to establish
|
||
a tree board; to provide for the development of a comprehensive plan for the
|
||
management of trees, shrubs, and vegetation on public property. (Ord. 298, 3-
|
||
16-2004)
|
||
8-7-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
PARK TREES: Trees, shrubs, bushes, and all other woody vegetation in public
|
||
parks.
|
||
STREET TREES: Trees, shrubs, bushes, and all other woody vegetation on land
|
||
lying within the public right of way on either side of all streets, avenues, or
|
||
alleys within the city of Choteau. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-3: CREATION AND ESTABLISHMENT OF CITY TREE BOARD:
|
||
There is hereby created and established a city tree board for the city of
|
||
Choteau which shall consist of seven (7) members, citizens and residents of
|
||
this city, who shall be appointed by the mayor with approval by the city
|
||
council. The members shall come from different interest groups including
|
||
homeowners, tree professionals, and city government. The members shall serve
|
||
without compensation.
|
||
(A) Term Of Office: The term of the board members shall be three (3)
|
||
years, except that they shall initially be staggered so that all terms do not
|
||
expire at the same time. In the event that a vacancy occurs during the term of
|
||
any member, his/her successor shall be appointed for the unexpired portion of
|
||
the term.
|
||
(B) Operation: The city tree board shall choose its own officers and keep
|
||
a journal of its proceedings. A majority of the members shall be a quorum for
|
||
the transaction of business. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-4: COMPREHENSIVE CITY TREE PLAN:
|
||
The city tree board shall study, investigate, counsel, develop, and update as
|
||
needed a written plan for the care, preservation, pruning, planting,
|
||
replanting, removal, or disposition of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation in
|
||
parks and along streets, avenues, and alleys. Such plan will be presented to
|
||
the city council and upon their acceptance and approval shall constitute the
|
||
official comprehensive city tree plan. The tree plan shall be administered by
|
||
the city's public works director. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-5: TREE SPECIES TO BE PLANTED:
|
||
The city tree board shall develop and maintain a list of desirable trees for
|
||
planting as street trees and park trees in three (3) size classes based on
|
||
mature height: small (under 20 feet), medium (20 to 40 feet), and large (over
|
||
40 feet). Efforts shall be made to ensure a sufficient diversity of tree
|
||
species. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-6: SPACING:
|
||
Street trees shall be planted no closer together than the following: small
|
||
trees, fifteen feet (15'); medium trees, twenty five feet (25'); and large
|
||
trees, thirty five feet (35'); except in special plantings designed or approved
|
||
by the city tree board. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-7: DISTANCE FROM CURB AND SIDEWALK:
|
||
Street trees shall be planted no closer to any curb or sidewalk than two feet
|
||
(2') for small trees and three feet (3') for medium or large trees. (Ord. 298,
|
||
3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-8: DISTANCE FROM FIRE HYDRANTS:
|
||
Street trees shall not be planted within ten feet (10') of any fire hydrant.
|
||
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-9: PRUNING AND CORNER CLEARANCE:
|
||
All trees shall be pruned so that branches overhanging any street, avenue, or
|
||
alley shall not severely obstruct the light from any street lamp or obstruct
|
||
the view of any intersection and so that there shall be a clear space of
|
||
thirteen feet (13') above the street surface or eight feet (8') above the
|
||
sidewalk surface. Any dead, diseased, or dangerous trees, or broken or decayed
|
||
limbs which constitute a menace to the safety of the public must be removed.
|
||
See also section
|
||
9-4-14 of this code. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004; amd. Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
Tree limbs that grow near high voltage electrical conductors shall be
|
||
maintained clear of such conductors by the electric utility company in
|
||
compliance with any applicable franchise agreements. A utility tree trimming
|
||
policy must be reviewed by the utility company and the city tree board prior to
|
||
any trimming by the utility company. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-10: UTILITIES:
|
||
Medium or large street trees shall not be planted under or within ten (10)
|
||
lateral feet of any overhead utility wire. Any size street tree shall not be
|
||
planted within five (5) lateral feet of any underground water line, sewer line,
|
||
transmission line, or other utility. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-11: RESPONSIBILITY FOR TREE CARE:
|
||
The adjoining property owner shall be responsible for the maintenance of street
|
||
trees, including planting, pruning, removal, replacement, and disposal of any
|
||
debris resulting from such maintenance. If it becomes apparent that maintenance
|
||
is needed for any street trees, the property owner shall respond within sixty
|
||
(60) days to the tree board with a plan for the maintenance. (Ord. 298, 3-16-
|
||
2004)
|
||
8-7-12: PRUNING STANDARDS:
|
||
All tree pruning of street trees or park trees shall conform to the ANSI A300
|
||
standards for tree care operations. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-13: TREE TOPPING:
|
||
It shall be unlawful as a normal practice for any person, firm, or city
|
||
department to top any street tree or park tree. "Topping" is defined as the
|
||
severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches (3") in diameter
|
||
within the tree's crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and
|
||
disfigure the trees. Crown reduction by a qualified arborist may be
|
||
substituted, where appropriate. Trees severely damaged by storms or other
|
||
causes, or certain trees under utility wires or other obstructions where other
|
||
pruning practices are impractical may be exempted from this chapter at the
|
||
determination of the city tree board. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-14: DISEASED TREE REMOVAL ON PRIVATE PROPERTY:
|
||
The city of Choteau shall have the right to cause the removal of any diseased
|
||
trees on private property within the city when such trees harbor insects or
|
||
disease which constitutes a potential threat to other trees within the city.
|
||
The city tree board will notify in writing the owners of such trees. Removal
|
||
shall be done by said owners at their own expense within sixty (60) days after
|
||
the date of service of notice. In the event of failure of owners to comply with
|
||
such provisions, the city shall have the authority to remove such trees and
|
||
charge the cost of removal on the owner's property tax. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-15: REMOVAL OF STUMPS:
|
||
All stumps of street and park trees shall be removed below the surface of the
|
||
ground so that the top of the stump shall not project above the surface of the
|
||
ground. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-16: PROTECTION OF TREES:
|
||
In order to maintain the overall forest, reasonable efforts shall be made to
|
||
replace street and park trees that are removed and to protect quality trees
|
||
that are endangered. Street and park trees that are removed by decision of the
|
||
city tree board or by natural causes shall be replaced on a one for one basis
|
||
within one year or as determined by the city tree board. The location and
|
||
species of the replacement tree shall be determined by the board. Trees of
|
||
desirable species and good health shall be protected as much as possible from
|
||
damage during construction, sidewalk repair, utilities work above and below
|
||
ground, and other similar activities. The zone of protection shall include the
|
||
area beneath the canopy of the tree. (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-17: ARBORIST'S LICENSE AND BOND:
|
||
The tree board and/or the city's public works director may require a licensed
|
||
and bonded arborist to perform major maintenance or pruning of mature trees.
|
||
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-18: REVIEW BY CITY COUNCIL:
|
||
The city council shall have the right to review the conduct, acts, and
|
||
decisions of the city tree board. Any person may appeal any ruling or order of
|
||
the city tree board to the city council who may hear the matter and make final
|
||
decisions. Appeals must be made within thirty (30) days of the ruling or order.
|
||
(Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
8-7-19: PENALTY:
|
||
Any person or firm violating any provision of this chapter shall be, upon
|
||
conviction or a plea of guilty, subject to a fine not to exceed one thousand
|
||
dollars ($1,000.00). (Ord. 298, 3-16-2004)
|
||
CHAPTER 8
|
||
RAILROAD CROSSINGS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-8-1: Crossings To Be Lighted
|
||
8-8-2: Failure To Comply; Assessment
|
||
8-8-1: CROSSINGS TO BE LIGHTED:
|
||
Any person owning and operating any railroad track or route within the limits
|
||
of the city, the motive power of which is steam or otherwise, shall place or
|
||
cause to be placed, and shall maintain, at the intersection or crossing of said
|
||
track with each and every public street, alley, road or highway, within the
|
||
limits of the city, a light or lights equal to an illumination of sixty (60)
|
||
candlepower, and such light shall be kept in good working order, and shall be
|
||
lighted during all the hours of darkness, and shall be so placed as to light
|
||
the crossing of said track over the public street, alley, road or highway in
|
||
such manner that persons using the crossing may be able to plainly see the same
|
||
when approaching thereto. (Ord. 17, 1-5-1914)
|
||
8-8-2: FAILURE TO COMPLY; ASSESSMENT:
|
||
In case the owner of any such railroad track or route fails to comply with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter after reasonable notice, the council may cause the
|
||
same to be done, and it may assess the expense thereof against such owner, and
|
||
such assessment shall constitute a lien on any property belonging to such owner
|
||
within the limits of the city and may be collected as other taxes. (Ord. 17, 1-
|
||
5-1914)
|
||
CHAPTER 9
|
||
EXCAVATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-9-1: Permit Required; Fees
|
||
8-9-2: Materials
|
||
8-9-3: Barricade
|
||
8-9-4: Compliance Required
|
||
8-9-1: PERMIT REQUIRED; FEES:
|
||
Every person who, except where such person is a public utility operating under
|
||
a franchise or contract with the city, under which the public utility or person
|
||
may construct, equip, lay, maintain and operate pipe lines and appurtenances
|
||
in, under, upon, over and across streets, avenues, alleys, highways, bridges,
|
||
easements and other public places within the city, shall make any excavation
|
||
in, or dig any hole, drain or ditch in, or in any way obstruct any
|
||
thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the limits of the city without
|
||
first having obtained a permit therefor from the council or its authorized
|
||
representative. A fee of five dollars ($5.00) shall be paid to the city for the
|
||
issuance of such permit. (Ord. 141, 4-3-1961)
|
||
8-9-2: MATERIALS:
|
||
All materials excavated pursuant to such permit shall be hauled away by the
|
||
permittee and the excavation backfilled with compacted gravel approved by the
|
||
street foreman. All cuts in paved areas shall be repaired by not less than
|
||
three inches (3") of plant mix oil and crushed gravel, firmly compacted and
|
||
leveled to grade so as to restore the excavated area to its original condition.
|
||
(Ord. 139, 11-21-1960)
|
||
8-9-3: BARRICADE:
|
||
Any person who, after having obtained a proper permit to do so makes any
|
||
excavation, or digs any hole, drain or ditch, or places any other obstruction
|
||
in or upon any thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the city limits,
|
||
must erect an efficient barricade around such excavation, drain, ditch, hole or
|
||
other obstruction and warning lights shall be maintained therefrom from dark to
|
||
daylight until such time as said thoroughfare, street, alley or highway has
|
||
been restored to safe and passable travel. (Ord. 139, 11-21-1960)
|
||
8-9-4: COMPLIANCE REQUIRED:
|
||
Any person who shall make any excavation in, or dig any hole, drain or ditch
|
||
in, or anyway obstruct any thoroughfare, street, alley or highway within the
|
||
city limits, without first having obtained a permit therefor from the council
|
||
or its duly authorized representative, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord.
|
||
139, 11-21-1960)
|
||
CHAPTER 10
|
||
REMOVAL OF SNOW AND/OR ICE
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-10-1: Duty Of Owner
|
||
8-10-1: DUTY OF OWNER:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the owner and tenant of any premises within the city
|
||
limits to keep the sidewalk in front of and abutting his premises free and safe
|
||
for pedestrians and with all reasonable dispatch to remove snow, ice, slush,
|
||
mud and other threats to safe foot travel, and to prevent the accumulation of
|
||
the same upon such sidewalks. The sidewalks abutting such owner's or tenant's
|
||
premises must be cleared by such owner or tenant from the night's accumulation
|
||
of snow or ice or other impediment before eleven o'clock (11:00) A.M.,
|
||
following such accumulation thereof in business and industrial districts. All
|
||
snow or ice or other impediment shall be removed from residential areas within
|
||
twenty four (24) hours after any such accumulation. It shall be the duty of
|
||
such tenant or owner of said premises to keep the sidewalks in front of the
|
||
premises free and safe for pedestrians, and to prevent the continuance and
|
||
accumulation of the materials described herein upon such sidewalks.
|
||
Polish or smoothness resulting from any cause which renders a sidewalk
|
||
dangerous and unsafe, shall be sanded and where there is permanent polish or
|
||
smoothness on a sidewalk, the surface of the sidewalk shall be repaired.
|
||
If the aforesaid parties shall fail to comply with the provisions of this
|
||
chapter, the city shall cause any and all obstructions to be removed or
|
||
smoothness or polish repaired and shall bill the cost thereof, together with a
|
||
reasonable charge for administration and supervision, to the said parties. If
|
||
said charges are not paid within sixty (60) days, the city council shall pass a
|
||
resolution assessing said charges as a special tax against the premises.
|
||
Violation of this chapter shall be deemed a misdemeanor and any person
|
||
violating the provisions of this chapter may be fined in an amount from five
|
||
dollars ($5.00) and not to exceed fifty dollars ($50.00) for each offense.
|
||
Nothing contained in chapter 1 of this title shall be construed to release the
|
||
owners or tenants of real estate from the duty of keeping the sidewalk in front
|
||
of or adjoining their respective premises at all times in a safe and passable
|
||
condition and in good and thorough state of repair, but such duty is hereby
|
||
expressly enjoined and imposed upon all such owners and tenants. (Ord. 217, 12-
|
||
18-1979)
|
||
CHAPTER 11
|
||
FUEL PUMP PLACEMENT
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-11-1: Fuel Pump Restrictions
|
||
8-11-1: FUEL PUMP RESTRICTIONS:
|
||
No person shall be given a permit to construct, install or build any gasoline,
|
||
oil or any other kind of pump or piece of machinery, to serve the public, on
|
||
the sidewalk curbing or upon the sidewalk, but that any such pump or vending
|
||
machine must be placed within the boundaries upon the property of abutting
|
||
owner, nor shall any permit be given to use the sidewalk as part of a driveway
|
||
to serve the public from pumps adjacent to the sidewalk. (Ord. 102, 9-10-1949)
|
||
CHAPTER 12
|
||
OLD SCHOOL HOUSE SPRINGS AND CITY WATER SUPPLY
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-12-1: Definition
|
||
8-12-2: Duty Of Water Superintendent
|
||
8-12-3: Interference Unlawful
|
||
8-12-4: Destruction Of Pipes
|
||
8-12-1: DEFINITION:
|
||
The term "Old School House Springs" as used herein shall mean that certain
|
||
natural spring rising in or near the Northwest corner NE1/4SW1/4, section 24,
|
||
township 24 north range 5 west MPM. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
|
||
8-12-2: DUTY OF WATER SUPERINTENDENT:
|
||
It is hereby made the duty of the water superintendent, or such other person as
|
||
the council may from time to time designate, under the direction of the
|
||
council, to supervise the flowage and disposition of the flowage of the waters
|
||
of "Old School House Springs" and all other springs and wells, owned or within
|
||
the control of the city, as a source of water supply. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
|
||
8-12-3: INTERFERENCE UNLAWFUL:
|
||
Any interference with the flowage of said spring or other source by placing of
|
||
any dam, obstruction, refuse, rubbish or contaminative material therein or in
|
||
the water or channel therefrom, in such manner as to impair the purity of said
|
||
water or deprive the city of the full use and benefit thereof to the full
|
||
extent of its rights therein, is hereby prohibited and any person violating any
|
||
provision of this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932)
|
||
8-12-4: DESTRUCTION OF PIPES:
|
||
Any person who shall, excepting as may from time to time, authorized by the
|
||
council, obstruct, tamper with, break or injure any dam, dike, pipe valve,
|
||
flume, ditch or other fixture or appurtenance, used or constructed by the city
|
||
in and about the diversion of any of the water of said spring, or other source,
|
||
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor 1 . (Ord. 71, 4-4-1932; amd. 1967 Code)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. RCM 11-1001, 11-981.
|
||
CHAPTER 13
|
||
ANTILITTER REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-13-1: Short Title
|
||
8-13-2: Definitions
|
||
8-13-3: Litter In Public Places Unlawful
|
||
8-13-4: Placement Of Litter In Receptacles; Scattering
|
||
8-13-5: Sweeping Litter Into Gutters Prohibited
|
||
8-13-6: Merchants' Duty To Keep Sidewalks Free Of Litter
|
||
8-13-7: Litter Thrown By Persons In Vehicles
|
||
8-13-8: Truckloads Causing Litter
|
||
8-13-9: Litter In Parks
|
||
8-13-10: Litter In Lakes And Fountains
|
||
8-13-11: Commercial Handbills; Public Places
|
||
8-13-12: Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills; Vehicles
|
||
8-13-13: Depositing Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills; Uninhabited Or
|
||
Vacant Premises
|
||
8-13-14: Prohibiting Distribution Of Handbills; Posted Property
|
||
8-13-15: Distributing Commercial And Noncommercial Handbills At Inhabited
|
||
Private Premises
|
||
8-13-16: Litter From Aircraft
|
||
8-13-17: Posting Notices Prohibited
|
||
8-13-18: Litter On Occupied Private Property
|
||
8-13-19: Owner To Maintain Premises Free Of Litter
|
||
8-13-20: Litter On Vacant Lots
|
||
8-13-21: Clearing Of Litter From Open Private Property By City
|
||
8-13-1: SHORT TITLE:
|
||
This chapter shall be known and may be cited as the CHOTEAU ANTILITTER
|
||
REGULATIONS. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-2: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
For the purpose of this chapter the following terms, phrases, words, and their
|
||
derivations shall have the meanings given herein.
|
||
AIRCRAFT: Any contrivance now known or hereafter invented, used or designated
|
||
for navigation or for flight in the air. The word "aircraft" shall include
|
||
helicopters and lighter than air dirigibles and balloons.
|
||
AUTHORIZED PRIVATE RECEPTACLE: A litter storage and collection receptacle as
|
||
required and authorized in title 7, chapter 1 of this code.
|
||
COMMERCIAL HANDBILL: Any printed or written matter, any sample or device,
|
||
dodger, circular, leaflet, pamphlet, paper, booklet, or any other printed or
|
||
otherwise reproduced original or copies or any matter of literature which:
|
||
(A) Advertises for sale any merchandise, product, commodity, or thing; or
|
||
(B) Directs attention to any business or mercantile or commercial
|
||
establishment, or other activity, for the purpose of either directly or
|
||
indirectly promoting the interest thereof by sales; or
|
||
(C) Directs attention to or advertises any meeting, theatrical
|
||
performance, exhibition, or event of any kind, for which an admission fee is
|
||
charged for the purpose of private gain or profit; but the terms of this
|
||
subsection shall not apply where an admission fee is charged or a collection is
|
||
taken up for the purpose of defraying expenses incident to such meeting,
|
||
theatrical performance, exhibition, or event of any kind, when either of the
|
||
same is held, given or takes place in connection with the dissemination of
|
||
information which is not restricted under the ordinary rules of decency, good
|
||
morals, public peace, safety and good order; provided, that nothing contained
|
||
in this clause shall be deemed to authorize the holding, giving or taking place
|
||
of any meeting, theatrical performance, exhibition, or event of any kind,
|
||
without a license, where such license is or may be required by any law of this
|
||
state, or under any of the provisions of this code;
|
||
(D) While containing reading matter other than advertising matter, is
|
||
predominantly and essentially an advertisement, and is distributed or
|
||
circulated for advertising purposes, or for the private benefit and gain of any
|
||
person so engaged as advertiser or distributor.
|
||
GARBAGE: Putrescible animal and vegetable wastes resulting from the handling,
|
||
preparation, cooking and consumption of food.
|
||
LITTER: Includes "Garbage", "Refuse" and "Rubbish" as defined herein and all
|
||
other waste material which, if thrown or deposited as herein prohibited, tends
|
||
to create a danger to public health, safety or welfare; or presents an
|
||
unsightly appearance.
|
||
NEWSPAPER: Any newspaper of general circulation as defined by general law, any
|
||
newspaper duly entered with the post office department of the United States, in
|
||
accordance with federal statute or regulation, and any newspaper filed and
|
||
recorded with any recording officer as provided by general law; and in addition
|
||
thereto, shall mean and include any periodical or current magazine regularly
|
||
published with not less than four (4) issues per year, and sold to the public.
|
||
NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILL: Any printed or written matter, any sample, or device,
|
||
dodger, circular, leaflet, pamphlet, newspaper, magazine, paper, booklet, or
|
||
any other printed or otherwise reproduced original or copies of any matter of
|
||
literature not included in the aforesaid definition of a commercial handbill or
|
||
newspaper.
|
||
PARK: A park, reservation, playground, beach, recreation center or any other
|
||
public area in the city, owned or used by the city and devoted to active or
|
||
passive recreation.
|
||
PRIVATE PREMISES: Any dwelling, house, building, or other structure, designed
|
||
or used either wholly or in part for private residential purposes, whether
|
||
inhabited or temporarily or continuously uninhabited or vacant, and shall
|
||
include any yard, grounds, walk, driveway, porch, steps, vestibule or mailbox
|
||
belonging or appurtenant to such dwelling, house, building, or other structure.
|
||
PUBLIC PLACE: Any and all streets, sidewalks, boulevards, alleys or other
|
||
public ways and any and all public parks, squares, spaces, grounds and
|
||
buildings.
|
||
REFUSE: All putrescible and nonputrescible solid wastes, except body wastes,
|
||
including garbage, rubbish, ashes, street cleanings, dead animals, abandoned
|
||
automobiles, and solid market and industrial wastes.
|
||
RUBBISH: Nonputrescible solid wastes, consisting of both combustible and
|
||
noncombustible wastes, such as paper, wrappings, cigarettes, cardboard, tin
|
||
cans, yard clippings, wood, glass, bedding, crockery and similar materials.
|
||
VEHICLE: Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
|
||
transported or drawn upon a highway, including devices used exclusively upon
|
||
stationary rails or tracks. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-3: LITTER IN PUBLIC PLACES UNLAWFUL:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in or upon any public place within the
|
||
city except in public receptacles or in authorized private receptacles for
|
||
collection, or in official city dumps. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-4: PLACEMENT OF LITTER IN RECEPTACLES; SCATTERING:
|
||
Persons placing litter in public receptacles or in authorized private
|
||
receptacles shall do so in such a manner as to prevent it from being carried or
|
||
deposited by the elements upon any public place. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-5: SWEEPING LITTER INTO GUTTERS PROHIBITED:
|
||
No persons shall sweep into or deposit in any gutter, or other public place
|
||
within the city the accumulation of litter from any building or lot or from any
|
||
public or private sidewalk or driveway. Persons owning or occupying property
|
||
shall keep the sidewalk in front of their premises free of litter. (Ord. 144,
|
||
12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-6: MERCHANTS' DUTY TO KEEP SIDEWALKS FREE OF LITTER:
|
||
No person owning or occupying a place of business shall sweep into or deposit
|
||
in any gutter or other public place within the city, the accumulation of litter
|
||
from any building or lot or from any public or private sidewalks or driveway.
|
||
Persons owning or occupying places of business within the city shall keep the
|
||
sidewalk in front of their business premises free of litter. (Ord. 144, 12-18-
|
||
1961)
|
||
8-13-7: LITTER THROWN BY PERSONS IN VEHICLES:
|
||
No person while a driver or passenger in a vehicle, shall throw or deposit
|
||
litter upon any public place within the city. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-8: TRUCKLOADS CAUSING LITTER:
|
||
No person shall drive or move any truck or other vehicle within the city unless
|
||
such vehicle is so constructed or loaded as to prevent any load or contents of
|
||
litter from being blown or deposited upon any public place. (Ord. 144, 12-18-
|
||
1961)
|
||
8-13-9: LITTER IN PARKS:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any park within the city except in
|
||
public receptacles and in such a manner that the litter will be prevented from
|
||
being carried or deposited by the elements upon any part of the park or upon
|
||
any public place. Where public receptacles are not provided, all such litter
|
||
shall be carried away from the park by the person responsible for its presence
|
||
and properly disposed of elsewhere. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-10: LITTER IN LAKES AND FOUNTAINS:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any fountain, pond, lake, stream, or
|
||
any other body of water in a park or elsewhere within the city. (Ord. 144, 12-
|
||
18-1961)
|
||
8-13-11: COMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; PUBLIC PLACES:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
|
||
upon any public place within the city. Nor shall any person hand out or
|
||
distribute or sell any commercial handbill in any public place; provided,
|
||
however, that it shall not be unlawful on any sidewalk, street, or other public
|
||
place within the city for any person to hand out or distribute, without charge
|
||
to receiver thereof, any noncommercial handbill to any person willing to accept
|
||
it. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-12: COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; VEHICLES:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
|
||
upon any vehicle; provided, however, that it shall not be unlawful in any
|
||
public place for a person to hand out or distribute without charge to the
|
||
receiver thereof, a noncommercial handbill to any occupant of a vehicle who is
|
||
willing to accept it. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-13: DEPOSITING COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS; UNINHABITED OR
|
||
VACANT PREMISES:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit any commercial or noncommercial handbill in or
|
||
upon any private premises which are temporarily or continuously uninhabited or
|
||
vacant. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-14: PROHIBITING DISTRIBUTION OF HANDBILLS; POSTED PROPERTY:
|
||
No person shall throw, deposit or distribute any commercial or noncommercial
|
||
handbill upon any private premises, if required by anyone thereon not to do so,
|
||
or if there is placed on said premises in a conspicuous position near the
|
||
entrance thereof, a sign bearing the words: "No Trespassing", "No Peddlers or
|
||
Agents", "No Advertisement", or any similar notice, indicating in any manner
|
||
that the occupants of said premises, do not desire to be molested or have their
|
||
right of privacy disturbed, or to have any such handbills left upon such
|
||
premises. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-15: DISTRIBUTING COMMERCIAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL HANDBILLS AT INHABITED
|
||
PRIVATE PREMISES:
|
||
(A) Prohibition: No person shall throw, deposit or distribute any
|
||
commercial or noncommercial handbill in or upon private premises which are
|
||
inhabited, except by handing or transmitting any such handbill directly to the
|
||
owner, occupant, or other person then present in or upon such private premises;
|
||
provided, however, that in case of inhabited private premises which are not
|
||
posted, as provided in this chapter, such person, unless requested by anyone
|
||
upon such premises not to do so, shall have the authority to place or deposit
|
||
any such handbill in or upon such inhabited private premises, if such handbill
|
||
is so placed or deposited as to secure or prevent such handbill from being
|
||
blown or drifted about such premises or sidewalks, streets, or other public
|
||
places, and except that mail boxes may not be so used when so prohibited by
|
||
federal postal law or regulations.
|
||
(B) Exemption For Mail And Newspapers: The provisions of this section
|
||
shall not apply to the distribution of mail by the United States, nor to
|
||
newspapers. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-16: LITTER FROM AIRCRAFT:
|
||
No person in an aircraft shall throw out, drop or deposit within the city any
|
||
litter, handbill or any other object. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-17: POSTING NOTICES PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall post or affix any notice, poster or other paper or device,
|
||
calculated to attract the attention of the public, to any lamp post, public
|
||
utility pole or shade tree, or upon any public structure or building, except as
|
||
may be authorized or required by law. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-18: LITTER ON OCCUPIED PRIVATE PROPERTY:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter on any occupied private property within
|
||
the city, whether owned by such person or not, except that the owner or person
|
||
in control of private property may maintain authorized private receptacles for
|
||
collection in such a manner that litter will be prevented from being carried or
|
||
deposited by the elements, upon any street, sidewalk or other public place or
|
||
upon any private property. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-19: OWNER TO MAINTAIN PREMISES FREE OF LITTER:
|
||
The owner or person in control of any private property shall at all times
|
||
maintain the premises free of litter; provided, however, that this section
|
||
shall not prohibit the storage of litter in authorized private receptacles for
|
||
collection. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-20: LITTER ON VACANT LOTS:
|
||
No person shall throw or deposit litter in any open or vacant private property
|
||
within the city whether owned by such person or not. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
8-13-21: CLEARING OF LITTER FROM OPEN PRIVATE PROPERTY BY CITY:
|
||
(A) Notice To Remove: The clerk, on information from any police officer,
|
||
or otherwise, is hereby authorized and empowered to notify the owner of any
|
||
open or vacant private property within the city or the agent of such owner to
|
||
properly dispose of litter located on such owner's property which is dangerous
|
||
to public health, safety or welfare, or tends to present an unsightly
|
||
appearance. Such notice shall be by registered mail, addressed to said owner,
|
||
at his last known address.
|
||
(B) Action Upon Noncompliance: Upon the failure, neglect or refusal of any
|
||
owner or agent so notified to properly dispose of litter dangerous to the
|
||
public health, safety or welfare within ten (10) days after receipt of written
|
||
notice provided for in subsection (A) of this section, or within fifteen (15)
|
||
days after the date of such notice in the event the same is returned to the
|
||
city post office department because of its inability to make delivery thereof,
|
||
provided the same was properly addressed to the last known address of such
|
||
owner, or agent, the city is hereby authorized and empowered to pay for the
|
||
disposing of such litter or to order its disposal by the city.
|
||
(C) Charge Included In Tax Bill: When the city has effected removal of
|
||
such dangerous litter or has paid for its removal, the actual cost thereof,
|
||
plus accrued interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date
|
||
of the completion of the work, if not paid by such owner prior thereto, shall
|
||
be charged to the owner of such property on the next regular tax bill forwarded
|
||
to such owner by the city, and said charge shall be due and payable by said
|
||
owner at the time of payment of such bill.
|
||
(D) Recorded Statement Constitutes Lien: Where the full amount due the
|
||
city is not paid by such owner within thirty (30) days after the disposal of
|
||
such litter, as provided for in subsections (A) and (B) of this section, then,
|
||
and in that case, the clerk shall cause to be recorded in the office of the
|
||
city a sworn statement showing the cost and expense incurred for the work, the
|
||
date the work was done and the location of the property on which said work was
|
||
done. Said costs and expenses shall be collected in the manner fixed by law for
|
||
the collection of taxes. Sworn statements recorded in accordance with the
|
||
provisions hereof shall be prima facie evidence that all legal formalities have
|
||
been complied with and that the work has been done properly and satisfactorily,
|
||
and shall be full notice to every person concerned that the amount of the
|
||
statement, plus interest, constitutes a charge against the property designated
|
||
or described in the statement and that the same is due and collectible as
|
||
provided by law. (Ord. 144, 12-18-1961)
|
||
CHAPTER 14
|
||
PARK REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
8-14-1: Rules And Regulations
|
||
8-14-2: Penalties
|
||
8-14-1: RULES AND REGULATIONS:
|
||
It is unlawful for any person to violate any of the following rules and
|
||
regulations while within any city park:
|
||
(A) Littering Or Dumping: Littering or dumping debris or garbage on or
|
||
within city park land.
|
||
(B) Destruction, Defacement Or Dismantling: Destruction, defacement or
|
||
dismantling of any park equipment, park furnishings, park fixtures, trees,
|
||
shrubs, grass, flowers or other plants or facilities on city park land.
|
||
(C) Overnight Camping: Overnight camping in excess of three (3)
|
||
consecutive days in any one spot on city park land or in excess of six (6) days
|
||
whether consecutive or not on any city park land during a sixty (60) day
|
||
period. The term "overnight camping" includes sleeping or staying on the park
|
||
ground or in cars, trucks, trailers, tents or other shelters between the hours
|
||
of ten thirty o'clock (10:30) P.M. and five o'clock (5:00) A.M. (Ord. 284, 10-
|
||
5-1999)
|
||
(D) Fee For Overnight Stay: Persons who use the Choteau city park for
|
||
overnight camping shall pay a fee in an amount to be determined by resolution
|
||
of the city council. The fee shall be assessed for each "vehicle" for each
|
||
period of overnight camping. The term "vehicle" shall mean a car, truck,
|
||
recreational vehicle, motorcycle or any other motor vehicle or bicycle used on
|
||
the highway. (Ord. 287, 7-11-2000)
|
||
8-14-2: PENALTIES:
|
||
Any person violating any of the provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a
|
||
misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be fined in an amount not to
|
||
exceed five hundred dollars ($500.00) for each violation and imprisonment up to
|
||
ten (10) days. Each day in which such violation continues shall be deemed a
|
||
separate offense. (Ord. 284, 10-5-1999)
|
||
TITLE 9
|
||
ZONING
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
TITLE, PURPOSE, AUTHORITY, AND GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
9-1-1: Title
|
||
9-1-2: Purpose
|
||
9-1-3: Authority
|
||
9-1-4: Conflicting And Prior Regulations Repealed
|
||
9-1-5: Vesting
|
||
9-1-6: Provisions Of Title Declared To Be Minimum Requirements; Most
|
||
Restrictive Standards Apply
|
||
9-1-7: Interpretation
|
||
9-1-8: Burden Of Proof
|
||
9-1-9: Severability
|
||
9-1-10: Liability
|
||
9-1-1: TITLE:
|
||
The regulations, standards, and procedures contained herein shall be known as
|
||
the ZONING TITLE OF THE CITY OF CHOTEAU, MONTANA, and may be commonly referred
|
||
to as zoning regulations or zoning code. These regulations constitute one
|
||
component of the citywide land development regulations that includes the
|
||
official zoning map, subdivision regulations, and adopted city building codes.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-2: PURPOSE:
|
||
The primary purpose of these regulations is to promote the public health,
|
||
safety, and general welfare through implementing the Choteau growth policy.
|
||
Other purposes of the zoning code are:
|
||
(A) To promote orderly and efficient growth and development.
|
||
(B) Provide for a strong and diversified economy.
|
||
(C) Protect public and private investment and to provide a high degree of
|
||
predictability and assurance to those wishing to invest in the community.
|
||
(D) To preserve and enhance community/neighborhood scale and character as
|
||
and where recommended in the growth policy.
|
||
(E) Provide for efficient and cost effective community services and
|
||
facilities.
|
||
(F) Establish fair, effective, and efficient development review and
|
||
decision making processes and procedures that provide procedural due process
|
||
for applicants and the general public. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-3: AUTHORITY:
|
||
In Montana, statutory authority for cities and towns to enact and administer
|
||
zoning codes is set forth in part 3 of chapter 2, title 76, Montana Code
|
||
Annotated. All regulations, standards, and procedures prescribed herein are
|
||
found to be consistent with the provisions of part 3. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-4: CONFLICTING AND PRIOR REGULATIONS REPEALED:
|
||
All prior ordinances and resolutions related to the zoning title of the city of
|
||
Choteau, Montana, adopted March 2, 1982, as amended, are hereby repealed. (Ord.
|
||
304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-5: VESTING:
|
||
(A) Vested rights to proceed with any development initiated prior to the
|
||
adoption and effective date of these regulations shall be established only by:
|
||
1. Having obtained a zoning permit issued by the city of Choteau under prior
|
||
regulations; or
|
||
2. In the case of a subdivision, having been issued a finding of sufficiency
|
||
for a preliminary plat in compliance with the Montana subdivision and platting
|
||
act and local subdivision regulations. Approval or conditional approval of a
|
||
preliminary plat establishes a right to proceed with a final plat under state
|
||
law and local subdivision regulations. Approval or conditional approval of a
|
||
preliminary plat, or recording of a final plat, does not establish a vested
|
||
right for any particular use or development standards that might have existed
|
||
under prior regulations.
|
||
(B) Vested rights to proceed with development under the provisions of
|
||
these regulations shall be established only by:
|
||
1. In the case of a subdivision, recording a final plat in full compliance with
|
||
the Montana subdivision and platting act and local regulations; or as
|
||
applicable,
|
||
2. Having a valid zoning permit in full compliance with these regulations.
|
||
Permits may expire pursuant to section
|
||
9-2-6 of this title or be revoked pursuant to section
|
||
9-2-7 of this title. Any vested rights to proceed with development expire, or
|
||
are revoked, with the zoning permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-6: PROVISIONS OF TITLE DECLARED TO BE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS; MOST
|
||
RESTRICTIVE STANDARDS APPLY:
|
||
(A) In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this title
|
||
shall be held to be minimum requirements to promote the health, safety, and
|
||
general welfare.
|
||
(B) When future city regulations, or state or federal law, impose
|
||
additional standards on land use or development governed by these regulations,
|
||
the most restrictive standards shall apply.
|
||
(C) These regulations do not nullify easements, covenants, deed
|
||
restrictions, or other similar private agreements, but where any such private
|
||
agreement imposes standards that are less restrictive than those adopted
|
||
herein, these regulations shall apply. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-7: INTERPRETATION:
|
||
All provisions of these regulations shall be interpreted as the minimum
|
||
requirements necessary to protect the public health, safety, and general
|
||
welfare, and to implement the Choteau growth policy. These regulations are
|
||
designed to be consistent with the growth policy, and shall be liberally
|
||
construed to achieve its purpose, intent, policies, and recommendations. Actual
|
||
interpretation of these regulations is the responsibility of the administrator
|
||
as set forth in section
|
||
9-2-11 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-8: BURDEN OF PROOF:
|
||
In all proceedings, hearings, and in all application and submittal materials,
|
||
the burden of proof shall rest with the applicant or appellant, as applicable.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-1-9: SEVERABILITY:
|
||
Should any provision of these regulations be held invalid by any court, the
|
||
remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-1-10: LIABILITY:
|
||
No individual, including members of the city council, board of adjustment,
|
||
administrator, or any other city employee, who acts in good faith and without
|
||
malice in the performance of duties assigned by these regulations, shall be
|
||
held liable for errors or omissions in their administration. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
9-2-1: Zoning Permit Required
|
||
9-2-2: Zoning Permit Fee Required
|
||
9-2-3: Application For Zoning Permit
|
||
9-2-4: Site Inspections
|
||
9-2-5: Limitations Of Zoning Permit
|
||
9-2-6: Expiration Of Zoning Permits; Extension
|
||
9-2-7: Revocation Of Zoning Permits
|
||
9-2-8: Certificate Of Compliance Required
|
||
9-2-9: Administrative Appeals
|
||
9-2-10: Variances
|
||
9-2-11: Administrator
|
||
9-2-12: Board Of Adjustment
|
||
9-2-13: Zoning Commission
|
||
9-2-14: Amendments To The Zoning Code
|
||
9-2-15: Amendments To The Official Zoning Map
|
||
9-2-16: Amendments To The Growth Policy
|
||
9-2-17: Administrator Responsible For Enforcement
|
||
9-2-18: Enforcement Protocol To Be Established
|
||
9-2-19: Application For Variance Stays All Abatement Proceedings
|
||
9-2-20: Appeal Stays All Abatement Proceedings
|
||
9-2-21: Imminent Threat To Life Or Property
|
||
9-2-22: Penalties For Violation
|
||
9-2-1: ZONING PERMIT REQUIRED:
|
||
A zoning permit shall be required for any construction, reconstruction,
|
||
addition, relocation of a structure, or change of land use, and for permanent
|
||
signs of all kinds. Subdivisions are not subject to zoning permits, but shall
|
||
be designed, reviewed, and approved pursuant to the Montana subdivision and
|
||
platting act and local subdivision regulations in effect for the city of
|
||
Choteau. Interior modifications of structures, and any other renovations that
|
||
do not increase the floor area of a structure or cause expansion of the
|
||
structure in any way, are not subject to zoning permits. Agricultural buildings
|
||
associated with bona fide agricultural operations are not subject to zoning
|
||
permits, but such structures must meet any applicable requirements of this
|
||
title. Zoning permits shall be applied for on a form provided by the city of
|
||
Choteau, and are reviewed according to procedures established by the city.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-2: ZONING PERMIT FEE REQUIRED:
|
||
Each application for a zoning permit shall include the applicable fee. Fees are
|
||
established by resolution of the Choteau city council. No application for a
|
||
zoning permit is complete without the required fee. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-3: APPLICATION FOR ZONING PERMIT:
|
||
The purpose of the zoning permit is to assure that all building construction
|
||
and development activity complies with these regulations as well as regulations
|
||
promulgated by other agencies as applicable. An application for a zoning permit
|
||
may be filed either concurrently with a building permit application or prior to
|
||
applying for a building permit. A zoning permit application may also be filed
|
||
concurrently or prior to any application for a city of Choteau business
|
||
license.
|
||
(A) The applicant shall file a properly completed application form,
|
||
including a site plan, project description, and any other required supporting
|
||
materials, with the administrator. Once all required materials are submitted,
|
||
the administrator shall deem the application complete.
|
||
(B) The administrator or his/her designee shall review the application to
|
||
determine compliance with these regulations. Should the administrator find that
|
||
the application complies with these regulations, the application shall be
|
||
approved. However, the administrator may impose reasonable conditions on the
|
||
zoning permit to ensure compliance with these regulations as well as the
|
||
regulations promulgated by other agencies as they may apply.
|
||
(C) The application shall be approved or denied within twenty (20)
|
||
business days, and the applicant shall be notified in writing within five (5)
|
||
business days of the decision. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-4: SITE INSPECTIONS:
|
||
The filing of an application for a zoning permit constitutes consent of the
|
||
property owner and applicant for authorized city personnel to conduct
|
||
inspections of the subject property during the review process. Refusal of the
|
||
owner or applicant to allow authorized personnel on site for necessary
|
||
inspections may delay review of the permit application, and/or result in denial
|
||
of the application. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-5: LIMITATIONS OF ZONING PERMIT:
|
||
Zoning permits issued pursuant to this title are limited in their authorization
|
||
to the work and/or development expressly described therein. Issuance of a
|
||
zoning permit does not convey any broad powers or authority to the applicant
|
||
beyond the purpose described in the zoning permit application and for which the
|
||
permit was issued. Zoning permits shall run with the land, are site specific,
|
||
and are not transferable to another property or site. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-6: EXPIRATION OF ZONING PERMITS; EXTENSION:
|
||
If the work described in the zoning permit has not begun within one year from
|
||
the date of issuance, the permit expires and is void. The administrator shall
|
||
provide written notice to the permittee once a permit expires. Should the
|
||
permittee request in writing an extension of the zoning permit, the
|
||
administrator may grant such extension for not more than one year. Any such
|
||
request for an extension must be made prior to the actual expiration of the
|
||
zoning permit. The administrator is not empowered to reinstate an expired
|
||
zoning permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-7: REVOCATION OF ZONING PERMITS:
|
||
(A) Zoning permits may be revoked for good cause shown. Procedures to
|
||
revoke zoning permits may only be initiated by the city of Choteau, and only
|
||
the Choteau city council is authorized to revoke a zoning permit.
|
||
(B) Prior to initiating any permit revocation procedure, the city shall
|
||
have:
|
||
1. Conducted an inspection of the subject property.
|
||
2. Thoroughly investigated any complaints.
|
||
3. Contacted the permittee in writing notifying him/her of the nature
|
||
of complaints, issues, and/or potential violations.
|
||
4. Provided the permittee every reasonable opportunity to address and
|
||
correct conditions, violations, or deficiencies.
|
||
(C) A zoning permit may be revoked based on one or more of the following
|
||
findings:
|
||
1. That the initial application and/or representations made by the
|
||
applicant in connection with the application were fraudulent or otherwise
|
||
inaccurate or misleading to the extent that the decision to grant the zoning
|
||
permit was based upon or influenced by said application or representations.
|
||
2. That operation of the authorized use or development has become a
|
||
public nuisance and/or an imminent threat to the public health, safety, and
|
||
general welfare.
|
||
(D) The Choteau city council may revoke a zoning permit upon approval of a
|
||
motion by simple majority where findings and cause for the revocation are set
|
||
forth in the motion to revoke.
|
||
(E) The applicant shall be notified of the revocation action through a
|
||
cease and desist order issued by the administrator. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-8: CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE REQUIRED:
|
||
(A) Once a development project has been completed, a certificate of
|
||
compliance (CC) must be requested from the city of Choteau on a form provided
|
||
by the administrator. The purpose of the CC is to ensure that all work
|
||
described on the approved zoning permit has been completed, or as applicable, a
|
||
surety for performance has been provided.
|
||
(B) Should a certificate of compliance be applied for in the months of
|
||
October through March, a surety may be provided in lieu of landscaping, paving,
|
||
or other improvements that do not affect the immediate and safe use of the
|
||
site, and that cannot be installed during cold weather periods. Sureties may
|
||
include letters of credit, bonds, or certified checks left on file with the
|
||
city until such time as the improvements are satisfactorily completed. Personal
|
||
or company checks cannot be accepted as sureties.
|
||
(C) Failure to obtain a certificate of compliance prior to occupying the
|
||
project or improvement for which the zoning permit was issued is deemed a
|
||
violation of this code. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-9: ADMINISTRATIVE APPEALS:
|
||
(A) Any interpretation of these regulations or any decision made by the
|
||
administrator pursuant to these regulations may be appealed to the board of
|
||
adjustment (BOA) following the procedures set forth below. Such appeal shall be
|
||
taken within a reasonable time as provided by the rules of the board.
|
||
1. The appellant shall file a written appeal on a form provided by the
|
||
city of Choteau, and shall provide all relevant supporting information. A
|
||
filing fee shall be paid by the appellant.
|
||
2. Upon receipt of the appeal, the administrator shall publish a notice
|
||
in the official city of Choteau newspaper at least ten (10) days prior to the
|
||
next scheduled meeting of the board of adjustment, and shall place the appeal
|
||
on the board's agenda for that meeting. The board must meet within twenty five
|
||
(25) business days of an appeal filed with the administrator.
|
||
3. The BOA shall conduct a hearing on the appeal following procedures
|
||
set forth in the board's adopted rules of procedure. No appeal shall be heard
|
||
if the appellant or a representative is not present. If the appeal involves an
|
||
action taken or permit granted to a third party, such as a property owner or
|
||
development, no hearing shall be conducted unless the third party is present.
|
||
4. Based upon relevant findings and conclusions, the BOA may uphold,
|
||
overturn, or modify the action or interpretation made by the administrator. The
|
||
BOA shall take final action within twenty (20) business days of the initial
|
||
opening of the public hearing.
|
||
5. The administrator shall notify the appellant and other interested
|
||
parties in writing of the BOA's decision within five (5) business days.
|
||
6. Any decision of the BOA may be appealed to district court as
|
||
provided in section 76-2-327, Montana Code Annotated. Notice of intent to file
|
||
an appeal shall halt all proceedings by the administrator to carry out the BOA
|
||
decision, unless in the judgment of the administrator, such action is
|
||
imperative due to imminent public health or life safety concerns.
|
||
(B) When in the judgment of the administrator, his/her decision or
|
||
interpretation of the regulations will affect a specific property or class of
|
||
properties, and/or have a potentially significant impact on a neighborhood or
|
||
landscape of the city, the administrator shall notify adjacent property owners
|
||
via first class mail of his/her intent to render a decision or interpretation.
|
||
The letter shall explain the pending decision and shall invite comment for a
|
||
period of not less than fifteen (15) days following the date of the letter. At
|
||
the end of this comment period, the administrator may officially render the
|
||
decision or interpretation, and communicate it in writing to all parties
|
||
involved. Once the decision or interpretation is finalized, the decision or
|
||
interpretation may be appealed to the board of adjustment through the procedure
|
||
set forth in subsection (A) of this section. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-10: VARIANCES:
|
||
The board of adjustment (BOA) may in specific cases grant relief from the
|
||
standards and requirements of these regulations as set forth in section 76-2-
|
||
323, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
(A) The applicant shall apply for a variance on a form supplied by the
|
||
city of Choteau. The applicable filing fee shall be paid, and all relevant
|
||
supporting materials shall be submitted.
|
||
(B) Upon receipt of the application, the administrator shall publish a
|
||
notice in the official city of Choteau newspaper at least fifteen (15) calendar
|
||
days prior to the next regular meeting of the board of adjustment, and shall
|
||
place the variance on the board's agenda for that meeting.
|
||
(C) The administrator shall notify all property owners within one hundred
|
||
fifty feet (150') of the subject property by regular first class mail at least
|
||
fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing by the BOA.
|
||
(D) The BOA shall conduct a hearing on the proposed variance following
|
||
procedures set forth in the board's adopted rules of procedure. No hearing
|
||
shall be conducted if the applicant or a representative is not present.
|
||
(E) In applying the provisions of section 76-2-323 (1)(c), Montana Code
|
||
Annotated, the BOA may only grant relief upon a finding that the following
|
||
criteria are met in substance as they may apply to the application:
|
||
1. The variance is necessitated due to exceptional and/or extraordinary
|
||
circumstances or conditions that are unique to the subject property, and are
|
||
not generally characteristic of similarly situated properties.
|
||
2. Approval of the variance(s) will preserve a property right or use
|
||
that is generally enjoyed by owners of similarly situated properties, and
|
||
conversely, approval of a variance will not bestow a special privilege on the
|
||
applicant that is not generally enjoyed by the owners of similarly situated
|
||
properties.
|
||
3. The alleged hardship has not been created by the applicant.
|
||
4. Specific relief from the code shall be the minimum necessary.
|
||
5. Adverse impacts associated with granting relief from the code are
|
||
avoided or effectively mitigated.
|
||
(F) Conditions may be imposed by the BOA that will cause the above
|
||
criteria to be met.
|
||
(G) Final action is required on a variance request within twenty (20)
|
||
business days of the initial opening of the public hearing.
|
||
(H) The administrator shall notify the applicant and interested parties of
|
||
the BOA decision in writing within five (5) business days.
|
||
(I) Decisions of the BOA may be appealed to district court as set forth in
|
||
section 76-2-327, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
(J) Granting of a variance allows the applicant specific relief from the
|
||
provisions of this code. Granting of a variance does not convey broad powers to
|
||
deviate from other standards and requirements set forth herein. A variance runs
|
||
with the land and is not transferable to another site or property. (Ord. 304,
|
||
4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-11: ADMINISTRATOR:
|
||
(A) Duties; General: The administrator is charged with the administration,
|
||
interpretation, and enforcement of the zoning code.
|
||
(B) Powers And Duties: The administrator or his/her designees shall:
|
||
1. Enforce any and all provisions of these regulations.
|
||
2. Keep complete, accurate, and secure records.
|
||
3. Accept applications and appeals and ensure their appropriateness and
|
||
completeness.
|
||
4. Update these regulations and the official zoning map as directed by
|
||
the city council.
|
||
5. Report to the planning board and city council any recommendations
|
||
for amendments and improvements to these regulations and the procedures
|
||
contained herein.
|
||
6. Interpret these regulations as they apply to specific properties and
|
||
developments, with the proviso that the administrator does not have the
|
||
authority to alter these regulations as they may apply to a specific property
|
||
or to grant relief from the provisions of these regulations.
|
||
7. Determine the location of any zoning district boundary.
|
||
8. Render lawful similar use rulings for uses not specifically listed
|
||
in the use table for the applicable zoning district.
|
||
9. Receive and investigate allegations of noncompliance or violation of
|
||
these regulations, and take appropriate abatement action.
|
||
10. Review and issue zoning permits.
|
||
11. Make recommendations to the board of adjustment on variance
|
||
applications.
|
||
12. Make recommendations to the zoning commission and city council with
|
||
regard to amendments to these regulations, the official zoning map, and to
|
||
annexations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-12: BOARD OF ADJUSTMENT:
|
||
The city of Choteau board of adjustment is established as authorized in section
|
||
76-2-321, Montana Code Annotated. The duties and powers of the board of
|
||
adjustment are as follows:
|
||
(A) The board of adjustment shall consist of five (5) members appointed by
|
||
the city council.
|
||
(B) The board of adjustment is established by city of Choteau ordinance
|
||
226, as may be amended from time to time.
|
||
(C) The board shall serve without compensation except for expenses
|
||
authorized in the performance of their duties.
|
||
(D) The board of adjustment shall have the authority to:
|
||
1. Hear and decide appeals in which it has been alleged that there is
|
||
an error in order, requirement, decision, or interpretation made by the
|
||
administrator in the enforcement of these regulations.
|
||
2. Hear and grant or deny any proper application for a variance to the
|
||
terms, conditions, or standards of these regulations.
|
||
(E) The board shall conduct hearings according to its own adopted rules of
|
||
procedure. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-13: ZONING COMMISSION:
|
||
The Choteau city zoning commission is established as authorized in section 76-
|
||
2-307, Montana Code Annotated. The duties and powers of the zoning commission
|
||
are as follows:
|
||
(A) To conduct hearings and advise the city council on matters of
|
||
annexation, including the appropriate zoning district to which annexed property
|
||
may be applied.
|
||
(B) To conduct studies and investigations on growth and/or growth
|
||
management issues arising within and/or affecting the city of Choteau, and to
|
||
advise the city council on such matters.
|
||
(C) To hold public hearings on any request to amend these regulations and/
|
||
or the official zoning map of the city of Choteau, and to make recommendations
|
||
to the city council on such amendment requests. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-14: AMENDMENTS TO THE ZONING CODE:
|
||
(A) Amendments to the zoning code of the city of Choteau may be initiated
|
||
by the city council, zoning commission, board of adjustment, or any individual,
|
||
group of individuals, business, corporation, or other organization whether or
|
||
not located in the city of Choteau.
|
||
(B) Applications for zoning code amendments shall be made on a form
|
||
provided by the city of Choteau, and the applicable filing fee shall be paid.
|
||
No application can be considered complete without the applicable fee.
|
||
(C) In the application, the complete rationale for the amendment must be
|
||
provided, and the following criteria addressed to the extent they are
|
||
applicable:
|
||
1. How the proposed amendment implements the growth policy more
|
||
effectively than existing language in the zoning code.
|
||
2. How the proposed amendment will promote the public health, safety,
|
||
and general welfare.
|
||
3. How the proposed amendment facilitates the adequate provision of
|
||
transportation, water, wastewater, schools, parks, and other public services.
|
||
4. Impact of the proposed amendment on motorized and nonmotorized
|
||
transportation systems.
|
||
5. How the proposed amendment promotes compatible urban growth and
|
||
enhances the character and qualities of Choteau.
|
||
6. How the proposed amendment will contribute to conserving the value
|
||
of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land throughout the
|
||
city.
|
||
7. Additional community benefits, if any, that will be provided or
|
||
promoted by the proposed amendment.
|
||
(D) Once the administrator has deemed the application complete, it shall
|
||
be forwarded to the zoning commission for review and a public hearing. The
|
||
public hearing shall be held no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the
|
||
application has been received by the zoning commission. The administrator shall
|
||
provide notice of the public hearing in a newspaper of general circulation at
|
||
least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, and all
|
||
other procedures set forth in section 76-2-303 Montana Code Annotated shall be
|
||
followed.
|
||
(E) The zoning commission shall forward its recommendation to the city
|
||
council within seven (7) business days of the meeting at which the
|
||
recommendation is adopted.
|
||
(F) The city council shall take action on the proposed amendment and
|
||
zoning commission recommendation within thirty (30) business days following the
|
||
receipt of the recommendation.
|
||
(G) Final action to adopt a zoning code amendment shall be by ordinance.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-15: AMENDMENTS TO THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP:
|
||
(A) Amendments to the official zoning map of the city of Choteau may be
|
||
initiated by the zoning commission, city council, any individual, group of
|
||
individuals, business, corporation, or any other organization with a property
|
||
interest in at least one property within the amendment area. A property
|
||
interest shall mean fee simple ownership or a contractual interest in
|
||
purchasing a property.
|
||
(B) Applications for zoning map amendments shall be made on a form
|
||
provided by the city of Choteau. Included in the application shall be a scaled
|
||
map of the proposed amendment area depicting existing and proposed zoning
|
||
districts. The application must be signed by all owners of record of at least
|
||
one property in the area of the proposed amendment, or, a separate letter of
|
||
authorization, also signed by all owners of record of at least one of the
|
||
affected properties, may be issued to the applicant.
|
||
(C) In the application, the complete rationale for the zoning map
|
||
amendment must be provided, and the following criteria shall be addressed to
|
||
the extent they are applicable:
|
||
1. How the proposed map amendment implements the growth policy more
|
||
effectively than the existing zoning district(s).
|
||
2. How the proposed amendment will promote the health, safety and
|
||
general welfare.
|
||
3. How the proposed amendment facilitates the adequate provision of
|
||
transportation, water, wastewater, schools, parks, and other public services.
|
||
4. Impact of the proposed amendment on motorized and nonmotorized
|
||
transportation systems.
|
||
5. How the proposed amendment promotes compatible urban growth and
|
||
enhances the character and qualities of Choteau.
|
||
6. How the proposed map amendment will contribute to conserving the
|
||
value of buildings and encouraging the most appropriate use of land throughout
|
||
the city.
|
||
7. Additional community benefits, if any, that will be provided or
|
||
promoted by the proposed map amendment.
|
||
(D) Once the administrator has deemed the application complete, it shall
|
||
be forwarded to the zoning commission for review and a public hearing. The
|
||
public hearing shall be held no later than sixty (60) calendar days after the
|
||
application has been received by the zoning commission. The administrator shall
|
||
provide notice of the public hearing in a newspaper of general circulation at
|
||
least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, and all
|
||
other procedures set forth in section 76-2-303, Montana Code Annotated shall be
|
||
followed.
|
||
(E) The zoning commission shall forward its recommendation to the city
|
||
council within seven (7) business days of the meeting at which the
|
||
recommendation is adopted.
|
||
(F) The city council shall take action on the proposed amendment and
|
||
zoning commission recommendation within thirty (30) business days following the
|
||
receipt of the recommendation.
|
||
(G) Final action to adopt a zoning map amendment shall be by ordinance.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-16: AMENDMENTS TO THE GROWTH POLICY:
|
||
(A) Pursuant to section 76-1-601, Montana Code Annotated, the city of
|
||
Choteau growth policy shall be reviewed at least every five (5) years. This
|
||
review shall be conducted by the Choteau- Teton County city-county planning
|
||
board in cooperation with the city of Choteau. Results of the review shall be
|
||
summarized in a written report to the city council and citizens of Choteau.
|
||
Should the city council opt to revise the growth policy, procedures set forth
|
||
in section 76-1-602 to 604, Montana Code Annotated shall be followed.
|
||
(B) An amendment to or review of the growth policy may be requested at any
|
||
time by any individual, group of individuals, business, corporation, or other
|
||
organization whether or not it is located within the city of Choteau. Such
|
||
request shall be in writing, shall clearly describe the need for review or
|
||
amendment, including relevant data, and shall be submitted to the
|
||
administrator, who shall forward the request to the city-county planning board.
|
||
(C) At its option, and for good cause shown, the city-county planning
|
||
board may:
|
||
1. Proceed with a review or amendment process based upon the written
|
||
request, or
|
||
2. Hold the request until the next scheduled growth policy review. The
|
||
board shall notify the originator of the request and the Choteau city council
|
||
in writing as to their decision.
|
||
(D) At any time, and for good cause shown, the Choteau city council may
|
||
direct a review or initiate an amendment to the growth policy. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-2-17: ADMINISTRATOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ENFORCEMENT:
|
||
The zoning code administrator shall be responsible for the enforcement of all
|
||
requirements and standards set forth in these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-2-18: ENFORCEMENT PROTOCOL TO BE ESTABLISHED:
|
||
In order to ensure consistency and fairness in the enforcement process, the
|
||
administrator shall establish and follow an enforcement protocol. At a minimum,
|
||
this protocol shall include the following:
|
||
(A) Anyone may file a complaint with the administrator regarding a
|
||
possible violation of these regulations. The complaint may be delivered by any
|
||
means including writing, via electronic mail, or by telephone, including text
|
||
messaging.
|
||
(B) The administrator shall investigate the complaint within a reasonable
|
||
period of time as established in the protocol.
|
||
(C) Should the administrator find that a violation exists, he/she shall
|
||
notify the responsible party (homeowner, business owner, contractor, etc.) in
|
||
writing, describing the violation, citing the applicable language in these
|
||
regulations, and providing a reasonable time for the party to abate the
|
||
violation as set forth in the enforcement protocol.
|
||
(D) Should the violation not be abated or otherwise resolved by the end of
|
||
the time period set forth in the enforcement protocol, the administrator shall
|
||
mail a second notice of violation by certified return receipt requested mail.
|
||
This notice shall include a second time period in which the violation must be
|
||
abated and shall give notice that if the violation is not abated in that time
|
||
period, the matter will be turned over to the city attorney for prosecution
|
||
without further notice. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-19: APPLICATION FOR VARIANCE STAYS ALL ABATEMENT PROCEEDINGS:
|
||
If the violation is of such a nature that it can be negated through relief from
|
||
the strict provisions of these regulations, a completed application for a
|
||
variance, properly filed with the administrator, shall stay all abatement
|
||
proceedings until the board of adjustment, following the procedures set forth
|
||
in section
|
||
9-2-10 of this chapter, renders a decision on the variance application. A
|
||
subsequent appeal by any party to district court shall also stay abatement
|
||
proceedings. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-20: APPEAL STAYS ALL ABATEMENT PROCEEDINGS:
|
||
Should the responsible party choose to appeal any interpretation or
|
||
determination by the administrator relative to an alleged violation, filing
|
||
such an appeal with the administrator shall stay all abatement proceedings
|
||
until the board of adjustment, following the procedures set forth in section
|
||
9-2-9 of this chapter, renders a decision on the appeal. A subsequent appeal by
|
||
any party to district court shall also stay abatement proceedings. (Ord. 304,
|
||
4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-21: IMMINENT THREAT TO LIFE OR PROPERTY:
|
||
The provisions of sections
|
||
9-2-19 and
|
||
9-2-20 of this chapter notwithstanding, if in the judgment of the administrator
|
||
a violation of these regulations constitutes an imminent threat to life or
|
||
property, or, could result in a hazard to public health, the administrator has
|
||
the authority under this title to issue an immediate cease and desist order.
|
||
Once the threat to life, property, or public health is removed, the abatement
|
||
protocol shall be carried out. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-2-22: PENALTIES FOR VIOLATION:
|
||
(A) Pursuant to section 76-2-315, Montana Code Annotated, a violation of
|
||
the standards and requirements set forth in this title is a misdemeanor. Anyone
|
||
convicted of violating the provisions or conditions of this title may be fined
|
||
not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or imprisoned for not more than
|
||
thirty (30) days, or both, and in addition shall pay all costs and expenses
|
||
incurred in the case. Each day such violation continues is a separate offense.
|
||
(B) The owner or tenant of any buildings, structures, premises or part
|
||
thereof, and any architect, builder, contractor, agent, or other person who
|
||
commits, participates in, assists in, or maintains such violation may each be
|
||
found guilty of a separate offense and penalties herein provided.
|
||
(C) Nothing contained herein prevents the city from taking such other
|
||
lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation. (Ord. 304, 4-
|
||
10-2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
ZONING DISTRICTS AND REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
9-3-1: Districts Established
|
||
9-3-2: Rules For Interpretation Of District Boundaries
|
||
9-3-3: Permitted, Conditional, And Prohibited Uses
|
||
9-3-4: A Residential District
|
||
9-3-5: B Residential District
|
||
9-3-6: BR Business/Residential District
|
||
9-3-7: CB Central Business District
|
||
9-3-8: HB Highway Business District
|
||
9-3-9: GI General Industrial District
|
||
9-3-10: Planned Unit Development (PUD) Option
|
||
9-3-11: C/AU Casino/Adult Use Overlay
|
||
9-3-12: P/SP Public/Semipublic District
|
||
9-3-13: APD Airport Planned Development District
|
||
9-3-1: DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED:
|
||
The following zoning districts and overlay are hereby established and are
|
||
applicable to lands within the city of Choteau as depicted on the official
|
||
zoning map. For purposes of applying the zoning districts and interpreting
|
||
their regulations according to the provisions of this title, these zoning
|
||
districts have been formulated to implement the growth policy for the city of
|
||
Choteau and to realize the general purposes of the zoning code set forth
|
||
herein. The districts and overlay shall be named and designated as follows:
|
||
|
||
District Name Map Designation
|
||
A Residential A
|
||
B Residential B
|
||
BR Business/residential BR
|
||
CB Central business CB
|
||
HB Highway business HB
|
||
GI General industrial GI
|
||
Public/semipublic P/SP
|
||
Airport planned development APD
|
||
Casino/adult use overlay C/AU
|
||
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-2: RULES FOR INTERPRETATION OF DISTRICT BOUNDARIES:
|
||
(A) Boundaries indicated as approximately following streets, highways, or
|
||
alleys shall be construed to follow the centerlines of said features.
|
||
(B) Boundaries indicated as approximately following platted lot lines
|
||
shall be construed as following said lot lines.
|
||
(C) Boundaries indicated as approximately following the Choteau city
|
||
limits shall be construed as following said city limits.
|
||
(D) Boundaries indicated as following railroad lines shall be construed to
|
||
lie midway between the main tracks.
|
||
(E) Boundaries indicated as following rivers, creeks, or perennial or
|
||
intermittent streams of any kind shall be construed to follow the thread of
|
||
said streams. In the event that the thread of a river, creek, or stream shifts,
|
||
the boundary shall be construed as moving with the thread, except when the
|
||
thread of the stream is also a property boundary. In such a situation, the
|
||
zoning district boundary shall be determined by the administrator.
|
||
(F) Boundaries indicated as parallel to or extensions of features listed
|
||
in subsections (A) through (E) of this section are so construed. Distances not
|
||
specifically indicated on the official zoning map, or on established boundaries
|
||
such as lot lines, are to be determined by the administrator measuring the map
|
||
according to its scale.
|
||
(G) Where physical or cultural features existing on the ground are at
|
||
variance with those shown on the official zoning map or in other circumstances
|
||
not addressed by subsections (A) through (F) of this section, the administrator
|
||
shall interpret the district boundaries. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-3: PERMITTED, CONDITIONAL, AND PROHIBITED USES:
|
||
(A) Permitted Uses: All uses listed as "permitted uses" in each zoning
|
||
district are permitted outright, and require only a zoning permit, building
|
||
permit, and/or city business license as applicable. Only those uses
|
||
specifically listed as permitted uses are so allowed in the applicable
|
||
district.
|
||
(B) Conditional Uses: All uses listed as "conditional uses" in each zoning
|
||
district are permitted provided that all listed conditions are met. No hearings
|
||
or conditional use permits are required. No uses other than those listed shall
|
||
be allowed as conditional uses. Like permitted uses, conditional uses are
|
||
subject to zoning permits, building permits, and/or city business license as
|
||
may be applicable to the particular use.
|
||
(C) Prohibited Uses: For some zoning districts, a list of uses that are
|
||
expressly prohibited is provided. This list is provided for clarification and
|
||
ease of interpretation only, and it is not in any way intended to be an
|
||
exhaustive list of all uses that are prohibited in the applicable district. In
|
||
general application of this zoning code, any use or uses not listed as
|
||
"permitted" or "conditional" uses are prohibited. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-4: A RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The A residential zoning district is intended to preserve,
|
||
enhance, and encourage high quality, predominantly single-family neighborhoods.
|
||
This includes setting forth standards for the bulk and scale of residential
|
||
structures so that properties do not become "overbuilt", and ensuring the open
|
||
yard areas, street connectivity, and streetscapes that are critical to
|
||
attractive and desirable neighborhoods.
|
||
(B) Principal Permitted Uses And Structures: The following uses and
|
||
structures are permitted outright in the A residential district, subject only
|
||
to a zoning permit:
|
||
Class A manufactured homes. (See subsection (E) of this section.)
|
||
Daycare home providing care for twelve (12) or fewer children.
|
||
Single-family detached dwelling units.
|
||
(C) Accessory Uses And Structures: The following uses and structures are
|
||
permitted as accessory uses in the A residential district, subject only to a
|
||
zoning permit:
|
||
Cottage industries subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Home occupations subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Structures that are customary and incidental to the primary residential use of
|
||
the property including, but not necessarily limited to, detached garages,
|
||
storage/tool sheds, greenhouses, workshops, TV satellite receiving dishes (not
|
||
subject to zoning permit).
|
||
(D) Conditional Uses: The following uses and structures are permitted as
|
||
conditional uses in the A residential district subject to a zoning permit and
|
||
the specific conditions listed herein:
|
||
Accessory residential unit (ARU) subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Minimum lot size for an ARU shall be eight thousand (8,000) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
2. Maximum floor area for an ARU shall be six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
3. The ARU may be located in an accessory structure or within the
|
||
principal residential structure. If the ARU is, or is within, an accessory
|
||
structure, parking for the ARU shall be at the rear of the subject property.
|
||
4. Only one ARU per subject property is allowed. The ARU cannot be
|
||
rented unless the owner of the property resides in the principal residence.
|
||
5. ARUs that meet the standards of this section shall not be subject to
|
||
subdivision regulations unless the unit and/or the land on which it is situated
|
||
is to be sold or otherwise transferred.
|
||
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions subject to the following
|
||
conditions:
|
||
1. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
2. All dimensional standards of the A residential district shall be
|
||
met.
|
||
3. Landscaping shall be provided pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-2 of this title.
|
||
4. All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
|
||
5. No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
|
||
feet gross floor area.
|
||
Community residential facilities meeting the definition of section 76-2-411,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated, subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. The facility must be licensed by the Montana department of public
|
||
health and human services.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided to all staff assigned to the
|
||
facility.
|
||
3. The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
|
||
(E) Prohibited Uses:
|
||
Any and all commercial and industrial uses, except for home occupations and
|
||
cottage industries as set forth in subsection (C) of this section.
|
||
Class B and C manufactured homes. If a class B or C manufactured home is
|
||
removed for any reason, it may only be replaced by a class A manufactured home
|
||
or a conventional site built dwelling unit.
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
(a) Front: Sixteen feet (16') minimum, thirty feet (30') maximum
|
||
(see section
|
||
9-4-5, "Prevailing Front Setback Provision", of this title).
|
||
(b) Sides: Six feet (6').
|
||
(c) Rear: Sixteen feet (16').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Six thousand (6,000) square feet for platted
|
||
properties and for replatting of platted properties. Minimum lot size for all
|
||
new subdivisions (including newly annexed areas) is nine thousand (9,000)
|
||
square feet.
|
||
4. Minimum lot width: Fifty feet (50').
|
||
5. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.40 (see FAR/LSR adjustment in
|
||
subsection (F)8 of this section).
|
||
6. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.50 (see FAR/LSR adjustment in
|
||
subsection (F)8 of this section).
|
||
7. Maximum lot coverage: Thirty eight percent (38%).
|
||
8. FAR/LSR adjustment: For each 0.01 increase in LSR up to 0.60, the
|
||
FAR may be increased by 0.01 up to a maximum of 0.50. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-5: B RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The B residential zoning district is intended to preserve and
|
||
enhance the established residential areas of Choteau while allowing for a
|
||
variety of residential product types including duplexes, townhomes, twin homes,
|
||
and multi-family structures. Standards set forth in this section are intended
|
||
to allow development and redevelopment that is compatible with its host
|
||
neighborhood regardless of the density.
|
||
(B) Principal Permitted Uses And Structures: The following uses and
|
||
structures are permitted outright in the B residential district, subject only
|
||
to a zoning permit:
|
||
Class A manufactured homes.
|
||
Class B manufactured homes, but only when replacing an existing class B or
|
||
class C manufactured home. (Note: Class B and C manufactured homes are allowed
|
||
through the PUD option, section
|
||
9-3-10 of this chapter.)
|
||
Daycare homes providing care for twelve (12) or fewer children.
|
||
Multi-family dwelling units of all types up to 8-unit structures.
|
||
Single-family detached dwelling units.
|
||
Two-family dwelling units, including townhomes, duplexes, and twin homes.
|
||
(C) Accessory Uses And Structures: The following uses and structures are
|
||
permitted as accessory uses in the B residential district, subject only to a
|
||
zoning permit:
|
||
Cottage industries subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Home occupations subject to section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.
|
||
Structures that are customary and incidental to the primary residential use of
|
||
the property including, but not necessarily limited to, detached garages,
|
||
storage/tool sheds, greenhouses, workshops, TV satellite receiving dishes (not
|
||
subject to zoning permit).
|
||
(D) Conditional Uses: The following uses and structures are permitted as
|
||
conditional uses in the B residential district subject to a zoning permit and
|
||
the specific conditions listed herein:
|
||
Accessory residential unit (ARU) subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. In the B residential district, an ARU is only allowed in conjunction
|
||
with a single-family detached residence.
|
||
2. Minimum lot size for an ARU shall be eight thousand (8,000) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
3. Maximum floor area for an ARU shall be six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet.
|
||
4. The ARU may be located in an accessory structure or within the
|
||
principal residential structure. If the ARU is, or is within, an accessory
|
||
structure, parking for the ARU shall be at the rear of the subject property.
|
||
5. Only one ARU per subject property is allowed. The ARU cannot be
|
||
rented unless the owner of the property resides in the principal residence.
|
||
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions subject to the following
|
||
conditions:
|
||
1. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
2. All dimensional standards of the B residential district shall be
|
||
met.
|
||
3. Landscaping shall be provided pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-2 of this title.
|
||
4. All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
|
||
5. No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
|
||
feet gross floor area.
|
||
Community residential facilities meeting the definition of section 76-2-411,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated, subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. The facility must be licensed by the Montana department of public
|
||
health and human services.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided to all staff assigned to the
|
||
facility.
|
||
3. The minimum lot area shall be ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
|
||
(E) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
(a) Front: Sixteen feet (16') minimum, thirty feet (30') maximum
|
||
(see section
|
||
9-4-5, "Prevailing Front Setback Provision", of this title).
|
||
(b) Sides: Six feet (6').
|
||
(c) Rear: Sixteen feet (16').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Six thousand (6,000) square feet.
|
||
4. Minimum lot width: Fifty feet (50').
|
||
5. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.50.
|
||
6. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.40.
|
||
7. Maximum lot coverage: Thirty eight percent (38%).
|
||
(F) Off Street Parking:
|
||
1. Off street parking for residential uses in the B residential zoning
|
||
district must be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. For residential units with two (2) or more bedrooms, two
|
||
(2) off street parking spaces per unit are required. For units with one
|
||
bedroom, including "efficiency apartments", one parking space per unit is
|
||
required. ARUs require one space per unit.
|
||
2. For one- and two-family residential units only, off street parking
|
||
may be provided in a driveway that may be located in the required front
|
||
setback. For all other residential units, including ARUs, off street parking
|
||
shall be located to the rear of the primary residential structure. (Ord. 304,
|
||
4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-6: BR BUSINESS/RESIDENTIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The BR district is intended to provide a smooth transition
|
||
between commercial and residential areas, while at the same time providing
|
||
opportunities for low impact commercial and office uses away from the higher
|
||
intensity uses and higher traffic volumes of the commercial districts. A
|
||
pleasing, walkable streetscape will also be an objective of the BR district.
|
||
The adaptive reuse of residential structures for nonresidential or mixed use is
|
||
encouraged.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses:
|
||
Bed and breakfast establishments and tourist homes.
|
||
Credit unions and other financial institutions not to exceed one thousand
|
||
(1,000) square feet in gross floor area.
|
||
Dining establishments such as coffee shops, ice cream, and cafes, not to exceed
|
||
one thousand (1,000) square feet gross floor area.
|
||
Family daycare homes and group daycare homes.
|
||
Multi-family, single-family attached residential, and residential apartments
|
||
and lofts above a nonresidential permitted use.
|
||
Personal services including barber/beauty/style shops, tanning salons,
|
||
tailoring, dry cleaning/laundry, and shoe/boot building and repair.
|
||
Professional and agency offices including medical, dental, legal, real estate,
|
||
mortgage lending, and insurance.
|
||
Specialty retail shops and stores such as florists, antiques, fly and tackle
|
||
shops, camera and optic, clothing, office supply and copy. No single retail use
|
||
may exceed one thousand (1,000) square feet gross floor area.
|
||
(C) Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the BR
|
||
district:
|
||
Adult bookstores and adult retail.
|
||
Drive-through facilities for any use.
|
||
Hotels and motels.
|
||
Restaurants with full beverage liquor licenses.
|
||
Taverns, bars, and casinos.
|
||
Vehicle fuel dispensing and sales, with or without retail.
|
||
(D) Accessory Uses:
|
||
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
|
||
principal building.
|
||
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
(E) Temporary Uses:
|
||
Outdoor/sidewalk dining (subject to separate permit).
|
||
Sidewalk sales (subject to separate permit).
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
(a) Front: Ten feet (10') minimum, twenty feet (20') maximum.
|
||
(b) Sides: Five feet (5').
|
||
(c) Rear: Twenty feet (20').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Twenty eight feet (28').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Four thousand eighty (4,080) square feet.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.90.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.20.
|
||
6. Maximum lot coverage: Sixty five percent (65%).
|
||
(G) Off Street Parking And Loading: Lodging and residential uses must
|
||
provide off street parking in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. All other uses shall provide employee and customer parking
|
||
to the rear of the principal structure. The number of spaces required shall be
|
||
set by the administrator based upon the characteristics of the proposed use and
|
||
the width of the subject property. No off street parking or loading facilities
|
||
shall be located in front of the principal structure.
|
||
(H) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(I) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Churches. Churches and other religious institutions are allowed as conditional
|
||
uses in the BR district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
2. All dimensional standards of the BR district shall be met.
|
||
3. Landscaping shall be required pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-2 of this title.
|
||
4. All parking shall be to the rear of the primary structure.
|
||
5. No religious institution shall exceed two thousand (2,000) square
|
||
feet gross floor area. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-7: CB CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The central business district (CB) is intended to keep
|
||
downtown Choteau as the governmental, retail, entertainment, and financial
|
||
center of the community. In addition, the CB supports the expansion and
|
||
continued investment in the historical business core of Choteau, and promotes
|
||
an attractive, walkable, diverse area for shopping and entertainment.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses:
|
||
Dining and drinking establishments including restaurants, bars, and taverns,
|
||
including fraternal clubs and lodges, but not including drive-through
|
||
facilities.
|
||
Financial institutions and offices of all kinds, not including drive-up
|
||
facilities.
|
||
Governmental buildings and services including administration, employment,
|
||
utility, judicial, libraries, parks, and police and fire stations.
|
||
Hotels and motels.
|
||
Indoor entertainment such as theaters, museums, galleries, and game rooms.
|
||
Personal services including beauty/barber/style shops, tanning salons,
|
||
tailoring, dry cleaning/laundering, shoe/boot building and repair.
|
||
Professional and agency offices including medical and dental, real estate,
|
||
managerial, business, legal, and insurance.
|
||
Retail shops and stores including general and specialty items, clothing, art,
|
||
home furnishings, school/office supplies, copy centers, antiques, sporting
|
||
goods, and grocery stores.
|
||
Vehicle fuel dispensing and sales, with or without retail.
|
||
(C) Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the
|
||
CB:
|
||
Adult bookstores and adult retail.
|
||
Auto dealerships, auto, truck, and trailer sales of any kind.
|
||
Mobile home or manufactured home sales of any kind.
|
||
Tire and auto service of any kind, including quick lube.
|
||
(D) Accessory Uses:
|
||
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
|
||
principal building.
|
||
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
Outdoor/sidewalk dining (subject to separate use permit if conducted on public
|
||
right of way).
|
||
Smoke shacks, provided they are located to the rear or nonstreet side of the
|
||
primary commercial structure.
|
||
(E) Temporary Uses:
|
||
Sidewalk sales (subject to separate permit).
|
||
Street fairs and festivals (subject to separate permit).
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. Setbacks:
|
||
(a) Front: Zero, and no more than five feet (5'). (See CB design
|
||
standards and guidelines.)
|
||
(b) Sides: Zero, and joining the adjacent building at the lot line
|
||
is encouraged.
|
||
(c) Rear: Ten feet (10') if adjacent to an alley, otherwise sixteen
|
||
feet (16').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: None.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 2.50.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): None, although window plantings and
|
||
street furniture are encouraged by subsection
|
||
9-4-10(B) "CB Design Standards And Guidelines", of this title.
|
||
6. Maximum lot coverage: Ninety five percent (95%).
|
||
(G) Off Street Parking And Loading: Lodging, governmental facilities, and
|
||
residential uses must provide off street parking in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. All other uses in the CB district are exempt from off
|
||
street parking requirements.
|
||
(H) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(I) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Casinos. Casinos are allowed in the CB district only as accessory and clearly
|
||
incidental uses to dining and drinking establishments and to hotels and motels,
|
||
and are subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Gaming machines and live gaming tables shall be confined to a
|
||
separate room within the establishment and accessible only through the inside
|
||
of the host establishment. No direct access to the gaming room from the outside
|
||
is allowed.
|
||
2. The gaming room shall not be larger than six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet, and the number of machines and live gaming tables is limited only by the
|
||
gaming license issued by the state of Montana.
|
||
3. No additional signage is allowed because of a casino.
|
||
Drive-through facilities. Drive-through facilities for restaurants, financial
|
||
institutions, pharmacies, etc., are allowed as conditional uses in the CB
|
||
district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. The drive-through facility shall be positioned at the side or rear
|
||
of the primary structure.
|
||
2. Access to a drive-through facility shall be via an alley or side
|
||
street, and access from Main St. shall not be permitted.
|
||
Residential uses. Residential is allowed as a conditional use in the CB
|
||
district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All residential units shall be located on upper floors above any
|
||
permitted use listed in this section.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-8: HB HIGHWAY BUSINESS DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The purpose of the highway business district (HB) is to
|
||
provide commercial land for necessary community goods and services, as well as
|
||
to serve the needs of the traveling public and visitors. However, it is
|
||
recognized that these commercial areas should also be attractive components of
|
||
the built environment, and that many areas of HB zoning are located in
|
||
important community entryways. Still, the standards set forth for this district
|
||
recognize that much of the area zoned HB is already developed, and
|
||
nonconformities should be kept to a minimum in order to encourage investment.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses:
|
||
Auto and truck dealerships, new and used auto and truck sales, auto service of
|
||
all kinds provided that all service and repair work is conducted in an enclosed
|
||
building.
|
||
Churches and other religious institutions.
|
||
Dining and drinking establishments including restaurants (sit down and high
|
||
turnover), bars, taverns, fraternal clubs and lodges, including drive-through
|
||
facilities.
|
||
Financial institutions of all kinds, including drive-up and remote facilities.
|
||
Governmental buildings and services of all kinds except for water and
|
||
wastewater plants and heavy equipment storage and maintenance.
|
||
Indoor and outdoor entertainment such as theaters, bowling alleys, amusement
|
||
parks, batting cages, museums, galleries, and game rooms without gambling.
|
||
Personal services of all kinds, including beauty/barber/style shops, tanning
|
||
salons, tailoring, dry cleaning/laundry, shoe/boot building and repair.
|
||
Professional and agency offices, including medical and dental, real estate,
|
||
managerial, business, legal, and insurance, including mixed office and retail.
|
||
Retail shops and stores including general and specialty items, grocery stores,
|
||
hardware, home furnishings, home improvement, tack and feed, and vehicle fuel
|
||
dispensing and sales with or without retail.
|
||
Studios for photography, dance, visual arts, etc.
|
||
(C) Prohibited Uses: The following uses are expressly prohibited in the HB
|
||
district:
|
||
Adult bookstores, adult entertainment, and adult retail except in the casino/
|
||
adult use overlay.
|
||
Heavy equipment sales and service.
|
||
(D) Accessory Uses:
|
||
Enclosed storage buildings provided they are located behind (nonstreet side) of
|
||
principal building.
|
||
On site signs (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
Smoke shacks, provided they are located to the rear or nonstreet side of the
|
||
primary commercial structure.
|
||
(E) Temporary Uses: The following temporary uses are allowed in the HB
|
||
district. Such uses may be subject to additional permits or requirements of the
|
||
city of Choteau:
|
||
Fairs, carnivals, flea markets, swap meets, provided all activities take place
|
||
on private property and off street parking is not reduced below minimum
|
||
requirements.
|
||
Sidewalk and parking lot sales and displays provided that all activity is
|
||
conducted on private property.
|
||
(F) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. The setbacks listed below are minimums, but they may be increased on
|
||
a case by case basis depending on the need for emergency access:
|
||
(a) Front: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
(b) Sides: Fifteen feet (15'), except side can be zero for interior
|
||
side lot lines where townhouse type platting is used to convey building
|
||
footprints.
|
||
(c) Rear: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35').
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Ten thousand (10,000) square feet, but there is no
|
||
minimum for lots created by townhouse type platting.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.32. Where office uses comprise at
|
||
least fifty percent (50%) of the total project gross floor area, maximum FAR is
|
||
0.42.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.15.
|
||
6. Maximum lot coverage: Fifty percent (50%).
|
||
(G) Off Street Parking And Loading: Off street parking and loading
|
||
facilities are required as set forth in section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
(H) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(I) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Casinos. Casinos are allowed in the HB district only as accessory and clearly
|
||
incidental uses to dining and drinking establishments and to hotels and motels,
|
||
and are subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. Gaming machines and live gaming tables shall be confined to a
|
||
separate room within the establishment and accessible only through the inside
|
||
of the host establishment. No direct access to the gaming room from the outside
|
||
is allowed.
|
||
2. The gaming room shall not be larger than six hundred (600) square
|
||
feet, and the number of machines and live gaming tables is limited only by the
|
||
gaming license issued by the state of Montana.
|
||
3. No additional signage is allowed because of a casino.
|
||
Cell towers and other telecommunications facilities and apparatus are allowed
|
||
as conditional uses subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All telecommunications facilities shall observe the setbacks set
|
||
forth in this section.
|
||
2. Collocation is the preferred method of providing a usable cellular
|
||
signal to potential telecommunications customers. If a new cell tower is
|
||
proposed, the service provider shall demonstrate why collocation is not
|
||
possible or practicable.
|
||
3. No telecommunications facilities shall impede on site vehicular or
|
||
pedestrian circulation or emergency access.
|
||
4. The gross floor area of any telecommunications building shall count
|
||
toward the maximum FAR allowed in the HB district.
|
||
5. Maximum tower height shall not exceed fifty feet (50'). For each
|
||
additional antennas (array) collocated on an existing tower, the tower height
|
||
may be increased by ten feet (10') up to a maximum height of seventy feet
|
||
(70').
|
||
6. Towers shall be sited to minimize visual impacts from nearby
|
||
residential areas.
|
||
Residential uses. Residential is allowed as a conditional use in the HB
|
||
district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All residential units shall be located on upper floors above any
|
||
permitted use listed in this section.
|
||
2. Off street parking shall be provided in accordance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-9: GI GENERAL INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The general industrial district is established to provide for
|
||
a wide range of manufacturing, processing, fabrication, distribution, and heavy
|
||
commercial and commercial service land uses. Generally, access should be from
|
||
arterial streets that can accommodate heavy truck traffic. All uses in the GI
|
||
are required to meet the performance standards set forth in this section.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses:
|
||
Automobile dealerships, motor vehicle, boat, and RV sales, service, and repair
|
||
of any kind, except salvage.
|
||
Building supply/lumberyard.
|
||
Concrete and asphalt batch plants and paving and general contractors.
|
||
Distribution, warehousing, and wholesale.
|
||
Farm and ranch service and sales, feed, tack, veterinary services and care.
|
||
Freight terminals, including trucking and rail loading facilities, heavy
|
||
equipment sales, service, and repair.
|
||
Grain storage and handling.
|
||
Manufacturing, assembly, milling, and fabrication of any kind.
|
||
Ministorage, boat, vehicle, and RV storage.
|
||
Outdoor entertainment and amusement including rodeo grounds, fairs, and
|
||
carnivals.
|
||
Public facilities and utilities, including police and fire stations, electrical
|
||
substations, and telecommunications switching centers (central office).
|
||
Recycling facilities for paper, wood, metal, plastic, and other materials not
|
||
including vehicle parts.
|
||
Truck stops and vehicle fuel dispensing and sales (with or without food service
|
||
and convenience retail).
|
||
(C) Accessory Uses:
|
||
Living units for security/maintenance personnel (maximum of 2 per industrial
|
||
site).
|
||
Off street parking and loading.
|
||
On site signage (subject to separate sign permit).
|
||
Open and closed storage of merchandise, supplies, vehicles, and materials.
|
||
(D) Temporary Uses Permitted:
|
||
Seasonal sales of Christmas trees and agricultural products.
|
||
Short term use of land or buildings for assembly, festivals, fairs, circus,
|
||
community events, etc.
|
||
Temporary buildings, including mobile homes, for storage and construction
|
||
offices, provided they are removed within six (6) months of placement.
|
||
(E) Dimensional Standards:
|
||
1. The setbacks listed below are minimums, but they may be increased on
|
||
a case by case basis depending on the need for emergency access:
|
||
(a) Front: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
(b) Sides: Fifteen feet (15'), except side can be zero for interior
|
||
side lot lines where townhouse type platting is used to convey building
|
||
footprints.
|
||
(c) Rear: Fifteen feet (15').
|
||
2. Maximum structural height: Thirty five feet (35'), except that grain
|
||
elevators, cooling towers, and similar structures may be constructed to seventy
|
||
feet (70') in height.
|
||
3. Minimum lot size: Twenty thousand (20,000) square feet.
|
||
4. Maximum floor area ratio (FAR): 0.40 for single-story; 0.50 for two
|
||
(2) stories or more.
|
||
5. Minimum landscape ratio (LSR): 0.05.
|
||
(F) Off Street Parking And Loading: Parking and loading facilities are
|
||
required in compliance with section
|
||
9-4-9 of this title.
|
||
(G) Signs: On site signage is allowed pursuant to the standards set forth
|
||
in section
|
||
9-4-12 of this title.
|
||
(H) Fencing: All fencing shall be constructed according to the standards
|
||
set forth in section
|
||
9-4-11 of this title.
|
||
(I) Performance Standards:
|
||
1. Uses in the GI district shall not pose hazards of glare, fumes,
|
||
dust, odor, explosion, or excessive noise.
|
||
2. Open storage of materials or supplies must be effectively screened
|
||
from view by a sight obscuring fence or landscaping.
|
||
3. The first eight feet (8') of the front setback (from the front
|
||
property line) must be landscaped in such a manner as to provide filtered view
|
||
of the property from the street.
|
||
(J) Conditional Uses:
|
||
Bulk fuel storage and distribution. Bulk fuel facilities are permitted as
|
||
conditional uses in the GI district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. No storage and handling areas shall be located nearer than one
|
||
hundred feet (100') from any property line.
|
||
2. Subject property shall not lie adjacent to any park, school, public
|
||
open space or to any residential zoning district.
|
||
Cell towers and other telecommunications facilities and apparatus are allowed
|
||
as conditional uses subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. All telecommunications facilities shall observe the setbacks set
|
||
forth in this section.
|
||
2. Collocation is the preferred method of providing a usable cellular
|
||
signal to potential telecommunications customers. If a new cell tower is
|
||
proposed, the service provider shall demonstrate why collocation is not
|
||
possible or practicable.
|
||
3. No telecommunications facilities shall impede on site vehicular or
|
||
pedestrian circulation or emergency access.
|
||
4. The gross floor area of any telecommunications building shall count
|
||
toward the maximum FAR allowed in the GI district.
|
||
5. Maximum tower height shall not exceed fifty feet (50'). For each
|
||
additional antennas (array) collocated on an existing tower, the tower height
|
||
may be increased by ten feet (10') up to a maximum height of seventy feet
|
||
(70').
|
||
6. Towers shall be sited to minimize visual impacts from nearby
|
||
residential areas.
|
||
7. Towers shall address and accommodate collocation to the extent
|
||
possible.
|
||
Salvage yard. Any auto salvage or metal scrap/recycling facility is allowed as
|
||
a conditional use in the GI district subject to the following conditions:
|
||
1. No open storage of salvage vehicles or salvage material shall be
|
||
allowed forward of the main building on site, or, within the front setback as
|
||
applicable.
|
||
2. Open storage areas shall be screened from off site view by a sight
|
||
obscuring fence and a landscape buffer of at least eight feet (8') in width.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-10: PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) OPTION:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The PUD is intended as a residential or mixed use development
|
||
option in all zoning districts except for GI general industrial. Its specific
|
||
purposes are:
|
||
1. To allow for flexibility and innovation of site planning and design.
|
||
2. To minimize terrain disturbance in environmentally sensitive areas
|
||
through clustering development in more buildable areas of a site.
|
||
3. To provide affordable and marketable residential product types.
|
||
4. To achieve compatibility with the scale, character, and qualities
|
||
with the surrounding neighborhood.
|
||
5. To provide usable, functional open space.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses: The permitted uses under the PUD option shall be the
|
||
same as those in the applicable zoning district, except that townhomes, twin
|
||
homes, duplexes, triplexes, class A manufactured homes, and apartment type
|
||
units are all permitted. In nonresidential districts, the PUD may include
|
||
compatible residential uses. The PUD option can also be used for manufactured
|
||
home parks or subdivisions for manufactured units other than class A except in
|
||
the A residential district.
|
||
(C) Accessory Uses And Structures: Accessory uses and structures under the
|
||
PUD option shall be the same as those in the applicable zoning district.
|
||
(D) Conditional Uses: Conditional uses under the PUD option shall be the
|
||
same as in the applicable zoning district except that the standard conditions
|
||
set forth in each district may be modified or amended through the PUD review
|
||
and approval process.
|
||
(E) Minimum Project Size: The site area for a PUD development shall be as
|
||
follows:
|
||
1. A residential: Twelve thousand (12,000) square feet.
|
||
2. B residential: Nine thousand (9,000) square feet.
|
||
3. BR business/residential: Nine thousand (9,000) square feet.
|
||
4. CB central business and HB highway business: One acre.
|
||
(F) Deviations From Standards: The following standards of the applicable
|
||
zoning district may be deviated from through the PUD:
|
||
1. Setbacks.
|
||
2. Minimum lot area.
|
||
3. Minimum lot width.
|
||
4. Maximum structural height.
|
||
5. Density.
|
||
6. Floor area ratio.
|
||
7. Landscape ratio.
|
||
8. Lot coverage.
|
||
(G) Presubmittal Conference: All prospective PUD applicants are encouraged
|
||
to request a presubmittal conference with the administrator. The purpose of the
|
||
presubmittal conference is to review the proposed project conceptually,
|
||
identify any issues associated with the prospective project (especially those
|
||
issues which may need to be specifically addressed in the application),
|
||
application requirements, review procedures, and decision making criteria. Upon
|
||
request of the applicant, the administrator shall provide a written summary of
|
||
the presubmittal conference. Any representations made by the administrator are
|
||
not binding upon the city, and are intended solely to assist the applicant.
|
||
(H) PUD Application Procedures: A PUD may be applied for on a form
|
||
provided by the city of Choteau. In addition to the completed form, the
|
||
following submittals are required:
|
||
1. A project narrative of the proposed development program that
|
||
includes product type(s), density, percent open space, purpose of open space,
|
||
what benefits that the community will derive from the PUD (affordable housing,
|
||
functional open space, more efficient use of infrastructure, protection of
|
||
environmentally sensitive areas, protection/enhancement of water quality,
|
||
etc.), an assessment of potential neighborhood impacts, and how those impacts
|
||
will be mitigated.
|
||
2. A conceptual site plan prepared to an appropriate scale (1 inch = 10
|
||
feet, 1 inch = 20 feet, 1 inch = 50 feet, etc.) that includes at a minimum:
|
||
(a) North arrow.
|
||
(b) Indication of scale.
|
||
(c) Vicinity map.
|
||
(d) Names of adjacent streets, water bodies, and landmarks.
|
||
(e) Developer's contact information.
|
||
(f) Preparer's contact information.
|
||
(g) Indication of existing and proposed structures.
|
||
(h) Existing and proposed streets, access points, parking and drive
|
||
areas, etc.
|
||
(i) Setbacks.
|
||
(j) Open space percentage and use.
|
||
(k) Landscaping and/or screening.
|
||
(l) Preliminary building elevations.
|
||
(m) Conceptual drainage.
|
||
(n) Phasing plan (if applicable).
|
||
(I) Public Notice: Notice of a public hearing before the Choteau zoning
|
||
commission must be published in a newspaper of general circulation at least ten
|
||
(10) days in advance of the hearing. In addition, notice of the zoning
|
||
commission hearing shall be sent via first class mail to all property owners
|
||
within one hundred fifty feet (150') of the subject property (exclusive of
|
||
rights of way). Mailed notices shall be sent at least fifteen (15) calendar
|
||
days prior to the hearing date. All direct costs associated with this required
|
||
public notice shall be borne by the applicant.
|
||
(J) Community Benefit: When deviations from standards such as setbacks,
|
||
height, minimum lot size, and LSR are allowed through the PUD, a substantial
|
||
"community benefit" should result. This benefit should accrue to the
|
||
surrounding neighborhood and/or the Choteau community at large, and may include
|
||
such considerations as:
|
||
1. Preservation and/or enhancement of neighborhood character and
|
||
qualities.
|
||
2. Provides substantial functional open space.
|
||
3. Environmental benefits such as preserving wildlife habitat,
|
||
preserving existing vegetation and tree cover, avoiding development of
|
||
environmentally sensitive areas, and providing for streamside and/or wetlands
|
||
buffers to enhance water quality.
|
||
4. Guaranteed housing affordability.
|
||
5. Providing community trails or pathways.
|
||
6. Improving a streetscape and pedestrian circulation.
|
||
(K) Hearing And Standard Of Decision: The zoning commission shall conduct
|
||
a public hearing and consider testimony and other evidence, and review the
|
||
particular facts and circumstances of the proposed PUD. In considering a PUD
|
||
application, the commission may attach appropriate conditions to mitigate any
|
||
adverse impacts identified, to ensure conformance with the growth policy, to
|
||
ensure that the specific purposes of the PUD as set forth herein are achieved,
|
||
and that a significant community benefit is derived from any deviations from
|
||
standards. An application for a PUD may be approved as presented, conditionally
|
||
approved, or denied by the zoning commission. Any action by the commission
|
||
shall be based upon findings of fact that the following criteria are or are not
|
||
substantially met:
|
||
1. The proposed PUD is in conformance with the growth policy.
|
||
2. The specific purposes of the PUD as set forth in subsection (A) of
|
||
this section, as they may apply to the particular proposal, are substantially
|
||
met.
|
||
3. That any identified adverse impacts are effectively mitigated.
|
||
4. That the proposed PUD will result in a tangible and significant
|
||
community benefit(s).
|
||
(L) Final Action: Final approval, conditional approval, or denial of a
|
||
proposed PUD shall rest with the Choteau city council.
|
||
(M) Implementation: An approved PUD shall run with the land and be
|
||
implemented through the filing of a preliminary plat as set forth in the city
|
||
of Choteau subdivision regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-11: C/AU CASINO/ADULT USE OVERLAY:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The purpose of the casino/adult use overlay is to provide for
|
||
potentially controversial and volatile land uses in an appropriate location
|
||
within the community that will minimize land use conflicts.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses: In addition to the permitted uses in the underlying
|
||
zoning district, the following uses are permitted within the casino/adult use
|
||
overlay:
|
||
Adult bookstores.
|
||
Adult entertainment.
|
||
Adult retail establishments.
|
||
Casinos, including dining and drinking establishments with gaming machines and/
|
||
or live gambling.
|
||
(C) Nonconforming Casinos And Adult Uses: Casinos and adult uses that were
|
||
legally located outside of the casino/adult use overlay may continue to operate
|
||
subject to section
|
||
9-4-13, "Nonconforming Lots Of Record, Land Uses, And Structures", of this
|
||
title. The addition of any gambling machines or devices or any increase in the
|
||
number of gambling machines, devices, or other gambling facilities such as
|
||
tables or dealers' stations, shall be considered an expansion of use under
|
||
section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.
|
||
(D) Development Standards: All permitted uses in the casino/adult use
|
||
overlay are subject to all development standards of the underlying zoning
|
||
district. In addition, general development standards apply including, but not
|
||
necessarily limited to, off street parking, signage, landscaping, and
|
||
architectural standards.
|
||
(E) Nonprofit Entities: Any not for profit entity holding the proper state
|
||
licensing, including, or not including, alcoholic beverage license, for charity
|
||
"casino nights" or similar infrequent events, need not be located within the
|
||
casino/adult use overlay. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-12: P/SP PUBLIC/SEMIPUBLIC DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The purpose of the public/semipublic district is to recognize
|
||
and designate land for governmental and other public and semipublic facilities
|
||
and services.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses: Uses permitted in the P/SP district include all
|
||
governmental functions and facilities, including, but not necessarily limited
|
||
to, the following:
|
||
Federal, state, and local government buildings and offices.
|
||
Hospitals and publicly operated clinics.
|
||
Public libraries and auditoriums.
|
||
Public recreational facilities such as parks and golf courses.
|
||
Public schools.
|
||
Shop and maintenance yards, state highway maintenance work stations, and
|
||
material storage facilities.
|
||
Utilities and public facilities such as water and wastewater treatment plants.
|
||
(C) Development Standards: The development standards in each P/SP district
|
||
shall be established by the governmental or semipublic entity developing the
|
||
site. The city of Choteau invites and encourages cooperation with all
|
||
government agencies and semipublic entities and organizations to develop public
|
||
sites and facilities in a manner that respects Choteau's unique character,
|
||
qualities, and community scale. Facility master plans that are developed
|
||
through community involvement is encouraged. Adherence to the city's
|
||
landscaping, parking, fencing, architectural, and other site development
|
||
standards is also encouraged.
|
||
(D) Change Of Ownership: Should any land within a P/SP district be
|
||
transferred into private ownership, the city of Choteau will entertain an
|
||
official zoning map amendment request to the appropriate zoning district. Such
|
||
an application shall be filed and reviewed in conformance to state law and the
|
||
applicable provisions of these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-3-13: APD AIRPORT PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The purpose of the airport planned development district is to
|
||
designate land for the municipal airport, support facilities, and related
|
||
commercial and industrial operations. The APD also serves to implement the
|
||
airport master plan.
|
||
(B) Permitted Uses: Uses permitted in the APD include all airport, airport
|
||
operations, and support facilities, including, but not necessarily limited to,
|
||
the following:
|
||
Air carrier terminal and support facilities.
|
||
Air terminal, administrative offices, hangars, towers, and related facilities.
|
||
Airport related commercial and industrial operations.
|
||
Runways and related open space.
|
||
(C) Development Standards: Development in the APD shall be according to
|
||
the official airport master plan for the facility. Compliance with city of
|
||
Choteau architectural standards and all site development standards is
|
||
encouraged.
|
||
(D) Change Of Ownership: Should any land within an APD district be
|
||
transferred into private ownership, the city of Choteau will entertain an
|
||
official zoning map amendment request to the appropriate zoning district. Such
|
||
an application shall be filed and reviewed in conformance to state law and the
|
||
applicable provisions of these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
9-4-1: Purpose
|
||
9-4-2: Landscaping Standards
|
||
9-4-3: Property Maintenance
|
||
9-4-4: Home Based Businesses
|
||
9-4-5: Prevailing Front Setback Provision
|
||
9-4-6: Structural Height Measurement
|
||
9-4-7: Setback Measurements And Allowable Encroachments
|
||
9-4-8: Outdoor Lighting Standards
|
||
9-4-9: Off Street Parking Standards
|
||
9-4-10: Design Standards
|
||
9-4-11: Fencing Standards
|
||
9-4-12: Use Of Land
|
||
9-4-13: Nonconforming Lots Of Record, Land Uses, And Structures
|
||
9-4-14: Corner Visibility
|
||
9-4-15: Major Recreational Equipment
|
||
9-4-1: PURPOSE:
|
||
The general purpose of this chapter is to set forth standards for property
|
||
development, maintenance, and use that may, and usually do, apply to several
|
||
districts. Standards for parking, landscaping, measurement of setbacks and
|
||
height, and property maintenance not only will apply to almost every district
|
||
established by these regulations, but they will contribute substantially to the
|
||
preservation and enhancement of Choteau's special character and qualities.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-2: LANDSCAPING STANDARDS:
|
||
(A) Purpose And Intent: This section sets forth the standards and policies
|
||
for the design, planting, and maintenance of all required landscape areas
|
||
within the City of Choteau. The planting of trees and other landscape materials
|
||
serves to preserve and stabilize property values and enhance the built
|
||
environment of the City. Trees in particular are recognized for their
|
||
importance in shading and cooling, noise and wind reduction, open space, visual
|
||
relief, architectural enhancement, prevention of soil erosion, production of
|
||
oxygen, dust filtration, carbon dioxide uptake, providing habitat for urban
|
||
wildlife, and contributing to the aesthetic and economic value of real
|
||
property. Landscape areas that are specially designed to act as drainage
|
||
retention and snow storage areas are encouraged by the City of Choteau.
|
||
(B) Applicability: The standards set forth herein apply to all required
|
||
landscaped areas within the City of Choteau. Area required to be landscaped is
|
||
set by each zoning district as a "landscape ratio", or LSR. In addition to the
|
||
required landscape area, each property owner must also landscape and maintain
|
||
the parkway area of the street right-of-way that lies between the front
|
||
property line and the curb, pavement, or attached sidewalk as applicable. One-
|
||
and two-family residential properties and parking areas with four (4) or fewer
|
||
spaces are not subject to the landscape standards contained in this section,
|
||
but are required to provide landscaped areas as required by other applicable
|
||
sections of this Code.
|
||
(C) Landscape Plan Required: For each development where landscaping is
|
||
required under this Code, a landscape plan shall be submitted as part of the
|
||
application for a zoning permit. Landscaping that meets the standards of this
|
||
section, as well as the applicable zoning district, is required for all new
|
||
development and redevelopment. Landscape plans shall be drawn to scale and
|
||
shall include:
|
||
1. Symbols for each type and species of plant proposed.
|
||
2. Area in square feet of each part of the site to be landscaped.
|
||
3. A legend specifying the number and installed size of each type of
|
||
plant material.
|
||
4. Planting details (depth, growth medium, staking, balled and burlap,
|
||
etc. See example below).
|
||
5. Irrigation plan.
|
||
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
|
||
IMAGES/0-0-0-1279.gif]
|
||
Typical planting detail for a multistem tree or shrub. This particular detail
|
||
does not include soil amendment, but soil amendment is recommended for the
|
||
Choteau area.
|
||
(D) Nonconforming Properties: Properties that do not meet the landscape
|
||
standards set forth in this title, but which were legally developed prior to
|
||
the effective date of this title, may continue as legally nonconforming
|
||
properties. However, additional landscaping toward meeting the standards of
|
||
this title shall be required in the event of:
|
||
1. The use of the property changing from one permitted use to another.
|
||
2. The use of the property changing from a permitted use to a special
|
||
use.
|
||
3. An additional structure is constructed on the subject property.
|
||
4. The existing floor area of all structures on the property is
|
||
increased by twenty five percent (25%) or more.
|
||
5. The parking area is paved and/or reconstructed.
|
||
The amount and extent of additional landscaping required on nonconforming
|
||
properties shall be to the extent practicable as determined by the
|
||
administrator.
|
||
(E) Selection Of Plant Materials: All plant materials should be selected
|
||
for their hardiness and survivability in the Choteau area, which is in USDA
|
||
zone 4. Specimen trees and ornamentals should be selected from the tree list
|
||
provided in appendix A of the city's master forestry plan.
|
||
(F) Minimum Installed Sizes: All landscape materials must meet at least
|
||
the minimum installed sizes set forth below. Trees and plants recommended for
|
||
USDA plant hardiness zone 3b are preferred.
|
||
1. Coniferous specimen trees (Austrian pine, blue spruce, Douglas fir,
|
||
etc.): Eight feet (8') as measured from ground surface.
|
||
2. Deciduous specimen trees (red oak, quaking aspen, Patmore ash, green
|
||
ash, maple, etc.): Two and one-half inch (21/2") caliper as measured one foot
|
||
(1') above the ground surface.
|
||
3. Ornamentals, multistem trees/shrubs (multistem aspen, amur maple,
|
||
Russian olive, Walker weeping caragana, mountain ash, crabapple, etc.): Five
|
||
feet (5') as measured from ground surface.
|
||
4. Shrubs (potentilla, dwarf Arctic willow, snowberry, serviceberry,
|
||
red twig dogwood, etc.): Five (5) gallon containers.
|
||
5. Ground covers (kinnikinik, sweetfern, cliff green, Tammy juniper,
|
||
etc.): Three (3) gallon containers. Rock, bark, and similar materials are
|
||
suitable for planting beds, but not as a general ground cover.
|
||
6. Turf; seeding or sodding of turf grass areas are both permitted;
|
||
grasses should be drought tolerant such as buffalo grass, blue grama,
|
||
wheatgrass, etc. Rock, bark, and similar materials may not be substituted for
|
||
turf grass.
|
||
(G) Planting Standards And Guidelines: This subsection contains standards
|
||
and guidelines for the number and installed size of plant materials for each
|
||
type of landscape area.
|
||
1. General Guidelines: For each one thousand two hundred (1,200) square
|
||
feet of landscaped area, the following plant materials should be provided.
|
||
Except for specimen trees, the quantities of plant materials are guidelines,
|
||
and varying of these guidelines to accommodate the unique features of a
|
||
development site is encouraged. However, specimen trees are required as set
|
||
forth below:
|
||
(a) One specimen tree. No more than seventy five percent (75%) of
|
||
the required specimen trees shall be either conifer or deciduous.
|
||
(b) Two (2) ornamental trees.
|
||
(c) Three (3) large shrubs/multistems.
|
||
(d) Ground cover and/or turf as appropriate.
|
||
2. Planting Strips: When landscape areas consist of strips no less than
|
||
six feet (6') and no more than twelve feet (12') in width (such as in setbacks
|
||
and adjacent to parking areas), the standards set forth in this subsection
|
||
shall be applied. Because planting strips have their own set of unique
|
||
standards, their area may be subtracted from the landscape area that is subject
|
||
to the general guidelines and standards above.
|
||
(a) One specimen tree for each forty (40) linear feet of strip.
|
||
Trees may be either deciduous or coniferous as appropriate for the application.
|
||
Trees need not be uniformly spaced, but may be grouped to present a more
|
||
natural looking landscape.
|
||
(b) One ornamental tree for each twenty five (25) linear feet.
|
||
Ornamentals may also be grouped or clustered for a more natural look.
|
||
(c) Adjacent to parking areas, car height screening is required. One
|
||
shrub or multistem for each ten (10) linear feet shall be provided, and may be
|
||
clustered for a natural affect. Bark or mulch may be used for the shrub bed.
|
||
For strips in side or rear setbacks that do not screen parking, shrubs are not
|
||
required.
|
||
3. Parking Lot Landscaping: This term refers to landscaping within the
|
||
parking area itself.
|
||
(a) Landscape Islands: Landscape islands shall be provided at least
|
||
every ten (10) parking spaces (20 spaces for a head to head arrangement).
|
||
Islands shall be the approximate length of the adjacent parking space(s) and
|
||
shall be at least eight feet (8') in width. At least one deciduous specimen
|
||
tree is required per island, and the use of conifers is highly discouraged. The
|
||
specimen tree should be selected so that it does not cause a visibility hazard
|
||
to motorists as they maneuver in the parking area. Four (4) shrubs not to
|
||
exceed three and one-half feet (31/2') in height as measured from the driving
|
||
surface are also required in each island.
|
||
(b) Landscape Strips (Between Parking Rows): The use of landscape
|
||
strips that separate two (2) rows of parking spaces is discouraged.
|
||
(H) Installation, Phasing, And Surety: Generally, landscaping shall be
|
||
installed prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy (CO). If no CO is
|
||
required, installation must take place prior to occupancy (residential) or
|
||
opening (nonresidential). Exceptions for landscape phasing and for building
|
||
occupancy during seasons of the year not conducive to planting are set forth
|
||
below:
|
||
1. Should any project for which landscaping is required be completed
|
||
and ready for occupancy between October 1 and April 15, landscape installation
|
||
may be postponed until such time as weather and soil conditions allow for
|
||
efficient installation and the best chance for survival of plant materials.
|
||
Occupancy or opening of a project may be allowed by the city of Choteau upon
|
||
the posting of a surety (bond or letter of credit) equal to one hundred ten
|
||
percent (110%) of the estimated cost of the landscape installation.
|
||
2. For development projects of two (2) acres or more, landscaping may
|
||
be phased over two (2) planting seasons, provided that at least fifty percent
|
||
(50%) of the required landscaping is installed during the first season prior to
|
||
opening or occupancy as set forth in subsection (H)1 of this section. In that
|
||
event, a surety shall be provided equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of
|
||
the estimated cost of the remaining landscaping.
|
||
(I) Maintenance And Removal Of Dead And Diseased Plant Materials: All
|
||
required landscaping is required to be maintained in a parklike condition as it
|
||
was originally approved. All diseased or dead plant materials must be replaced
|
||
during the current or next planting season as applicable. Substitute plant
|
||
species (a different species than was shown on the original approved landscape
|
||
plan) may be approved by the administrator upon request. Failure to maintain
|
||
required landscaping is deemed a violation of this title. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-3: PROPERTY MAINTENANCE:
|
||
Property maintenance standards are intended to protect neighborhood quality,
|
||
character, and property values by eliminating public health, safety, and
|
||
nuisance issues associated with the accumulation of junk, debris, and the
|
||
substandard maintenance of buildings and structures.
|
||
(A) Inoperable Vehicles And Parts: Inoperable vehicles or parts of
|
||
vehicles, including, but not limited to, auto and truck bodies, boats,
|
||
trailers, motorcycles, snowmobiles, RVs, engines, tires, rims, transmissions,
|
||
etc., may not be stored openly, except that when a vehicle is actively being
|
||
restored or repaired, the vehicle itself may be stored outdoors for no more
|
||
than thirty (30) days.
|
||
(B) Trash And Debris: No trash or debris shall be allowed to accumulate on
|
||
properties, including, but not necessarily limited to, garbage, rubbish, ashes,
|
||
yard and garden waste, tree trimmings, packaging, broken concrete or asphalt,
|
||
furniture, appliances, scrap wood, demolition waste, building materials, etc.
|
||
(C) Organic Waste: Accumulation of organic waste is expressly prohibited,
|
||
and such wastes must be disposed of immediately. Organic waste includes, but is
|
||
not necessarily limited to, septic tank pumpage, sludge, sewage of any kind,
|
||
waste food items, dead animals and animal parts of any kind, manure, etc.
|
||
Compost bins are allowed provided that they are restricted to side and rear
|
||
yard areas, odors are undetectable from adjacent properties, and that they do
|
||
not attract wildlife.
|
||
(D) Building Condition And Maintenance: All buildings and structures shall
|
||
be kept in a sound and livable condition and properly maintained, including
|
||
siding, roofing, paint or stain, decks, porches, balconies, and windows,
|
||
including screens and sashes. Structures are not permitted to remain in an
|
||
obvious partially constructed state without continuous progress being made to
|
||
complete the structure.
|
||
(E) Building Construction: During construction, all building materials and
|
||
construction waste must be contained on site. Outdoor burning of waste building
|
||
materials is not permitted within the Choteau city limits. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-4-4: HOME BASED BUSINESSES:
|
||
A home based business is a nonresidential accessory and incidental use of
|
||
residential property. Typically, it is a business operated from a home with
|
||
part of the floor area of the residential unit and/or an accessory structure
|
||
devoted to the business. This zoning code recognizes two (2) types of home
|
||
based businesses: home occupations and cottage industries.
|
||
(A) Home Occupations: The following standards and conditions apply to home
|
||
occupations:
|
||
1. Home occupations are conducted entirely within the primary dwelling
|
||
unit and/or in an attached garage, provided that at least the minimum number of
|
||
required parking spaces is maintained. Home occupations are not allowed to
|
||
operate in a detached accessory structure of any kind. Home occupations may be
|
||
operated from a single-family detached residence, duplex, townhome, or multi-
|
||
family dwelling unit.
|
||
2. No more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the
|
||
primary dwelling may be used for the home occupation. (Note: Floor area of an
|
||
attached garage may not be counted toward the allowable floor area for the home
|
||
occupation.)
|
||
3. There may be no outward appearance or visible evidence that a home
|
||
occupation is being conducted on site, except for signage permitted by
|
||
subsection (A)5 of this section.
|
||
4. No outdoor storage is permitted with the exception of one boat,
|
||
trailer, RV, ATV, etc., that is used in the operation of the home occupation.
|
||
Such storage is not permitted in the front yard area of the primary residence,
|
||
but may be located in a driveway provided all required off street parking
|
||
spaces are maintained.
|
||
5. One sign no greater than six (6) square feet is allowed. Said sign
|
||
must be wall mounted to the primary structure and is subject to a sign permit.
|
||
6. Home occupations are conducted solely by the resident or residents
|
||
of the dwelling, including any ARUs. No one living off site may be employed on
|
||
the premises.
|
||
7. No traffic shall be generated by any home occupation greater than
|
||
what would normally be expected in a residential neighborhood. Any delivery and
|
||
supply vehicles shall be no larger than those that normally make deliveries to
|
||
residential neighborhoods. Retail sales conducted on premises are expressly
|
||
prohibited as a home occupation. Retail sales may take place via
|
||
telecommunications with merchandise sent out by common carrier.
|
||
8. No home occupation may impact adjacent residential properties with
|
||
noise, smoke, glare, fumes, dust, or odors in excess of that which is typical
|
||
of a dwelling unit.
|
||
9. No home occupation shall cause visual or audible interference in any
|
||
radio or television receivers off premises, or cause fluctuations in line
|
||
voltage off premises.
|
||
10. Home occupations that meet the standards of this subsection may
|
||
operate as permitted uses in all residential districts. A business license from
|
||
the city of Choteau may be required.
|
||
(B) Cottage Industries: The following standards and conditions apply to
|
||
cottage industries:
|
||
1. Cottage industries may be conducted by any member(s) of the
|
||
household or residents of any ARU on the subject property. In addition, up to
|
||
two (2) persons who do not reside on the premises may be employed on premises
|
||
in the cottage industry.
|
||
2. One off street parking space for each employee not residing on
|
||
premises must be provided. Said parking shall be in a driveway or to the side
|
||
or rear of the primary residence.
|
||
3. The minimum lot area for a cottage industry shall be ten thousand
|
||
(10,000) square feet, and the associated residence must be a single-family
|
||
detached dwelling unit.
|
||
4. The maximum floor area devoted to the cottage industry shall not
|
||
exceed fifty percent (50%) of the floor area of the primary residence on the
|
||
subject property.
|
||
5. The cottage industry may be conducted in the home, in an attached
|
||
garage (provided that at least the minimum number of required parking spaces is
|
||
maintained), or in an accessory structure that conforms to the standards of the
|
||
applicable zoning district.
|
||
6. No outdoor storage is permitted with the exception of two (2) boats,
|
||
trailers, RVs, ATVs, etc., that are used in the operation of the cottage
|
||
industry. Such storage is not permitted in the front yard area of the primary
|
||
residence.
|
||
7. Two (2) signs are permitted for a cottage industry. One sign may be
|
||
mounted on a wooden post(s) in the front yard of the primary residence. This
|
||
sign may be no more than four feet (4') in height and six (6) square feet per
|
||
side in area. The second sign shall be mounted flat to the wall of the
|
||
structure in which the cottage industry is conducted, and near the entryway.
|
||
This sign shall not exceed two (2) square feet in area.
|
||
8. No cottage industry may impact adjacent residential properties with
|
||
noise, smoke, glare, fumes, dust, or odors in excess of that which is typical
|
||
of a dwelling unit.
|
||
9. No cottage industry shall cause visual or audible interference in
|
||
any radio or television receivers off premises, or cause fluctuations in line
|
||
voltage off premises.
|
||
10. Other than employees as allowed in this subsection, no traffic
|
||
shall be generated by any cottage industry greater than what would normally be
|
||
expected in a residential neighborhood. Any delivery and supply vehicles shall
|
||
be no larger than those that normally make deliveries to residential
|
||
neighborhoods. Retail sales are expressly prohibited as a cottage industry.
|
||
11. Cottage industries are subject to a home business permit issued by
|
||
the Choteau city council. Anyone seeking to initiate a cottage industry shall
|
||
submit an application on a form provided by the city, including an accurate
|
||
site plan of the subject property drawn to a suitable scale (1 inch = 10 feet,
|
||
1 inch = 20 feet, etc.). The application shall include the signatures of all
|
||
adjacent property owners that they have been notified of the proposed cottage
|
||
industry. An application fee shall be set by resolution of the city council.
|
||
The council may act to approve, disapprove, or approve the application with
|
||
conditions, at any regular meeting for which the agenda is published in the
|
||
city's newspaper of record. A business license from the city may also be
|
||
required. Any cottage industry that is initiated without a home business permit
|
||
and/or a business license if so required, is deemed in violation of these
|
||
regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-5: PREVAILING FRONT SETBACK PROVISION:
|
||
For residential structures in the A and B residential zoning districts only,
|
||
the applicant has the option of using the front setback prescribed for the
|
||
applicable district, or, the prevailing setback provision may be used as set
|
||
forth in this section:
|
||
(A) In lieu of the prescribed front setback, the applicant may reduce the
|
||
required setback by using the mean setback of the four (4) closest dwellings on
|
||
the same side of the street.
|
||
(B) The applicant is responsible for obtaining accurate measurements of
|
||
the four (4) nearest residential structures and presenting them to the
|
||
administrator along with the application for a zoning permit.
|
||
(C) The applicant may use any dimension between the prescribed front
|
||
setback and the mean of the four (4) nearest dwelling units. (Example:
|
||
Prescribed front setback is 16 feet. The mean front setback of the 4 nearest
|
||
dwelling units is 10 feet. The applicant may use any dimension between 10 feet
|
||
and 16 feet for the front setback.)
|
||
(D) Where a maximum front setback is specified, it may not be varied
|
||
through this process. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-6: STRUCTURAL HEIGHT MEASUREMENT:
|
||
The "height of a structure" is defined as the distance from the highest point
|
||
of a roof to the nearest point of finished or natural grade, whichever one is
|
||
applicable. Structural height is further determined as follows:
|
||
(A) Highest Point Of A Structure: The highest point of a structure is the
|
||
top of the highest roof pitch for a hip or gabled roof, or top of parapet for a
|
||
flat roof not including any mechanical structures. Steeples, chimneys,
|
||
antennas, receiving dishes, etc., are not subject to limitations of structural
|
||
height, except cell towers which are limited to fifty feet (50') in height.
|
||
(B) Finished Grade: Finished grade shall be construed as the grade at the
|
||
base or foundation of a structure necessary to achieve positive drainage away
|
||
from the structure only. Soil, fill, or other material may not be bermed
|
||
against a structure to circumvent height limits.
|
||
(C) Natural Grade: Natural grade shall be construed as meaning that the
|
||
natural slope and topography of the land need little or no modification to site
|
||
the structure. Where the nearest two (2) points to natural grade are at
|
||
different grades (such as a house that takes up grade through the structure),
|
||
the heights measured may be averaged. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-7: SETBACK MEASUREMENTS AND ALLOWABLE ENCROACHMENTS:
|
||
(A) Front Setbacks: A required front setback is measured at a right angle
|
||
(90 degrees) from the front property line to the nearest of the following two
|
||
(2) points on the structure:
|
||
1. The foundation wall of the principal structure, or
|
||
2. The facing edge of a porch or deck over sixteen (16) square feet in
|
||
area extending from the front of the principal structure.
|
||
The following encroachments into the front setback are allowed:
|
||
Steps are allowed to encroach into the required front setback up to eight feet
|
||
(8').
|
||
Ramps to provide accessibility to disabled persons may encroach up to one
|
||
hundred percent (100%), but may not encroach onto the public right of way
|
||
without special authorization from the holder of said right of way.
|
||
Eaves may encroach up to two feet (2').
|
||
Porches and decks not exceeding sixteen (16) square feet in total area may
|
||
encroach up to four feet (4').
|
||
(B) Side Setbacks: A required side setback is measured at a right angle
|
||
(90 degrees) from the side lot line to the nearest point of the foundation
|
||
wall. Chimneys, eaves, bay windows no more than eight feet (8') in total
|
||
length, and garden windows may encroach no more than two feet (2') into the
|
||
required side setback.
|
||
(C) Rear Setback: A required rear setback is measured at a right angle
|
||
from the rear setback line to the nearest point on the foundation wall. Eaves
|
||
may encroach no more than two feet (2') and a deck or porch of no more than
|
||
sixteen (16) square feet total area may encroach no more than four feet (4').
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-8: OUTDOOR LIGHTING STANDARDS:
|
||
All outdoor lighting shall be downcast and shielded. No light trespass shall be
|
||
allowed and no glare (direct sightline to an unshielded light source) shall be
|
||
visible from off site. This includes all light sources including freestanding
|
||
luminaires, building mounted lighting, and canopy lighting. (Ord. 304, 4-10-
|
||
2012)
|
||
9-4-9: OFF STREET PARKING STANDARDS:
|
||
(A) Purpose: The purpose of these standards is to provide functional
|
||
parking areas with safe and efficient circulation patterns that are adequate to
|
||
meet the needs of users while avoiding the negative environmental and urban
|
||
design impacts that can result from parking lots and other vehicular use areas.
|
||
The provisions of this section aim to protect the public health, safety, and
|
||
general welfare by avoiding spillover parking into adjacent neighborhoods,
|
||
lessening and/or mitigating traffic congestion, enhancing pedestrian safety,
|
||
reducing stormwater runoff; improving air quality through dust abatement
|
||
encouraging infill development, and providing flexible methods to respond to
|
||
the transportation and access demands of various land uses in different areas
|
||
of the community.
|
||
(B) Applicability: Generally, the standards set forth herein apply only to
|
||
new construction, new expansions of existing building or land uses, and changes
|
||
of land use that result in greater parking requirements.
|
||
1. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the parking standards of this
|
||
section apply whenever an existing building or use is enlarged or expanded to
|
||
include additional dwelling units, floor area, seating capacity, employees or
|
||
other units of measurement used for establishing off street parking
|
||
requirements.
|
||
2. In the case of enlargements, expansions, or land use changes that
|
||
require additional parking, additional spaces are required only to serve the
|
||
enlarged or expanded area, or in the case of a land use change, only the
|
||
difference in spaces required between the old and new use. There is no
|
||
requirement to address lawfully existing parking deficits unless the site is
|
||
completely redeveloped.
|
||
(C) Exemptions: As set forth in subsection
|
||
9-3-7(G) of this title, within the central business district (CB), all lodging,
|
||
governmental facilities, and residential development must provide parking
|
||
according to the standards set forth in this section. All other uses in the CB
|
||
are exempt from off street parking requirements.
|
||
(D) Calculation Of Space Requirements:
|
||
1. Floor Area: When parking space requirements are based on floor area,
|
||
the entire gross floor area in square feet must be calculated.
|
||
2. Fractions: When calculations of the required number of spaces
|
||
results in a fraction of a space, any fraction (represented as a decimal) of
|
||
less than 0.5 is rounded down to the nearest whole space. Any fraction of 0.5
|
||
or greater is rounded up to the next whole space.
|
||
3. Mixed Uses: If more than one type of land use occupies a single
|
||
structure or parcel of land where shared parking and access have been provided
|
||
for, the total requirement for off street parking shall be the sum of the
|
||
requirements for all uses minus ten percent (10%) of the total. If the peak
|
||
parking demands of the various mixed uses occur on different days or at
|
||
different times of the day, the land owner or developer may, upon producing
|
||
relevant data and other evidence, request a reduction in the total parking
|
||
requirement from the administrator.
|
||
(E) General Requirements:
|
||
1. Location Of Parking Spaces And Access:
|
||
(a) All required parking spaces shall be on the same lot or an
|
||
adjoining lot under the same ownership or lease with the principal building(s)
|
||
that the parking serves.
|
||
(b) In the A and B residential and BR zoning districts, parking is
|
||
prohibited in front and street side setbacks except that parking spaces may be
|
||
located in front of a garage or carport that is located outside of required
|
||
building setbacks. No more than forty percent (40%) of the front yard area in a
|
||
residential district may be paved or used for the parking or storage of
|
||
vehicles. On corner parcels, not more than twenty percent (20%) of the street
|
||
side yard area may be paved or devoted to parking or other vehicle use.
|
||
(c) In nonresidential districts, parking is permitted in all
|
||
setbacks provided it complies with standards for screening and landscaping. In
|
||
no case shall a parking space be located such that it allows a vehicle to park
|
||
across an external property line.
|
||
(d) Except for one- and two-family dwellings, no parking area shall
|
||
be designed and constructed such that vehicles are permitted to back into a
|
||
street.
|
||
2. Surface Material: All parking and drive areas within the city of
|
||
Choteau shall be surfaced with asphalt, concrete, or similar material, with an
|
||
adequate subsurface base to produce a long lasting, durable, weatherproof
|
||
surface. Exceptions to this standard are:
|
||
(a) One- and two-family residential development, provided that all
|
||
surfaces are kept dust free.
|
||
(b) Any parking or drive area that is accessed from an unpaved alley
|
||
or street.
|
||
(c) At the discretion of the administrator, spillover parking or
|
||
other parking that is not used on a regular and/or frequent basis may be
|
||
treated with "turf block", "grasscrete", or similar products that allow grass
|
||
or ground cover to grow in spaces between the structure of the product while
|
||
still supporting the weight of vehicles.
|
||
(d) Emergency access across open space or landscaped areas may be
|
||
treated with products described in subsection (E)2(c) of this section, subject
|
||
to approval of the administrator and local fire department.
|
||
3. Lighting: For parking areas of eight (8) or more spaces, lighting of
|
||
the parking area and walkways shall be provided to a 1.5 foot-candle level of
|
||
illumination. Light sources shall be directed downward and shall be shielded to
|
||
prevent spillover lighting onto adjacent properties.
|
||
4. Curb Stops: Where a vehicle overhang is adjacent to a walkway,
|
||
landscaped area, or a wall, curb stops are required.
|
||
5. Maintenance And Use: The maintenance of all parking and drive areas
|
||
is the responsibility of the property owner. The following maintenance and use
|
||
standards apply to required off street parking:
|
||
(a) Required off street parking areas must be used solely for the
|
||
temporary parking of licensed motor vehicles in operating condition.
|
||
(b) Required off street parking spaces may not be used for the
|
||
display of goods for sale or lease.
|
||
(c) Required off street parking may not be used for open storage,
|
||
storage of building materials, or storage of inoperable vehicles.
|
||
(d) Off street parking spaces must be maintained to be free of
|
||
potholes, trash, debris, dirt, and dust.
|
||
(e) No commercial motor vehicle repair work of any kind is permitted
|
||
in a required parking space.
|
||
6. Snow Storage And Drainage Retention: The design of parking
|
||
facilities with area for snow storage, drainage retention, or, both functions
|
||
within the same area, is encouraged by the city of Choteau. Such areas may be
|
||
provided within landscape areas and setbacks.
|
||
7. Shared Parking And Shared Access: In any development where there are
|
||
two (2) or more businesses both using the same parking area and common points
|
||
of access, the property shall be encumbered by a "shared parking, shared
|
||
access" easement. This easement may be placed on the face of the plat, or may
|
||
be filed by separate instrument. The administrator may require proof of such an
|
||
easement prior to, or as a condition of, a zoning permit.
|
||
(F) Parking Requirements By Use: The numbers of spaces required in this
|
||
section are minimums and shall be maintained by ownership, easement, or lease,
|
||
for as long as the land use which is served by the parking exists.
|
||
1. Maximum Number Of Spaces: Provision of more than one hundred twenty
|
||
five percent (125%) of the minimum number of spaces required is not permitted.
|
||
2. On Street Parking: No credit against the required off street parking
|
||
shall be allowed for on street spaces.
|
||
3. Uses Not Specifically Listed: For uses not listed in the space
|
||
requirements set forth in this subsection, the administrator shall determine
|
||
the appropriate requirement based upon any similar uses that are listed and/or
|
||
upon research.
|
||
4. Required Off Street Parking Spaces: The minimum number of parking
|
||
spaces by land use is as follows:
|
||
|
||
Residential:
|
||
One- and two-family residential,
|
||
including townhomes, manufactured, and 2 spaces per unit
|
||
mobile units
|
||
1 bedroom units, including "efficiency 1 space per unit
|
||
apartments"
|
||
All other multi-family units 1.5 spaces per unit
|
||
Multi-family elderly 1 space per unit
|
||
Accessory residential unit (ARU) 1 space per unit
|
||
Commercial:
|
||
Auto repair/quick lube 1 space per service bay
|
||
Bed and breakfast 2 spaces plus 1 space per rentable
|
||
room or suite
|
||
1 space for every 10 children
|
||
Childcare (commercial) permitted based on total gross floor
|
||
area and facilities; drop off area
|
||
Hotel/motel 1 space per room or suite
|
||
Restaurants (high turnover) 1 space per 3 seats
|
||
Restaurants (sit down) 1 space per 4 seats
|
||
Retail (general and specialty) 1 space per 250 gsf (gross square
|
||
feet)
|
||
Retail (home furnishings/home 1 space per 600 gsf
|
||
improvement)
|
||
Taverns 1 space per 4 seats table space, 1
|
||
space per 2 bar seats
|
||
Theaters and other assembly 1 space per 4 seats
|
||
Veterinary clinic 1 space per 400 gsf
|
||
Office:
|
||
General/agency/professional office 3 spaces per 1,000 gsf
|
||
Medical/dental 1 space per 250 gsf
|
||
Public/semipublic:
|
||
Churches 1 space per 4 seats in main assembly
|
||
area
|
||
Government offices Determined by function
|
||
Recreation center/facility Determined by function
|
||
Industrial:
|
||
Manufacturing/assembly/ 1 space per 800 gsf of active
|
||
fabrication production area
|
||
Warehousing/distribution 1 space per 2,000 gsf
|
||
|
||
(G) Handicap Accessible Parking:
|
||
1. Handicap Accessible Spaces Required: Handicap accessible off street
|
||
parking shall be required according to the following schedule:
|
||
|
||
Total Spaces Provided Handicap Accessible
|
||
Spaces (Minimum)
|
||
5 to 20 1
|
||
21 to 40 2
|
||
41 to 65 3
|
||
66+ 3% of total spaces required
|
||
|
||
2. Van Accessible Spaces: One out of each eight (8) accessible spaces
|
||
provided, but at least one space in each parking facility, shall be van
|
||
accessible.
|
||
3. Location: Accessible parking spaces shall be located so as to
|
||
provide the shortest accessible route to a primary building entrance.
|
||
4. Curb Ramps And Accessible Routes: Curb ramps and accessible routes
|
||
shall be provided which allow unobstructed travel from an accessible parking
|
||
space to an accessible entrance. Parked vehicle overhangs shall not reduce the
|
||
clear width of an accessible route. Parking spaces and access aisles shall not
|
||
exceed two percent (2%) grade in all directions.
|
||
5. Signage: Each accessible space shall be identified by a sign showing
|
||
a universal symbol of accessibility (wheelchair). Van accessible spaces shall
|
||
have an additional sign ("Van Accessible") mounted below the accessibility
|
||
symbol. Each sign shall be no smaller than one foot by one foot (1' x 1') and
|
||
shall be located at the end of the space at a height between four feet (4') and
|
||
seven feet (7'). The sign(s) may be either wall mounted or freestanding. In
|
||
addition, a painted accessibility symbol shall be painted directly onto the
|
||
parking lot surface within the accessible space(s).
|
||
6. Dimensional Standards: All handicap accessible spaces shall be a
|
||
minimum of twenty feet (20') in length. Where two (2) spaces share an
|
||
accessible area, the minimum stall width shall be eight feet (8'), and the
|
||
width of the common accessible area shall also be eight feet (8').
|
||
EXHIBIT 36-5
|
||
LAYOUT OF STANDARD AND VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES
|
||
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
|
||
IMAGES/0-0-0-1281.gif]
|
||
This illustration shows 1 van accessible space and 1 car/truck space utilizing
|
||
a common accessible area. The width of each space is 8 feet. At least 1 van
|
||
accessible space is required in each parking facility.
|
||
(H) Dimensional Standards: This subsection sets forth standards for the
|
||
length and width of parking stalls and drive areas.
|
||
1. Parallel Spaces: Parking spaces designed parallel to a curb or wall
|
||
shall be at least ten feet (10') in width and 22.5 feet in length.
|
||
2. Ninety Degree Spaces: All ninety degree (90°) parking spaces
|
||
(perpendicular to the aisle) shall be at least ten feet (10') in width and
|
||
twenty feet (20') in length. The two-way aisle shall be not less than twenty
|
||
four feet (24') in width.
|
||
3. Sixty And Forty Five Degree Spaces: All sixty (60) and forty five
|
||
degree (45°) parking spaces (angle from the aisle) shall be at least ten feet
|
||
(10') in width and twenty feet (20') in length. A one-way aisle shall be
|
||
fifteen feet (15') in width and a two- way aisle shall be not less than twenty
|
||
two feet (22') wide. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-10: DESIGN STANDARDS:
|
||
(A) Residential Design Standards:
|
||
1. Orientation: Each primary single-family detached residence shall
|
||
have a main entry facing the street from which the structure is addressed and
|
||
draws its legal access.
|
||
2. Eaves: All residential structures with pitched roofs shall have
|
||
eaves not less than twelve inches (12").
|
||
3. Facade Materials: Residential structures shall not be sided with
|
||
materials that are decidedly industrial in character. Materials such as
|
||
uncoated metal, unpainted block masonry, split faced masonry, and synthetic
|
||
stucco may be used for trim or architectural embellishment, but may not be used
|
||
as primary facade materials. Wood, brick, or stone (including synthetic stone)
|
||
are preferred materials.
|
||
4. Covered Entryways: The main entryway to a residential structure
|
||
shall be shielded by a canopy, eave, or similar structure that extends from the
|
||
exterior wall not less than four feet (4').
|
||
(B) CB Design Standards And Guidelines:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
|
||
standards for certain specific elements of downtown Choteau's built
|
||
environment. These standards are intended to protect the downtown's unique
|
||
character and qualities while stimulating and protecting investment, and
|
||
allowing the architect or designer the latitude to develop a creative response
|
||
to any design issue. Where standards use terms such as "must", "required", or
|
||
"shall be", they are mandatory. Where terms such as "encouraged", "preferred",
|
||
"may" or "optional" are used, the standard is considered a guideline and is
|
||
voluntary. These standards and guidelines apply to the central business zoning
|
||
district only.
|
||
2. Front Setbacks And Exceptions: All primary structures are required
|
||
to have a front setback from zero to five feet (5'). The administrator is
|
||
empowered to grant an exception for a front setback of no more than fifteen
|
||
feet (15') when the space between the principal structure and the front
|
||
property line is designated on the zoning permit site plan as being used for
|
||
outdoor dining, for public art, or for use as a plaza or other public gathering
|
||
place. An increased front setback to allow parking in front of a structure is
|
||
expressly prohibited.
|
||
3. Exterior Building Materials: Acceptable exterior building materials
|
||
for the fronts (street facing) of primary structures include wood and
|
||
manufactured woodgrain hardboard, brick, split faced block, decorative (painted
|
||
or coated) metal siding, and stone, including manufactured stone. Acceptable
|
||
materials for the sides and rear of primary structures and for accessory
|
||
structures include smooth painted concrete or cinder block, finished metal
|
||
siding of all types, synthetic stucco, exterior insulated finish system, and
|
||
vinyl exterior finishes of all types.
|
||
4. Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the CB
|
||
district, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
|
||
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
|
||
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
|
||
and architectural embellishments only.
|
||
5. Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
|
||
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
|
||
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
|
||
architectural component. Entryways should be recessed from the front property
|
||
line so that patrons have a queuing area out of the pedestrian flow. The
|
||
recessed area must be at a minimum one and one-half (11/2) times the width of
|
||
the door to avoid a corridor like effect. Doors shall permit clear two-way
|
||
visibility, and wood and glass are preferable materials.
|
||
6. Windows: Street level windows are required of all structures,
|
||
including the sides of structures occupying corner lots. Windows shall begin at
|
||
least three feet (3') above the sidewalk and may extend vertically to the top
|
||
of the first level. Street level windows shall be designed to engage the
|
||
pedestrian and invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as
|
||
well as to view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage
|
||
types that allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged.
|
||
Reflective glazing is expressly prohibited. Windows may be recessed to allow
|
||
patrons to view displays out of the pedestrian flow. Bay windows may not extend
|
||
into the right of way (sidewalk area). Unframed windows are not permitted
|
||
unless set into a brick or stone like facade.
|
||
7. Modulation: Segments of plain or uniformly treated storefronts that
|
||
are out of context with adjacent or nearby buildings are prohibited. Such
|
||
treatments may be avoided or mitigated through modulation. In architectural
|
||
terms, modulation is a technique for visually dividing the facade so that it
|
||
takes on the appearance of distinctly different structures or portions of
|
||
structures. This architectural technique is used to add visual interest to long
|
||
storefronts or to other structures that occupy a significant segment of a
|
||
downtown block. Visual interest can also be achieved through repeating
|
||
architectural features such as windows and the elements that frame them, and
|
||
through recesses, offsets, and other variations in plane sufficient to add
|
||
shadow lines or depth to the facade.
|
||
8. Lighting: Outside lighting should be minimal, and downtown
|
||
businesses are encouraged to rely on ambient lighting provided by streetlights
|
||
for the safe illumination of the sidewalk area. Low wattage lighting may be
|
||
used to highlight an entryway provided no glare is cast out onto the sidewalk.
|
||
Merchants are also encouraged to illuminate window displays and interior spaces
|
||
provided that no glare is cast onto the sidewalk area. Flashing or strobe type
|
||
lighting is prohibited.
|
||
9. Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing shall not be
|
||
visible from the street or sidewalk.
|
||
(C) BR Design Standards And Guidelines:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
|
||
standards for certain specific elements of the business residential transition
|
||
area that lies between the CB and Choteau's traditional residential
|
||
neighborhoods. Like the CB standards, these standards are intended to protect
|
||
the character and qualities of the transition area and stimulate investment
|
||
while allowing the architect or designer the latitude to develop a creative
|
||
response to any design issue. Where standards use terms such as "must",
|
||
"required", or "shall be", they are mandatory. Where terms such as
|
||
"encouraged", "preferred", "may" or "optional" are used, the standard is
|
||
considered a guideline and is voluntary. These standards and guidelines apply
|
||
to the business residential zoning district only.
|
||
2. Exterior Building Materials: The BR transition area is more
|
||
residential in character than the CB, and this should be reflected in the
|
||
choice of exterior materials. Acceptable building materials for the fronts
|
||
(street facing) and sides of buildings include wood and manufactured woodgrain
|
||
hardboard, brick, painted or coated metal siding, and stone, including
|
||
manufactured stone. Acceptable materials for the rear of primary structures and
|
||
for accessory structures include smooth painted concrete (prestress or block),
|
||
finished metal siding of all types, synthetic stucco, exterior insulated finish
|
||
system, and vinyl exterior finishes of all types.
|
||
3. Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the BR
|
||
transition area, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
|
||
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
|
||
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
|
||
and architectural embellishments only.
|
||
4. Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
|
||
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
|
||
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
|
||
architectural component, and may include a porch, deck, or other outdoor living
|
||
space, and merchandise may be displayed in this area. Secondary entries and
|
||
exits may be provided at the sides and rear of buildings.
|
||
5. Windows: Lower level windows are required in all primary buildings,
|
||
and shall be viewable by pedestrians on the public way in front of the
|
||
property. Lower level windows shall be designed to engage the pedestrian and
|
||
invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as well as to
|
||
view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage types that
|
||
allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged. Reflective
|
||
glazing is prohibited, but awnings and window coverings to shade the morning or
|
||
afternoon sun are allowed. Unframed windows are not permitted unless set into a
|
||
brick or stone like facade.
|
||
6. Lighting: Outside lighting should be residential like in intensity
|
||
and direction, and should be used primarily to highlight entryways and outdoor
|
||
spaces. Direct glare visible from the public way and trespass lighting onto
|
||
adjacent properties are prohibited.
|
||
7. Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing (except for
|
||
wrought iron) shall not be visible from the adjacent street or sidewalk.
|
||
(D) HB Design Standards And Guidelines:
|
||
1. Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to set forth basic design
|
||
standards for certain specific elements of the highway business areas of
|
||
Choteau that lie mostly on the fringes of town and generally encompass the
|
||
"gateway" areas of the community. These gateway areas most often establish a
|
||
first and lasting impression of the community. Therefore, a uniformly high
|
||
standard of planning and design for the built environment of these areas
|
||
benefits the entire community. Like other standards in this chapter, these
|
||
standards are intended to set planning and design benchmarks and to stimulate
|
||
and protect private investment, while allowing the architect or designer the
|
||
latitude to develop a creative response to any design issue. Where standards
|
||
use terms such as "must", "required", or "shall be", they are mandatory. Where
|
||
terms such as "encouraged", "preferred", "may" or "optional" are used, the
|
||
standard is considered a guideline and is voluntary. These standards and
|
||
guidelines apply to the highway business zoning district only.
|
||
2. Exterior Building Materials: A wide variety of exterior materials is
|
||
acceptable for use in HB, including, but not necessarily limited to:
|
||
(a) Stone, including synthetic stone.
|
||
(b) Wood, both natural and woodgrain hardboard products.
|
||
(c) Concrete and cinder block, provided it is painted.
|
||
(d) Split face masonry.
|
||
(e) Stucco/Dryvit finishes.
|
||
(f) Metal that is painted or otherwise coated. Unfinished metal or
|
||
galvanized finishes are not acceptable, and Quonset style buildings are not
|
||
acceptable in HB.
|
||
3. Exterior Colors: A wide variety of colors are acceptable in the HB
|
||
district, including muted colors with a pastel or earth tone hue and all
|
||
finished natural wood colors. Fluorescent or Day-Glo colors of any shade are
|
||
prohibited. Bright and heavily saturated primary colors are encouraged for trim
|
||
and architectural embellishments only.
|
||
4. Entryways: A building's primary door and entrance shall be located
|
||
in the principal facade of the structure, and shall be oriented toward the
|
||
street. The primary entrance must be readily apparent as a prominent
|
||
architectural component, and may include a porch, deck, or other outdoor living
|
||
space, and merchandise may be displayed in this area. Secondary entries and
|
||
exits may be provided at the sides and rear of buildings.
|
||
5. Windows: Lower level windows are encouraged, but not required, in
|
||
all primary buildings. Lower level windows should be designed to engage the
|
||
pedestrian and invite visual inspection of the interior of the establishment as
|
||
well as to view displays of merchandise. Stenciled signage or other signage
|
||
types that allow visual penetration through the lettering is encouraged.
|
||
Reflective glazing is prohibited, but awnings and window coverings to shade the
|
||
morning or afternoon sun are allowed. Unframed windows are not permitted unless
|
||
set into a brick or stone like facade.
|
||
6. Lighting: Outside lighting should be of sufficient intensity and
|
||
suitable for an environment in which both vehicles and pedestrians will be
|
||
present. Parking lot lighting is encouraged, but industrial and highway type
|
||
fixtures are not permitted. Maximum height of light standards should be no more
|
||
than twenty feet (20'), and cutoff luminaires are required. Lighting elsewhere
|
||
should be used primarily to highlight entryways and outdoor spaces. Direct
|
||
glare visible from the public way and trespass lighting onto adjacent
|
||
properties are prohibited.
|
||
7. Fencing: Chainlink and other types of metal fencing shall not be
|
||
visible from the adjacent street or sidewalk. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-11: FENCING STANDARDS:
|
||
Fences and retaining walls are allowed as accessory structures in all zoning
|
||
districts, subject to zoning permits. The following standards must be met:
|
||
(A) Fencing:
|
||
1. Height; Materials: In all residential districts, in residential
|
||
PUDs, and in the BR district, no fence, hedge, or freestanding wall (not part
|
||
of a building) located within or bounding a required front setback, may exceed
|
||
forty two inches (42") in height. Fencing other than in the front setback shall
|
||
not exceed six feet (6') in height. Allowable fencing materials and designs
|
||
include:
|
||
(a) Wood or vinyl (including PVC) picket or rail fencing.
|
||
(b) Within required front setbacks, wood or vinyl board fencing must
|
||
maintain a minimum space of one inch (1") between boards. Wood and vinyl board
|
||
fencing elsewhere may be one hundred percent (100%) sight obscuring.
|
||
(c) Wood or vinyl board on board fencing provided that boards on
|
||
opposite sides of stringers do not overlap.
|
||
(d) Chainlink and woven metal fencing.
|
||
(e) Other similar materials and designs as approved by the
|
||
administrator.
|
||
2. Institutional Security Fencing: Open security fencing up to six feet
|
||
(6') in height may be allowed by the administrator for schools, correctional
|
||
facilities, and other public and quasi- public institutions when necessary for
|
||
the safety or restraint of the occupants thereof, without regard to the
|
||
setbacks specified in subsection (A)1 of this section.
|
||
3. Obstruction At Intersection: No portion of any fence shall pose a
|
||
visual obstruction at any street intersection. See section
|
||
9-4-14, "Corner Visibility", of this chapter for standards.
|
||
4. Ornamental Pedestrian Entries: Ornamental pedestrian entries, such
|
||
as arches or arbors, shall not exceed ten feet (10') in height.
|
||
5. Vehicular Entries: Vehicular entries for subdivisions, parks, and
|
||
development projects shall not exceed twenty feet (20') in height and thirty
|
||
six feet (36') in width.
|
||
6. Wire Products: In all residential districts, residential PUDs, and
|
||
in the BR and CB districts, barbed wire, razor wire, concertina wire, and
|
||
similar wire products are not allowable fencing materials.
|
||
7. Open Security Fencing: In the CB, HB and GI districts, for
|
||
commercial and industrial storage areas located in side or rear yards, open
|
||
security fencing may be constructed up to eight feet (8') in height and may be
|
||
topped with barbed wire. The barbed wire course is calculated as part of the
|
||
allowable fence height.
|
||
8. Wildlife Exclusion Fencing: Wildlife exclusion fencing up to eight
|
||
feet (8') in height is allowed for gardens, haystack yards, and similar areas,
|
||
provided that the guidelines set forth in "A Landowners Guide To Wildlife
|
||
Friendly Fences: How To Build Fence With Wildlife In Mind" are followed.
|
||
9. Fences In Excess Of Six Feet: Any fence, or any portion of a fence
|
||
such as entryways and arbors, that exceeds six feet (6') in height, is subject
|
||
to a building permit.
|
||
(B) Retaining Walls: Retaining walls over four feet (4') in height require
|
||
a building permit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-12: USE OF LAND:
|
||
No use of land shall be permitted or allowed within the City of Choteau that is
|
||
in violation of Federal, State or local law. (Ord. 314, 8-22-2017)
|
||
9-4-13: NONCONFORMING LOTS OF RECORD, LAND USES, AND STRUCTURES:
|
||
(A) Status Of Nonconformities: The adoption of the Choteau Zoning Code
|
||
will mean that some lots, land uses, and structures that may have conformed to
|
||
the prior Code will not conform to the provisions and standards set forth in
|
||
this Code. This section provides the standards and requirements by which legal
|
||
nonconforming lots, uses, and structures may be continued and even transferred.
|
||
It is the City of Choteau's intent that the adoption of these regulations will
|
||
render no legal lot of record "unbuildable", and that any use which was legal
|
||
and proper under prior regulations will continue to be legal and proper under
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
1. Lots, uses, and structures that were legally nonconforming under
|
||
prior regulations, and which do not conform to these regulations, remain
|
||
legally nonconforming.
|
||
2. Lots, uses, and structures that were legal and conformed to prior
|
||
regulations, but do not conform to these regulations, become legally
|
||
nonconforming under these regulations.
|
||
3. Lots, uses, and structures which were not legal under prior
|
||
regulations, and do not conform to these regulations, remain illegal under
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
4. Legally nonconforming lots and/or nonconforming lots with
|
||
nonconforming structures as well as nonconforming uses of land, may be
|
||
transferred to heirs and assigns in a manner similar to any conforming lot,
|
||
structure, or use.
|
||
(B) Nonconforming Lots:
|
||
1. Legal lots of record that previously existed on the effective date
|
||
of these regulations that do not conform to these regulations due to lot area,
|
||
width, or other dimensional standard, may continue to exist as legally
|
||
nonconforming lots under these regulations.
|
||
2. Nonconforming lots may be developed for any of the principal
|
||
permitted, accessory, and conditional uses allowed by the applicable zoning
|
||
district.
|
||
3. Nonconforming lots are subject to all standards of the applicable
|
||
zoning district, including setbacks, floor area ratios, landscape ratios, and
|
||
structural height limits.
|
||
(C) Nonconforming Land Uses:
|
||
1. Any land use that previously existed on the effective date of these
|
||
regulations, conformed to the prior regulations, but does not conform to these
|
||
regulations, may continue to exist as a legally nonconforming land use.
|
||
2. No such nonconforming use shall be enlarged nor extended to occupy a
|
||
greater area of land or structure than was occupied on the effective date of
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
3. No such nonconforming use shall be moved in whole or in part to any
|
||
portion of the lot or parcel other than that occupied on the effective date of
|
||
these regulations.
|
||
4. If any such nonconforming use is discontinued for any reason for a
|
||
period of one year (calendar date to calendar date), or three (3) years in the
|
||
case of nonresidential uses in the B Residential District, any subsequent use
|
||
of the subject property and/or structure shall conform to these regulations.
|
||
5. No additional structure not conforming to these regulations shall be
|
||
erected in connection with such nonconforming use of land or structures.
|
||
(D) Nonconforming Structures:
|
||
1. Any structure that previously existed on the effective date of these
|
||
regulations, which conformed to the prior regulations, but does not conform to
|
||
these regulations in terms of height, setbacks, floor area ratio, landscape
|
||
ratio, or other such standards, may continue to exist as a legally
|
||
nonconforming structure under these regulations.
|
||
2. No such nonconforming structure may be enlarged, expanded, or
|
||
altered in a way that increases its nonconformity, but may be altered to
|
||
decrease its nonconformity.
|
||
3. Should such nonconforming structure be moved for any reason and for
|
||
any distance, it shall thereafter conform to these regulations.
|
||
4. Should any nonconforming structure or nonconforming portion of a
|
||
structure be destroyed by any means to an extent greater than fifty percent
|
||
(50%) of its floor area, it shall not be reconstructed except in conformity
|
||
with these regulations.
|
||
5. Nothing in these regulations shall be deemed to prevent the
|
||
strengthening or restoring to a safe condition of any structure or portion of a
|
||
structure declared to be unsafe by an official charged with protecting the
|
||
public safety, upon order of such official.
|
||
(E) Nonconforming Manufactured Homes:
|
||
1. Consistent with section
|
||
9-3-4 of this title, legally existing Class B and Class C manufactured homes in
|
||
the A Residential Zoning District may only be replaced by a Class A
|
||
manufactured home or a site built dwelling unit. In addition to this
|
||
requirement, all Class B and C manufactured homes in the A Residential Zoning
|
||
District are subject to applicable provisions from subsections (C) and (D) of
|
||
this section.
|
||
2. Consistent with section
|
||
9-3-5 of this title, legally existing Class B and Class C manufactured homes in
|
||
the B Residential Zoning District may only be replaced by a Class A or B
|
||
manufactured home or a site built dwelling unit. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-14: CORNER VISIBILITY:
|
||
(A) Corner Visibility Triangle: Every street intersection shall have
|
||
associated with it a corner visibility triangle. This area shall be created by
|
||
extending the curb lines (or edge of pavement where there are no curbs) to an
|
||
imaginary point in the street where the lines intersect. From that point,
|
||
thirty feet (30') is measured back along each line, then a line across both
|
||
ends is drawn to close the triangle. In most cases, this triangular area will
|
||
include both public right-of-way and private property adjacent to the right-of-
|
||
way.
|
||
(B) Visibility Standards: Within the corner visibility triangle, there
|
||
shall be no continuous obstructions between the heights of thirty inches (30")
|
||
and ten feet (10'), as measured from the adjacent road surface. This includes
|
||
landscaping, fencing, and structures of all kinds.
|
||
(C) Applicability: This standard applies to streets of all functional
|
||
classifications, but does not apply to intersections of a street and an alley.
|
||
(Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-4-15: MAJOR RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT:
|
||
(A) Parking And Storage: Major recreational equipment shall not be parked
|
||
or stored in any required front or side yard other than a driveway that
|
||
provides direct access from the street to a garage or carport. However, major
|
||
recreational equipment may be parked anywhere on residential property for the
|
||
purpose of loading or unloading for a period not to exceed twenty four (24)
|
||
hours. Major recreational equipment may be parked or stored in bona fide
|
||
commercial storage facilities that meet the standards of these regulations.
|
||
(B) Use As Living Or Sleeping Quarters: Major recreational equipment shall
|
||
not be used for sleeping, living, housekeeping, or any commercial purpose
|
||
(including home based business) when parked or stored on property within a
|
||
residential zoning district. Use of major recreational equipment as an ARU or
|
||
as guest quarters is expressly prohibited. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
DEFINITIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
9-5-1: Interpretation Of Commonly Used Terms And Words
|
||
9-5-2: Definitions Of Terms And Words
|
||
9-5-1: INTERPRETATION OF COMMONLY USED TERMS AND WORDS:
|
||
(A) Words used in the present tense include the future tense.
|
||
(B) Words used in the singular include the plural, and words used in the
|
||
plural include the singular unless the natural construction of the wording
|
||
indicates otherwise.
|
||
(C) The words "used for" shall include the meaning and application of
|
||
"designed for".
|
||
(D) The word "shall" is always mandatory.
|
||
(E) The word "encouraged" is directory, and is used to express an intent,
|
||
although not necessarily a requirement.
|
||
(F) Where there appears to be a conflict between the content of the text
|
||
of these regulations and any definition provided in this chapter, the text
|
||
shall take precedent.
|
||
(G) Should any question of definition arise for a term not listed in this
|
||
chapter or not defined elsewhere in these regulations, the administrator may at
|
||
his/her discretion, research the term and provide a definition for general use
|
||
in administering and interpreting these regulations. (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
9-5-2: DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND WORDS:
|
||
The following definitions of terms and words are to be used in the
|
||
administration, interpretation, and enforcement of this title:
|
||
ACCESS: The legal means of approach to provide vehicular and/or pedestrian
|
||
physical entrance to a property.
|
||
ACCESS, SHARED: The joint and cooperative use of an access point and/or
|
||
facility (such as a driveway) by two (2) or more entities.
|
||
ACCESSORY: Customarily associated with and incidental and subordinate to.
|
||
ACCESSORY BUILDING: A building that is detached from the principal building on
|
||
the same lot, and is customarily incidental and subordinate to the principal
|
||
building and/or use of the property. Examples of accessory buildings include
|
||
detached garages, storage/tool sheds, and material, supply, and merchandise
|
||
storage structures on commercial and industrial property. Includes the term
|
||
"accessory structure".
|
||
ACCESSORY RESIDENTIAL UNIT (ARU): An independent and separate dwelling unit
|
||
that is subordinate to a primary residential use of a property. Includes the
|
||
terms "accessory apartment", "garage apartment", "granny flat", and "mother-in-
|
||
law apartment".
|
||
ACCESSORY USE: A use of land or of a building or portion thereof that is
|
||
customarily incidental and subordinate in area, extent, or purpose to the
|
||
principal use, and is located on the same lot as the principal use.
|
||
ADULT BOOKSTORE: An establishment having all or a portion of its display area,
|
||
stock in trade, or floor area used for the sale or rental of books, magazines,
|
||
publications, tapes, films, video disks, or other media that is distinguished
|
||
or characterized by an emphasis on sexually oriented and/or sexually explicit
|
||
material, describing, relating to, or depicting sexual activities.
|
||
ADULT ENTERTAINMENT: An establishment, either with or without a liquor license,
|
||
offering sexually oriented live entertainment which may include, but is not
|
||
necessarily limited to, entertainers, male or female, performing disrobed,
|
||
partially disrobed, or in the act of disrobing, and/or touching patrons in a
|
||
sexually explicit or sexually suggestive manner.
|
||
ADULT RETAIL ESTABLISHMENT: A business that offers films, books, manuals, toys,
|
||
likenesses, marital aids, and other items of a sexually explicit nature for
|
||
sale to the general public.
|
||
AGRICULTURE: The use of land for farming, dairying, grazing, the growing of
|
||
crops, or the raising and/or breeding of animals for meat and fiber. This
|
||
definition does not include feed lots or slaughtering and/or packing
|
||
facilities.
|
||
AUTO SALVAGE YARD: Any space, either inside or outside of a building, greater
|
||
than two hundred (200) square feet in area, used for the storage, dismantling,
|
||
disassembling, or salvaging wrecked or otherwise immobilized motor vehicles,
|
||
including snowmobiles, motorcycles, trailers, and ATVs.
|
||
BED AND BREAKFAST ESTABLISHMENT: A private owner or manager occupied residence
|
||
that rents rooms therein by the night or week to transient guests for
|
||
compensation, and in which breakfast is provided only to room guests, the cost
|
||
of which is included in the price of room. Terms of occupancy in a bed and
|
||
breakfast shall be not more than thirty (30) consecutive days. For purposes of
|
||
these regulations, no bed and breakfast establishment shall have more than six
|
||
(6) rooms available for rent, and all rooms shall be contained within the
|
||
principal structure on the lot.
|
||
BUILDING: Any structure having a roof supported by columns or walls and
|
||
intended for the shelter, housing, or enclosure of any individual, group of
|
||
individuals, animal, process, equipment, goods, or material of any kind.
|
||
BUILDING HEIGHT: See definition of Height, Structural.
|
||
BUILDING PERMIT: For purposes of these regulations, a "building permit" is a
|
||
permit issued by the city of Choteau and/or the Montana department of labor and
|
||
industries verifying that the project described in said permit meets all
|
||
standards and requirements of the applicable international codes. Includes the
|
||
terms "electrical permit", "plumbing permit", and "mechanical permit".
|
||
CASINO: An establishment or any portion of an establishment that offers live
|
||
and/or machine gambling to patrons. Includes the term "gambling enterprise" as
|
||
defined in section 23-5-112(15), Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
CHARACTER: Special physical features, characteristics, or scale of a structure
|
||
or area that set it apart from its surroundings and contribute to its interest
|
||
and/or individuality.
|
||
CHILD: A person under thirteen (13) years of age or a person with special
|
||
needs, as defined by the department, who is under eighteen (18) years of age or
|
||
is eighteen (18) years of age and a full time student expected to complete an
|
||
educational program by nineteen (19) years of age 1 .
|
||
CHILDCARE: See definition of Daycare.
|
||
CHURCH: See definition of Religious Institution.
|
||
COMMUNITY RESIDENTIAL FACILITY: This term is defined by section 76-2-411,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated:
|
||
(A) A community group home for developmentally, mentally, or severely
|
||
disabled persons that does not provide skilled or intermediate nursing care;
|
||
(B) A youth foster home, a kinship foster home, a youth shelter care
|
||
facility, a transitional living program, or youth group home as defined in
|
||
section 52-2-602 Montana Code Annotated;
|
||
(C) A halfway house operated in accordance with regulations of the
|
||
department of public health and human services for the rehabilitation of
|
||
alcoholics or drug dependent persons;
|
||
(D) A licensed adult foster family care home; or
|
||
(E) An assisted living facility licensed under section 50-5-227 Montana
|
||
Code Annotated.
|
||
CONDITIONAL USE: A use of land or structures allowed within a zoning district
|
||
provided that the conditions specified in the district regulations for the use
|
||
are met. A use of land or structures is not a conditional use and cannot be
|
||
permitted as a conditional use unless the use is specifically listed in the
|
||
applicable zoning district.
|
||
COTTAGE INDUSTRY: For purposes of these regulations, a cottage industry is a
|
||
category of home based business. (See section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.)
|
||
CREDIT UNION: See definition of Financial Institution.
|
||
DAYCARE: Care for children provided by an adult, other than a parent of the
|
||
children or other person living with the children as a parent, on a regular or
|
||
irregular basis, as applicable, for daily periods of less than twenty four (24)
|
||
hours, whether that care is for daytime or nighttime hours. Also includes the
|
||
term "childcare" 2 .
|
||
DAYCARE CENTER: An out of home place in which daycare is provided to thirteen
|
||
(13) or more children on a regular or irregular basis 3 .
|
||
DAYCARE HOME: A home based childcare facility licensed by the state of Montana
|
||
department of health and human services and providing daycare for not more than
|
||
twelve (12) children. This term includes "family daycare home" and "group
|
||
daycare home" as defined in section 52-2-703, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
DINING AND DRINKING ESTABLISHMENT: Includes any type of restaurant, cafe, or
|
||
coffee shop where patrons are served prepared food and/or beverages (including
|
||
alcoholic beverages), for consumption on premises, for compensation. This term
|
||
also includes the terms "bar", "tavern", "pub", "public house", "brew pub", and
|
||
"roadhouse", and also includes "carry out" and "delivery" services for off
|
||
premises consumption of prepared foods. This term does not include "casinos".
|
||
DRIVE-THROUGH FACILITIES: Site facilities and/or features that by design
|
||
provide access to the site for customers to order, shop, make purchases, and/or
|
||
generally conduct business while remaining in their motor vehicles. Includes
|
||
the terms "drive-up facilities" and "drive-in facilities".
|
||
DWELLING UNIT: One or more rooms, designed, occupied, or intended for occupancy
|
||
as separate living quarters, with cooking, sleeping, and sanitary facilities
|
||
provided within the unit for the exclusive use of a single family maintaining a
|
||
household.
|
||
DWELLING UNIT, MULTI-FAMILY: A dwelling unit within a structure situated on a
|
||
single lot and designed for and containing three (3) or more separate dwelling
|
||
units. This definition is inclusive of the terms "apartment", "multi-family
|
||
housing unit", and "townhome unit" when the townhome structure contains three
|
||
(3) or more separate units.
|
||
DWELLING UNIT, SINGLE-FAMILY DETACHED: A structure designed and intended for
|
||
residential use, that contains one dwelling unit, and is not attached or
|
||
physically connected to any other dwelling by any means (except for an ARU
|
||
which may be allowed by this title), and is surrounded by open space or yards.
|
||
DWELLING UNIT, TWO-FAMILY: A dwelling unit within a structure situated on a
|
||
single lot and designed for and containing two (2) separate and distinct
|
||
dwelling units. This term includes the terms "duplex unit", "twin home unit",
|
||
and "townhome unit" when the townhome structure contains two (2) dwelling
|
||
units.
|
||
EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES: The business of removing minerals and other material
|
||
from the ground; includes quarrying, the removal of sand, soil, stone, gravel,
|
||
or clay, and all mining operations.
|
||
FAMILY: An individual, or two (2) or more persons related by blood, marriage,
|
||
or adoption, or, five (5) or fewer individuals who need not be so related,
|
||
living together as a single housekeeping unit.
|
||
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION: An establishment duly licensed by the state and/or
|
||
federal government to provide banking, saving, brokerage, safe deposit, and
|
||
other types and combinations of consumer financial services. Does not include
|
||
offices whose sole function is brokerage and/or financial planning services.
|
||
FLOOR AREA RATIO (FAR): Gross floor area divided by gross lot area.
|
||
GRADE: Slope of the land, whether natural or manmade. Also, the percentage or
|
||
ratio of rise or descent of a sloping surface. (Example: The grade of a street,
|
||
or grade of a site or lot.) Grade is measured as vertical rise (or descent)
|
||
divided by a given horizontal distance. (Example: A lot on which the elevation
|
||
rises 10 feet from front to rear, and is 100 feet in depth, has a grade [or
|
||
slope] of 10 percent; also expressed as a ratio of 1:10.)
|
||
GRADE, FINISHED: The final elevation of the average ground level adjoining a
|
||
structure at all exterior walls after development. Also refers to the state of
|
||
the land after grading and/or filling is complete.
|
||
GRADE, NATURAL: The elevation and/or slope of the land in its natural state,
|
||
prior to any excavation, filling, or construction.
|
||
GRADING: Any stripping, cutting, filling, or stockpiling of earth or land in
|
||
order to alter natural or preexisting grades for any reason, including
|
||
development. Vegetation removal without any alteration of the terrain is not
|
||
considered grading for purposes of these regulations.
|
||
GROCERY STORE: Permanent business establishment selling prepared or unprepared
|
||
and packaged food items and miscellaneous household items at retail. Term
|
||
includes "food co-op", but does not include temporary uses such as farm stands,
|
||
produce stands, or mobile food vendors.
|
||
GROSS FLOOR AREA: The total floor area of a structure, including all hallways,
|
||
stairs, restrooms, storage, lobbies, and other common areas. In residential
|
||
situations, gross floor area does not include basements that are totally below
|
||
ground level and that do not have egress windows.
|
||
GROUND COVER: Grasses and other low growing plants, intended primarily to
|
||
stabilize the soil. Also, grass or low growing plants as part of a landscape
|
||
treatment.
|
||
HEIGHT, STRUCTURAL: The mean linear distance from the ground level on finished
|
||
grade at the midpoint and immediately adjacent to each of the walls of a
|
||
structure to the highest point of the structure, not including antennas,
|
||
chimneys, steeples, or rooftop mechanical devices. (See section
|
||
9-4-6 of this title.)
|
||
HOME BASED BUSINESS: A business conducted from a residence, and conducted
|
||
primarily by the inhabitants thereof. (See section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.)
|
||
HOME OCCUPATION: For purposes of these regulations, a category of home
|
||
business. (See section
|
||
9-4-4 of this title.)
|
||
HOMELESS SHELTER: A facility providing temporary housing to indigent, needy, or
|
||
homeless persons.
|
||
HOSPICE: A facility for the care of terminally ill persons.
|
||
HOTEL: A facility offering transient lodging accommodations to the general
|
||
public, and which may include additional facilities and services such as
|
||
restaurants, meeting rooms, entertainment, personal services, and fitness/
|
||
recreational facilities. Includes the term "motel", but does not include the
|
||
terms "bed and breakfast" or "tourist home".
|
||
JUNK: Any scrap, waste, reclaimable material, or debris, including vehicle
|
||
parts, whether or not stored, for sale, or in the process of being dismantled,
|
||
destroyed, processed, salvaged, stored, baled, disposed of, or for other use or
|
||
disposition.
|
||
JUNK VEHICLE: An inoperable motor vehicle, or component parts thereof, meeting
|
||
the definition set forth in section 75-10-501, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
KENNEL, BOARDING: An establishment in which dogs or other domesticated animals
|
||
are housed, groomed, boarded, or trained, all for a fee for service.
|
||
KENNEL, BREEDING: The keeping, breeding, raising, showing, or training of four
|
||
(4) or more dogs over the age of six (6) months, either for the personal
|
||
enjoyment of the owner or occupant, or for compensation.
|
||
LANDSCAPE PLAN: A scaled drawing of a lot or site that depicts areas to be
|
||
landscaped, and on which is shown some or all of the following:
|
||
(A) Proposed tree and plant species.
|
||
(B) Number of each species to be planted and installed size.
|
||
(C) Methods of protecting existing vegetation during construction.
|
||
(D) Proposed treatments of hard and soft surfaces.
|
||
(E) Proposed decorative features (if applicable).
|
||
(F) Grading plan (if applicable).
|
||
(G) Buffers and screening devices.
|
||
LANDSCAPE RATIO (LSR): The amount of landscaped area measured in square feet
|
||
divided by the gross lot area.
|
||
LANDSCAPING: For purposes of these regulations, trees, shrubs, grasses and
|
||
other ground covers, and other materials such as rock, wood chips, decorative
|
||
features (birdbaths, sculpture, etc.), patterned walks, fountains, pools, and
|
||
similar naturalistic features for the primary purpose of highlighting,
|
||
complementing, or enhancing a structure(s) or any other development on a site
|
||
or lot.
|
||
LAWFUL SIMILAR USE: A use that is not necessarily in the list of permitted or
|
||
conditional uses for a particular zoning district, but which in the judgment of
|
||
the administrator, has similar characteristics, traffic generation, intensity
|
||
of use, and neighborhood and community impacts as uses that are so listed. (See
|
||
section
|
||
9-2-11 of this title.)
|
||
LODGING USE: The provision of temporary living quarters, with or without meals,
|
||
for transient guests for a fee, and for a period of less than thirty (30) days.
|
||
LOT: A unit of land described by letter or number in a legally recorded
|
||
subdivision. Also includes a parcel of land described by metes and bounds, the
|
||
description of which has been so recorded and appears on its deed. Term
|
||
includes "lot of record".
|
||
LOT COVERAGE: The amount of space on a lot or parcel taken up by principal and
|
||
accessory structures; usually expressed as a percentage of the gross lot area.
|
||
LOT, DOUBLE FRONTAGE: A lot that fronts on one street with its side lot line
|
||
lying adjacent to an intersecting street; a corner lot.
|
||
LOT, FLAG: A lot that is positioned, usually because of topography, behind
|
||
other lots and connected to a street via a long narrow portion of the lot often
|
||
called a "flag stem".
|
||
LOT FRONTAGE: The area of a lot adjacent to the street right of way from which
|
||
it gains access. Also refers to a measurement of the width of the lot at the
|
||
street right of way.
|
||
LOT LINE, FRONT: The boundary segment of a lot that lies adjacent to the street
|
||
from which the lot gains access and/or is addressed.
|
||
LOT LINE, REAR: The boundary segment of a lot that lies most opposite the front
|
||
lot line.
|
||
LOT LINE, SIDE: Any boundary segment or segments connecting the front and rear
|
||
lot lines.
|
||
LOT, THROUGH: A lot which fronts on one street and runs through to a parallel
|
||
street in the rear.
|
||
LUMINAIRE, CUTOFF: A complete lighting unit consisting of a light source,
|
||
housing, and all necessary electrical, mechanical, and decorative parts, and
|
||
which by design, limits the illumination to a specific area and does not allow
|
||
glare to be encountered beyond the illuminated area.
|
||
MAJOR RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT: This term includes, but is not necessarily
|
||
limited to, snowmobiles and snowmobile trailers, livestock trailers, boats and
|
||
boat trailers, travel trailers (including pop ups), pickup camper tops when not
|
||
mounted on a vehicle, motor homes, tent trailers, as well as the cases, boxes,
|
||
or containers used for transporting or shipping recreational equipment, whether
|
||
or not occupied by such equipment.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS A: Single-family housing built off site on a chassis,
|
||
or otherwise designed and constructed to be transported to a site for
|
||
installation and use when connected to required utilities. In addition, class A
|
||
manufactured homes meet the following standards:
|
||
(A) Constructed after January 1, 1990, and certified as meeting the mobile
|
||
home construction standards of the U.S. department of housing and urban
|
||
development.
|
||
(B) Is at least twenty feet (20') in width at its narrowest point.
|
||
(C) Has a roof pitch not less than four to twelve (4:12) and eaves not
|
||
less than twelve inches (12"), not counting any gutter.
|
||
(D) Utilizes roofing materials which are generally acceptable for site
|
||
built housing. Roofing materials must have the appearance of a shake, shingle,
|
||
or tile roof.
|
||
(E) Siding material which has the appearance of wood, masonry, or
|
||
nonreflective metal siding.
|
||
(F) Is placed on a permanent foundation for which a building permit has
|
||
been issued, or has perimeter skirting that resembles a conventional foundation
|
||
of a site built home, and is constructed of brick, concrete, concrete block, or
|
||
treated lumber.
|
||
(G) The hitch or tongue has been removed from the unit.
|
||
This definition does not include the terms "mobile home" or house trailer as
|
||
set forth in section 15-1-101, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS B: A manufactured home meeting the mobile home
|
||
construction and safety standards of the U.S. department of housing and urban
|
||
development, but not meeting all criteria in subsections (A) through (F) of the
|
||
definition of Manufactured Home, Class A.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME, CLASS C: A manufactured home which does not meet the mobile
|
||
home construction and safety standards of the U.S. department of housing and
|
||
urban development, but which is at least ten feet (10') in width and forty feet
|
||
(40') in length excluding the hitch or tongue.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME PARK: An area designed for and occupied by two (2) or more
|
||
manufactured homes of any class where designated spaces are rented or leased to
|
||
persons having their own manufactured homes. Also includes similar areas in
|
||
which the manufactured home and the space are rented or leased to tenants.
|
||
MANUFACTURED HOME SUBDIVISION: A land subdivision in which lots are designated
|
||
and sold specifically for placement of manufactured homes of any class.
|
||
MOTEL: See definition of Hotel.
|
||
NONCONFORMING LOT OF RECORD: Any legally created lot of record that conformed
|
||
to prior regulations, but that does not conform to the standards set forth in
|
||
these regulations for lot area, dimensions, or configuration. (See section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.)
|
||
NONCONFORMING STRUCTURE: A structure of any kind that was legal under prior
|
||
regulations, but does not conform to these regulations in terms of setbacks,
|
||
height, FAR, or LSR on the subject lot. (See section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.)
|
||
NONCONFORMING USE: A use of land that was allowed under prior regulations, but
|
||
which does not conform to these regulations. (See section
|
||
9-4-13 of this title.)
|
||
NUISANCE: A condition or situation that results in an interference with the
|
||
enjoyment and use of property.
|
||
OCCUPANT: An individual, individuals, or entity in actual possession of a
|
||
premises.
|
||
OFF STREET PARKING: Spaces for automobiles that are provided, or are required
|
||
to be provided under these regulations, on private property, usually on the
|
||
same lot or parcel as the business, residence, or other entity served by the
|
||
parking, and not located on a street or other public way.
|
||
ORNAMENTAL TREE: A deciduous tree planted primarily for its beauty, color,
|
||
flower, or leaf rather than primarily for screening purposes.
|
||
PARAPET: The extension of the main walls of a structure above roof level.
|
||
PARAPET, TOP OF: The highest point of a parapet; often used in the measurement
|
||
of structural height.
|
||
PERSONAL SERVICES: Establishments primarily engaged in providing services, for
|
||
compensation, involving the care of a person or his or her personal goods or
|
||
apparel.
|
||
PRINCIPAL USE: The primary or predominant use of any lot or parcel.
|
||
RECREATIONAL VEHICLE (RV): See definition of Major Recreational Equipment.
|
||
RECYCLING CENTER: Land, building, and equipment used for the collection,
|
||
sorting, and reshipping of used materials for eventual reuse in new products.
|
||
RELIGIOUS INSTITUTION: A church, synagogue, temple, mosque, or other facility
|
||
where prayer, worship, fellowship, and education are partaken in by persons of
|
||
similar beliefs. Also, a special purpose building or complex of buildings that
|
||
is architecturally designed or particularly adapted for the primary use of
|
||
conducting formal religious services on a regular basis.
|
||
RESIDENTIAL USE: Use of land and/or buildings for sleeping, eating,
|
||
congregating, and general housekeeping by an individual, group of individuals
|
||
(see definition of Family), or family for a period of thirty (30) days or more.
|
||
RESTAURANT: See definition of Dining And Drinking Establishment.
|
||
RETAIL: The business activity through which durable and nondurable goods of all
|
||
kinds, including food and specialty items and household furnishings, are
|
||
offered for sale to the general public. This term does not include sales of
|
||
motor vehicles, trailers, trucks, and RVs, nor does it include the sale of
|
||
medical marijuana.
|
||
RETAINING WALL: A structure that is constructed between lands of different
|
||
elevations in order to stabilize the surfaces, prevent erosion and/or collapse,
|
||
and protect other structures such as homes and businesses.
|
||
RUBBISH: Generic term for solid waste, excluding food waste and ashes, taken
|
||
from residences, commercial establishments, and institutions.
|
||
SCALE: The proportioned relationship of the size of parts to one another, as in
|
||
the scale of buildings or of a neighborhood. Also, the relationship between
|
||
distances on a map and actual ground distances.
|
||
SCALE OF DEVELOPMENT: The relationship of a particular project or development,
|
||
in terms of its size, height, bulk, intensity of use, and aesthetics, to its
|
||
surroundings.
|
||
SELF-STORAGE FACILITY: A building or group of buildings containing separate,
|
||
individual, and private storage spaces or varying sizes available for lease or
|
||
rent for varying periods of time. Includes the terms "ministorage" and
|
||
"miniwarehouses".
|
||
SETBACK: The distance between a structure and any given lot line (front, side,
|
||
or rear).
|
||
SETBACK LINE: The line that delineates the required minimum distance from any
|
||
lot line, and establishes the area within which a principal or accessory
|
||
structure may be erected or placed.
|
||
SHRUB: A woody plant, smaller than a tree, consisting of several small branches
|
||
from the ground or small branches near the ground; may be deciduous or
|
||
evergreen.
|
||
SIGN: An object, device, display, or structure, or part thereof, situated
|
||
outdoors or indoors, that is intended and used to advertise, identify, display,
|
||
direct, or attract attention to an object, person, institution, organization,
|
||
business, product, service, event, or location by any means, including words,
|
||
letters, figures, design, symbols, fixtures, colors, illuminated, or projected
|
||
images.
|
||
SIGN, OFF PREMISES: A sign specifically designed to direct attention to a
|
||
business, product, or service, or attraction that is not provided on the
|
||
premises on which the sign is located; billboard.
|
||
SIGN, TEMPORARY: A sign or advertising display constructed of cloth, canvas,
|
||
fabric, plywood, or other light material and designed or intended to be
|
||
displayed for a relatively short period of time; not permanent.
|
||
SMOKE SHACK: A four (4) sided building no larger than ninety six (96) square
|
||
feet, one side of which is totally open. On the remaining three (3) sides,
|
||
there shall be continuous ventilation gaps of no less than eight inches (8") in
|
||
width between the wall and ceiling and the wall and the floor.
|
||
SPECIMEN TREE: A particularly impressive or outstanding example of a species
|
||
because of its size, shade, age, or other trait that epitomizes the character
|
||
of the species; in a landscape plan, species of trees that will grow the
|
||
largest and are usually installed at the largest sizes of any other plant
|
||
materials in the plan. May be coniferous or deciduous.
|
||
STRUCTURE: A combination of materials, that when combined and assembled in the
|
||
process of construction, form a substantial object for use, occupancy, or
|
||
ornamentation whether installed on, above, or below the surface of land or
|
||
water; a combination of materials assembled and set upon the land for a
|
||
beneficial use.
|
||
SUBDIVISION: The division of a lot, tract, or parcel of land into two (2) or
|
||
more lots, or other divisions of land for sale, development, or lease. A
|
||
division of land meeting the definition of subdivision set forth in section 76-
|
||
3-103, Montana Code Annotated.
|
||
TAVERN: See definition of Dining And Drinking Establishment.
|
||
TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITY: A federal communications commission licensed
|
||
facility, including at least one tower and support functions, designed and used
|
||
for the purpose of transmitting, receiving, and relaying voice and data signals
|
||
from various wireless communication devices and equipment. Does not include
|
||
broadcast antennas, amateur radio transmission facilities, or antennas for
|
||
public service communications such as police, fire, and other emergency
|
||
services.
|
||
THEATER: A building or part thereof used to show motion pictures or theatrical
|
||
productions including drama, dance, musical/concerts, or other live
|
||
performances.
|
||
TOURIST HOME: A lodging use of a residence where the entire residence or rooms
|
||
therein are rented to transient guests, with or without meals, for compensation
|
||
and for a term of occupancy of less than thirty (30) days.
|
||
TRAVEL TRAILER: See definition of Major Recreational Equipment.
|
||
ZONING DISTRICT: As used in these regulations, this term refers to individual
|
||
zoning districts such as A residential, highway business, general industrial,
|
||
etc. The term does not refer to all zoned land within the city of Choteau
|
||
collectively.
|
||
ZONING PERMIT: A permit issued by the city of Choteau that verifies that the
|
||
development described in the permit meets the applicable requirements of this
|
||
title. (Reference section
|
||
9-2-1 through
|
||
9-2-7 of this title.) (Ord. 304, 4-10-2012)
|
||
|
||
Notes
|
||
1 1. MCA § 52-2-703.
|
||
2 1. MCA § 52-2-703.
|
||
3 2. MCA § 52-2-703.
|
||
TITLE 10
|
||
TRAFFIC
|
||
CHAPTER 1
|
||
DEFINITIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-1-1: Definitions
|
||
10-1-1: DEFINITIONS:
|
||
The following words and phrases when used in this title shall for the purpose
|
||
of this title have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in this title
|
||
unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context:
|
||
ALLEY: Any public space or public thoroughfare twenty feet (20') or less in
|
||
width.
|
||
AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLE: Vehicles of the fire department (fire patrol),
|
||
police vehicles, and such ambulances and emergency vehicles of municipal
|
||
departments or public service corporations as are designated or authorized by
|
||
the council.
|
||
BICYCLE: Every device propelled by human power upon which any person may ride,
|
||
having two (2) tandem wheels either of which is over twenty inches (20") in
|
||
diameter.
|
||
BUSINESS DISTRICT: The territory contiguous to and including a street or
|
||
highway when within any six hundred feet (600') along such street or highway
|
||
there are buildings in use for business or industrial purposes, including, but
|
||
not limited to, hotels, banks, or office buildings, railroad stations, and
|
||
public buildings which occupy at least three hundred feet (300') collectively
|
||
on both sides of the street or highway; provided however, that the chief of
|
||
police, with the consent of the council, may change the boundaries or territory
|
||
within said business district.
|
||
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE: Every vehicle designed, maintained, or used primarily for
|
||
the transportation of property.
|
||
CONTROLLED ACCESS HIGHWAY: Every highway, street, or railroad in respect to
|
||
which owners or occupants of abutting property or lands and other persons have
|
||
no legal right of access to or from the same except at such points only and in
|
||
such manner as may be determined by this title or by the council.
|
||
CROSSWALK: That part of a roadway at an intersection included within the
|
||
connections of the lateral lines of the sidewalks on opposite sides of the
|
||
highway measured from the curbs, or in the absence of curbs from the edges of
|
||
the traversable roadway. Any portion of a roadway at an intersection or
|
||
elsewhere distinctly indicated for pedestrian crossing by lines or other
|
||
markings on the surface.
|
||
CURB LOADING ZONE: A space adjacent to a curb reserved for the exclusive use of
|
||
vehicles during the loading or unloading of passengers or materials.
|
||
DRIVER: Every person who drives or is in actual physical control of a vehicle.
|
||
FREIGHT CURB LOADING ZONE: A space adjacent to a curb for the exclusive use of
|
||
vehicles during the loading or unloading of freight.
|
||
INTERSECTION: The area embraced within the prolongation or connection of the
|
||
lateral curb lines, or, if none, then the lateral boundary lines of the
|
||
roadways of two (2) highways which join one another at or approximately at
|
||
right angles, or the area within which vehicles traveling upon different
|
||
highways joining at any other angle may come in conflict.
|
||
Where a highway includes two (2) roadways thirty feet (30') or more apart, then
|
||
every crossing of each roadway of such divided highway by an intersecting
|
||
highway shall be regarded as a separate intersection. In the event such
|
||
intersecting highway also includes two (2) roadways thirty feet (30') or more
|
||
apart, then every crossing of two (2) roadways of such highways shall be
|
||
regarded as a separate intersection.
|
||
LANED ROADWAY: A roadway which is divided into two (2) or more clearly marked
|
||
lanes for vehicular traffic.
|
||
MOTOR VEHICLE: Every vehicle which is self-propelled not operating upon rails.
|
||
MOTORCYCLE: Every motor vehicle having a saddle for the use of the rider and
|
||
designed to travel on not more than three (3) wheels in contact with the
|
||
ground, but excluding a tractor.
|
||
OFFICIAL TIME STANDARD: Whenever certain hours are named herein they shall mean
|
||
standard time or daylight saving time as may be in current use in the city.
|
||
OFFICIAL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES: All signs, signals, markings and devices not
|
||
inconsistent with this title placed or erected by authority of the council for
|
||
the purpose of regulating, warning, or guiding traffic and parking.
|
||
PARK: When prohibited means the standing of a vehicle, whether occupied or not,
|
||
otherwise than temporarily for the purpose of and while actually engaged in
|
||
loading or unloading.
|
||
PASSENGER CURB LOADING ZONE: A place adjacent to a curb reserved for the
|
||
exclusive use of vehicles during the loading or unloading of passengers.
|
||
PEDESTRIAN: Any person afoot.
|
||
PERSON: Every natural person, firm, copartnership, association or corporation.
|
||
POLICE OFFICER: Every officer of the municipal police department or any officer
|
||
authorized to direct or regulate traffic or to make arrests for violations of
|
||
this title.
|
||
PRIVATE ROAD OR DRIVEWAY: Every way or place in private ownership and used for
|
||
vehicular travel by the owner and those having express or implied permission
|
||
from the owner, but not by other persons.
|
||
RAILROAD: A carrier of persons or property upon cars operated upon stationary
|
||
rails.
|
||
RAILROAD TRAIN: A steam engine, electric or other motor, with or without cars
|
||
coupled thereto, operated upon rails.
|
||
RESIDENCE DISTRICT: The territory contiguous to and including a street or
|
||
highway not comprising a business district when the property on such street or
|
||
highway for a distance of three hundred feet (300') or more is in the main
|
||
improved with residences or residences and buildings in use for business.
|
||
RIGHT OF WAY: The privilege of the immediate use of the roadway.
|
||
ROADWAY: That portion of a street or highway improved, designed, or ordinarily
|
||
used for vehicular travel, exclusive of the berm or shoulder. In the event a
|
||
highway includes two (2) or more separate roadways the term "roadway" as used
|
||
herein shall refer to any such roadway separately but not to all such roadways
|
||
collectively.
|
||
SAFETY ZONE: The area or space officially set apart within a roadway for the
|
||
exclusive use of pedestrians and which is protected or is so marked or
|
||
indicated by adequate signs as to be plainly visible at all times while set
|
||
apart as a safety zone.
|
||
SIDEWALK: That portion of a street between curb lines, or the lateral lines of
|
||
a roadway, and the adjacent property lines intended for the use of pedestrians.
|
||
STOP: When required means complete cessation of movement.
|
||
STOP, STOPPING, OR STANDING: When prohibited means any stop or standing of a
|
||
vehicle, whether occupied or not, except when necessary to avoid conflict with
|
||
other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
|
||
traffic control sign or signal.
|
||
STREET OR HIGHWAY: The entire width between the boundary lines of every way
|
||
publicly maintained when any part thereof is open to the use of the public for
|
||
purposes of vehicular travel.
|
||
THROUGH HIGHWAY: Every street or highway or portion thereof at the entrances to
|
||
which vehicular traffic from intersecting streets or highways is required by
|
||
law to stop before entering or crossing the same and when stop signs are
|
||
erected as provided in this title.
|
||
TRAFFIC: Pedestrians, ridden or herded animals, vehicles, and other conveyances
|
||
either singly or together while using any street for the purpose of travel.
|
||
TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL: Any device, whether manually, electrically or
|
||
mechanically operated, by which traffic is alternately directed to stop and to
|
||
proceed.
|
||
TRAFFIC DIVISION: The traffic division of the police department of this city,
|
||
or in the event a traffic division is not established, then said term whenever
|
||
used herein shall be deemed to refer to the police department of this city.
|
||
TRUCK: Every motor vehicle designed, used, or maintained primarily for the
|
||
transportation of property and rated one ton or more capacity.
|
||
VEHICLE: Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may be
|
||
transported or drawn upon a highway, except devices moved by human power or
|
||
used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 2
|
||
TRAFFIC ADMINISTRATION
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-2-1: Police Administration
|
||
10-2-2: Records Of Traffic Violations
|
||
10-2-3: Police Department To Investigate Accidents
|
||
10-2-4: Driver's Files To Be Maintained
|
||
10-2-5: Annual Traffic Safety Report
|
||
10-2-6: Necessary, Emergency And Experimental Regulations
|
||
10-2-1: POLICE ADMINISTRATION:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the police department of this city to enforce the
|
||
provisions of this chapter, and all of the state vehicle laws applicable to
|
||
street traffic in this city, to make arrests for traffic violations, to
|
||
investigate accidents and to cooperate with other officers of the city in the
|
||
administration of the traffic laws and in developing ways and means to improve
|
||
traffic conditions, and to carry out those duties specially imposed upon said
|
||
department by this chapter and the traffic ordinances of this city. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-2: RECORDS OF TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS:
|
||
(A) The police department shall keep a record of all violations of the
|
||
traffic provisions of this code or of the state vehicle laws of which any
|
||
person has been charged, together with a record of the final disposition of all
|
||
such alleged offenses. Such record shall be so maintained as to show all types
|
||
of violations and the total of each said record shall accumulate during at
|
||
least a five (5) year period and from that time on the record shall be
|
||
maintained complete for at least the most recent five (5) year period.
|
||
(B) All forms for records of violations and notices of violations shall be
|
||
serially numbered. For each month and year a written record shall be kept
|
||
available to the public showing the disposal of all such forms.
|
||
(C) All such records and reports shall be public records. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-3: POLICE DEPARTMENT TO INVESTIGATE ACCIDENTS:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the chief of police and members of the police
|
||
department to investigate traffic accidents, to arrest and to assist in the
|
||
prosecution of those persons charged with violations of laws causing or
|
||
contributing to such accidents. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-4: DRIVER'S FILES TO BE MAINTAINED:
|
||
(A) The police department shall maintain a suitable record of all traffic
|
||
accidents, warnings, arrests, convictions, and complaints reported for each
|
||
driver which shall be filed alphabetically under the name of the driver
|
||
concerned.
|
||
(B) Said department shall study the cases of all drivers charged with
|
||
frequent or serious violations of the traffic laws or involved in frequent
|
||
traffic accidents or any serious accident and shall attempt to discover the
|
||
reasons therefor, and shall take whatever steps are lawful and reasonable to
|
||
prevent the same or to have the licenses of such persons suspended or revoked.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-5: ANNUAL TRAFFIC SAFETY REPORT:
|
||
The chief of police shall annually prepare a traffic report which shall be
|
||
filed with the council. Such report shall contain information on traffic
|
||
matters in this city as follows:
|
||
(A) The number of traffic accidents, the number of persons killed, the
|
||
number of persons injured, and other pertinent traffic accident data.
|
||
(B) The number of traffic accidents investigated and other pertinent data
|
||
on the safety activities of the police.
|
||
(C) The plans and recommendations of the police department for future
|
||
traffic safety provisions. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-2-6: NECESSARY, EMERGENCY AND EXPERIMENTAL REGULATIONS:
|
||
(A) The chief of police, with the approval of the council, is hereby
|
||
empowered to make and enforce regulations necessary to make effective the
|
||
provisions of the traffic code of this city.
|
||
(B) The chief of police may test traffic control devices under actual
|
||
conditions of traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 3
|
||
ENFORCEMENT
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-3-1: Authority Of Police And Fire Department Officials
|
||
10-3-2: Required Obedience To Traffic Code
|
||
10-3-3: Obedience To Police And Fire Department Officials
|
||
10-3-4: Persons Propelling Certain Vehicles
|
||
10-3-5: Restricted Uses
|
||
10-3-6: Public Employees To Obey Traffic Regulations
|
||
10-3-7: Authorized Emergency Vehicles
|
||
10-3-8: Approaching Authorized Emergency Vehicles
|
||
10-3-9: Immediate Notice Of Accident
|
||
10-3-10: Written Reports Of Accidents
|
||
10-3-11: Driver Unable To Report
|
||
10-3-12: Written Accident Reports Confidential
|
||
10-3-1: AUTHORITY OF POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS:
|
||
It shall be the duty of the officers of the police department or such officers
|
||
as are assigned by the chief of police to enforce all street traffic laws of
|
||
this city and all of the state vehicle laws applicable to street traffic in
|
||
this city.
|
||
Officers of the police department or such officers as are assigned by the chief
|
||
of police are hereby authorized to direct all traffic by voice, hand, or signal
|
||
in conformance with traffic laws; provided, that, in the event of a fire or
|
||
other emergency or to expedite traffic or to safeguard pedestrians, officers of
|
||
the police department may direct traffic as conditions may require
|
||
notwithstanding the provisions of the traffic code.
|
||
Officers of the fire department, when at the scene of a fire, may direct or
|
||
assist the police in directing traffic thereat or in the immediate vicinity.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-2: REQUIRED OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CODE:
|
||
It is a misdemeanor for any person to do any act forbidden or fail to perform
|
||
any act required in this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-3: OBEDIENCE TO POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS:
|
||
No person shall wilfully fail or refuse to comply with any lawful order or
|
||
direction of a police officer or fire department official. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-4: PERSONS PROPELLING CERTAIN VEHICLES:
|
||
Every person propelling any push cart or riding an animal upon a roadway, and
|
||
every person driving any animal drawn vehicle, shall be subject to the
|
||
provisions of this code applicable to the driver of any vehicle, except those
|
||
provisions of this code which by their very nature can have no application.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-5: RESTRICTED USES:
|
||
No person upon roller skates, or riding in or by means of any coaster, toy
|
||
vehicle, or similar device, shall go upon any roadway except while crossing a
|
||
street on a crosswalk and when so crossing such person shall be granted all the
|
||
rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to pedestrians.
|
||
This section shall not apply upon any street while set aside as a play street
|
||
as authorized by the provisions of this code. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-6: PUBLIC EMPLOYEES TO OBEY TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:
|
||
The provisions of this code shall apply to the driver of any vehicle owned by
|
||
or used in the service of the United States government, this state, county, or
|
||
city, and it shall be unlawful for any said driver to violate any of the
|
||
provisions of this code, except as otherwise permitted in this code by state
|
||
statute. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-7: AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLES:
|
||
(A) The driver of an authorized emergency vehicle, when responding to an
|
||
emergency call or when in the pursuit of an actual or suspected violator of the
|
||
law or when responding to but not upon returning from a fire alarm, may
|
||
exercise the privileges set forth in this section, but subject to the
|
||
conditions herein stated.
|
||
(B) The driver of an authorized emergency vehicle may:
|
||
1. Park or stand, irrespective of the provisions of this code;
|
||
2. Proceed past a red or stop signal or stop sign, but only after
|
||
slowing down as may be necessary for safe operation;
|
||
3. Exceed the prima facie speed limits so long as he does not endanger
|
||
life or property;
|
||
4. Disregard regulations governing direction of movement or turning in
|
||
specified directions.
|
||
(C) The exemptions herein granted to an authorized emergency vehicle shall
|
||
apply only when the driver of any said vehicle while in motion sounds audible
|
||
signal by bell, siren or exhaust whistle as may be reasonably necessary, and
|
||
when the vehicle is equipped with at least one lighted lamp displaying a red
|
||
light visible under normal atmospheric conditions from a distance of five
|
||
hundred feet (500') to the front of such vehicle, except that an authorized
|
||
emergency vehicle operated as a police vehicle need not be equipped with or
|
||
display a red light visible from in front of the vehicle.
|
||
(D) The foregoing provisions shall not relieve the driver of an authorized
|
||
emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all
|
||
persons, nor shall such provisions protect the driver from the consequences of
|
||
his reckless disregard for the safety of others. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-8: APPROACHING AUTHORIZED EMERGENCY VEHICLES:
|
||
(A) Upon the immediate approach of an authorized emergency vehicle
|
||
equipped with at least one lighted lamp exhibiting red light visible under
|
||
normal atmospheric conditions from a distance of five hundred feet (500') to
|
||
the front of such vehicle other than a police vehicle when operated as an
|
||
authorized emergency vehicle, and when the driver is giving audible signal by
|
||
siren, exhaust whistle, or bell.
|
||
1. The driver of every other vehicle shall yield the right of way and
|
||
shall immediately drive to a position parallel to, and as close as possible to,
|
||
the right hand edge or curb of the roadway clear of any intersection and shall
|
||
stop and remain in such position until the authorized emergency vehicle has
|
||
passed, except when otherwise directed by a police officer.
|
||
(B) This section shall not operate to relieve the driver of an authorized
|
||
emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all
|
||
persons using the highway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-9: IMMEDIATE NOTICE OF ACCIDENT:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle involved in an accident resulting in injury to or death
|
||
of any person or property damage to an apparent extent of twenty five dollars
|
||
($25.00) or more, shall immediately by the quickest means of communication give
|
||
notice of such accident to the police department if such accident occurs within
|
||
this city. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-10: WRITTEN REPORTS OF ACCIDENTS:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle which is in any manner involved in an accident
|
||
resulting in injury to or death of a person or total property damage to an
|
||
apparent extent of twenty five dollars ($25.00) or more shall, within five (5)
|
||
days after such accident, forward a written report of such accident to the
|
||
police department, or a copy of any report he is required to forward to the
|
||
state. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-3-11: DRIVER UNABLE TO REPORT:
|
||
(A) Whenever the driver of a vehicle is physically incapable of giving
|
||
immediate notice of an accident as required in section
|
||
10-3-9 of this chapter, and there was another occupant in the vehicle at the
|
||
time of the accident capable of doing so, such occupant shall give, or cause to
|
||
be given, the notice not given by the driver.
|
||
(B) Whenever the driver is physically incapable of making a written report
|
||
of an accident as required in section
|
||
10-3-10 of this chapter, and such driver is not the owner of the vehicle, then
|
||
the owner of the vehicle involved in such accident shall within five (5) days
|
||
after learning of the accident make such report not made by the driver. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-3-12: WRITTEN ACCIDENT REPORTS CONFIDENTIAL:
|
||
All written accident reports made by drivers, owners or occupants of vehicles
|
||
involved in accidents as required in sections
|
||
10-3-9 and
|
||
10-3-10 of this chapter shall be without prejudice to the individual so
|
||
reporting and shall be for the confidential use of the police department or
|
||
other governmental agencies having use for the records for accident prevention
|
||
purposes, except that the police department may disclose the identity of a
|
||
person involved in an accident when such identity is not otherwise known or
|
||
when such person denies his presence at such accident. No such report shall be
|
||
used as evidence in any trial, civil or criminal, arising out of an accident
|
||
except that the department shall furnish upon demand of any person who has, or
|
||
claims to have made, such a report or upon demand of any court, a certificate
|
||
showing that a specified accident report has or has not been made to the police
|
||
department solely to prove a compliance or a failure to comply with the
|
||
requirements that such a report be made to the department. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 4
|
||
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-4-1: Authority To Install Devices
|
||
10-4-2: Specifications
|
||
10-4-3: Obedience To Traffic Control Devices
|
||
10-4-4: Enforcement Purposes
|
||
10-4-5: Traffic Control Signal Legend
|
||
10-4-6: Pedestrian Control Signals
|
||
10-4-7: Flashing Signals
|
||
10-4-8: Flashing Red Signal
|
||
10-4-9: Flashing Yellow Signal
|
||
10-4-10: Unauthorized Signs, Signals Or Markings
|
||
10-4-11: Interference Prohibited
|
||
10-4-12: Duty Of Chief Of Police
|
||
10-4-1: AUTHORITY TO INSTALL DEVICES:
|
||
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall place and maintain
|
||
traffic control signs, signals, and devices when and as required under the
|
||
traffic code of this city to make effective the provisions of said code, and
|
||
may place and maintain such additional traffic control devices as he may deem
|
||
necessary to regulate traffic under the traffic code or under state law, or to
|
||
guide or warn traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-2: SPECIFICATIONS:
|
||
All traffic control signs, signals, and devices, insofar as possible, shall
|
||
conform to the standards set forth by the National Association of Traffic
|
||
Engineers. All signs and signals required hereunder for a particular purpose
|
||
shall so far as practicable be uniform as to type and location throughout the
|
||
city. All traffic control devices so erected and not inconsistent with the
|
||
provisions of state law or this code shall be official traffic control devices.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-3: OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle shall obey the instructions of any official traffic
|
||
control device applicable thereto placed in accordance with this chapter unless
|
||
otherwise directed by a police officer subject to the exceptions granted the
|
||
driver of an authorized emergency vehicle in this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-4: ENFORCEMENT PURPOSES:
|
||
No provision of this code for which signs are required shall be enforced
|
||
against an alleged violator if at the time and place of the alleged violation
|
||
an official sign is not in proper position and sufficiently legible to be seen
|
||
by an ordinarily observant person. Whenever a particular section does not state
|
||
that signs are required, such section shall be effective even though no signs
|
||
are erected or in place. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-5: TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAL LEGEND:
|
||
Whenever traffic is controlled by traffic control signals exhibiting the words
|
||
"Go", "Caution" or "Stop" or exhibiting different colored lights successively
|
||
one at a time, or with arrows, the following colors only shall be used and said
|
||
terms and lights shall indicate and apply to drivers of vehicles and
|
||
pedestrians as follows:
|
||
(A) Green alone or "Go":
|
||
1. Vehicular traffic facing the signal, except when prohibited by this
|
||
chapter, may proceed straight through or turn right or left unless a sign at
|
||
such place prohibits either such turn. But vehicular traffic, including
|
||
vehicles turning right or left, shall yield the right of way to other vehicles
|
||
and to pedestrians lawfully within the intersection or an adjacent crosswalk at
|
||
the time such signal is exhibited.
|
||
2. Pedestrians facing the signal may proceed across the roadway within
|
||
any marked or unmarked crosswalk.
|
||
(B) Yellow alone or "Caution" when shown following the green or "Go"
|
||
signal:
|
||
1. Vehicular traffic facing the signal is thereby warned that the red
|
||
or "Stop" signal will be exhibited immediately thereafter and such vehicular
|
||
traffic shall not enter or be crossing the intersection when the red or "Stop"
|
||
signal is exhibited.
|
||
2. No pedestrian facing such signal shall enter the roadway until the
|
||
green or "Go" is shown alone.
|
||
(C) Red alone or "Stop":
|
||
1. Vehicular traffic facing the signal shall stop before entering the
|
||
crosswalk on the near side of the intersection or, if none, then before
|
||
entering the intersection and shall remain standing until green or "Go" is
|
||
shown alone.
|
||
2. No pedestrian facing such signal shall enter the roadway until the
|
||
green or "Go" is shown alone.
|
||
(D) In the event an official traffic control signal is erected and
|
||
maintained at a place other than an intersection, the provisions of this
|
||
section shall be applicable except as to those provisions which by their nature
|
||
can have no application. Any stop required shall be made at a sign or marking
|
||
on the pavement indicating where the stop shall be made, but in the absence of
|
||
any such sign or marking the stop shall be made at the signal. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-6: PEDESTRIAN CONTROL SIGNALS:
|
||
Whenever special pedestrian control signals exhibiting the words "Walk" or
|
||
"Wait" or "Don't Walk" are in place, such signals shall indicate as follows:
|
||
(A) Walk: Pedestrians facing such signal may proceed across the roadway in
|
||
the direction of the signal and shall be given the right of way by the drivers
|
||
of all vehicles.
|
||
(B) Wait Or Don't Walk: No pedestrian shall start to cross the roadway in
|
||
the direction of such signal, but any pedestrian who has partially completed
|
||
his crossing on the walk signal shall proceed to a sidewalk or safety zone
|
||
while the wait signal is showing. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-7: FLASHING SIGNALS:
|
||
Whenever an illuminated flashing red or yellow signal is used in a traffic sign
|
||
or signal, it shall require obedience by vehicular traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-8: FLASHING RED SIGNAL:
|
||
When a red lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, drivers of
|
||
vehicles shall stop before entering the nearest crosswalk at an intersection or
|
||
at a limit line when marked, or, if none, then before entering the
|
||
intersection, and the right to proceed shall be subject to the rules applicable
|
||
after making a stop at a stop sign. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-9: FLASHING YELLOW SIGNAL:
|
||
When a yellow lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent flashes, drivers of
|
||
vehicles may proceed through the intersection or past such signal only with
|
||
caution. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-10: UNAUTHORIZED SIGNS, SIGNALS OR MARKINGS:
|
||
(A) No person shall place, maintain or display upon or in view of any
|
||
highway any unauthorized sign, signal, marking or device which purports to be
|
||
or is an imitation of or resembles an official traffic control device or
|
||
railroad sign or signal, or which attempts to direct the movement of traffic,
|
||
or which hides from view or interferes with the effectiveness of any official
|
||
traffic control device or any railroad sign or signal.
|
||
(B) No person shall place or maintain nor shall any public authority
|
||
permit upon any highway any traffic sign or signal bearing thereon any
|
||
commercial advertising.
|
||
(C) This section shall not be deemed to prohibit the erection upon private
|
||
property adjacent to highways of signs giving useful directional information
|
||
and of a type that cannot be mistaken for official signs.
|
||
(D) Every such prohibited sign, signal, or marking is hereby declared to
|
||
be a public nuisance and the chief of police of this city is hereby empowered
|
||
to remove the same or cause it to be removed without notice. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-11: INTERFERENCE PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall without lawful authority attempt to or in fact alter, deface,
|
||
injure, knock down, or remove any official traffic control device or any
|
||
railroad sign or signal or any inscription, shield or insignia thereon, or any
|
||
other part thereof. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-4-12: DUTY OF CHIEF OF POLICE:
|
||
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, is hereby authorized:
|
||
(A) To designate and maintain, by appropriate devices, marks, or lines
|
||
upon the surface of the roadway, crosswalks at intersections where in his
|
||
opinion there is particular danger to pedestrians crossing the roadway, and at
|
||
such other places as he may deem necessary.
|
||
(B) To mark lanes for traffic on street pavements at such places as he may
|
||
deem advisable.
|
||
(C) To mark off individual parking spaces to be designated by lines
|
||
painted or durably marked on the curbing or surface of the street; at each
|
||
space so marked off it shall be unlawful to park any vehicles in such a way
|
||
that said vehicle shall not be entirely within the limits of the space so
|
||
designated.
|
||
(D) To establish safety zones of such kind and character and at such
|
||
places as he may deem necessary for the protection of pedestrians. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 5
|
||
PLAY STREETS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-5-1: Authority To Establish Play Streets
|
||
10-5-2: Play Streets Designated
|
||
10-5-1: AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH PLAY STREETS:
|
||
The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall have the authority
|
||
to declare any street or part thereof a play street and to place appropriate
|
||
signs or devices in the roadway indicating and helping to protect the same.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-5-2: PLAY STREETS DESIGNATED:
|
||
Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating any street, or part thereof as
|
||
a play street no person shall drive a vehicle upon any such street or portion
|
||
thereof except drivers of vehicles having business or whose residences are
|
||
within such closed area, and then any said driver shall exercise the greatest
|
||
care in driving upon any such street or portion thereof. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 6
|
||
SPEED REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-6-1: Restrictions As To Speed
|
||
10-6-2: Speed Limits; Highways
|
||
10-6-1: RESTRICTIONS AS TO SPEED:
|
||
(A) Reasonable Speed: Subject to the speed limits set forth in subsections
|
||
(B) and (D) of this section, a person shall operate a motor vehicle in a
|
||
careful and prudent manner and at a reduced rate of speed no greater than is
|
||
reasonable and prudent under the conditions existing at the point of operation,
|
||
taking into account the amount and character of traffic, visibility, weather,
|
||
and roadway conditions.
|
||
(B) Speed Limit Schedule: No person shall drive a motor vehicle at a speed
|
||
greater than the speed set forth in the following schedule on the streets or
|
||
parts of streets as follows:
|
||
1. Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
|
||
of the year, on the four (4) contiguous streets of the Choteau school property
|
||
that intersect with each other identified as follows:
|
||
(a) Seventh Avenue N.W. between First Street N.W. and Third Street
|
||
N.W.; and
|
||
(b) Tenth Avenue N.W. between First Street N.W. and Third Street
|
||
N.W.; and
|
||
(c) First Street N.W. between Seventh Avenue N.W. and Tenth Avenue
|
||
N.W.; and
|
||
(d) Third Street N.W. between Seventh Avenue N.W. and Tenth Avenue
|
||
N.W.
|
||
2. Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
|
||
of the year, on the contiguous street and avenue of the Choteau minipark
|
||
property that intersect with each other identified as follows:
|
||
(a) Between the two (2) posted fifteen (15) miles per hour signs
|
||
located on Third Street S.W. between First Avenue S.W. and Third Avenue S.W.,
|
||
each said sign located approximately one hundred fifty feet (150') from the
|
||
nearest property line of said minipark; and
|
||
(b) Between the two (2) posted fifteen (15) miles per hour signs
|
||
located on Second Avenue S.W. between Second Street S.W. and Fifth Street S.W.,
|
||
each said sign located approximately one hundred fifty feet (150') from the
|
||
nearest property line of said minipark.
|
||
3. Fifteen (15) miles per hour twenty four (24) hours a day, every day
|
||
of the year, on the contiguous streets and avenues surrounding the Choteau
|
||
Baseball Complex identified as follows:
|
||
(a) Beginning at the intersection of Second Avenue N.E. and First
|
||
Street S.E. and continuing in a circular direction on the existing road around
|
||
the baseball complex to the intersection of E. Division Street, and then
|
||
continuing again in a circular direction on the existing road around the
|
||
baseball complex until the road meets again with First Street S.E.
|
||
4. Twenty five (25) miles per hour on all streets and avenues within
|
||
the city limits, except as herein otherwise provided.
|
||
(C) Violations: In every charge of violation of this section, the
|
||
complaint, also the summons or notice to appear, shall specify the speed at
|
||
which the defendant is alleged to have driven, also the speed which this
|
||
section and any accompanying schedules declare shall be prima facie lawful or
|
||
unlawful at the time and place of such violation.
|
||
(D) Alleys: Alleys are for local access, and no person shall use an alley
|
||
as a through street. The speed limit for all alleys within the city limits
|
||
shall be five (5) miles per hour. (Ord. 309, 6-4-2014)
|
||
10-6-2: SPEED LIMITS; HIGHWAYS:
|
||
The state traffic laws regulating the speed of vehicles shall be applicable
|
||
upon all streets within this city designated as state, interstate or United
|
||
States highways, except as this chapter hereby declares and determines upon the
|
||
basis of engineering and traffic investigation that certain speed regulations
|
||
shall be applicable upon said specified highways, in which event it shall be
|
||
unlawful for any person to drive a vehicle of any character at a speed in
|
||
excess of any speed so declared in this chapter when signs are in place, giving
|
||
notice thereof.
|
||
It is hereby determined upon the basis of an engineering and traffic
|
||
investigation that the speed permitted by state law upon said state, interstate
|
||
or United States highways within the city is in some areas less than is
|
||
necessary for safe operation of vehicles thereon by reason of the designation
|
||
and sign posting of said streets as through highways and it is hereby declared
|
||
that the speed limit on said highways shall be as designated and posted. (Ord.
|
||
254, 3-20-1990)
|
||
CHAPTER 7
|
||
TURNING MOVEMENTS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-7-1: Turning At Intersections
|
||
10-7-2: Signals Before Certain Movements
|
||
10-7-3: Placement And Obedience To Turning Markers
|
||
10-7-4: Restricted Turn Signs
|
||
10-7-5: Obedience To No Turn Signs
|
||
10-7-6: Limitations On Turning Around
|
||
10-7-1: TURNING AT INTERSECTIONS:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle intending to turn at an intersection shall do as
|
||
follows:
|
||
(A) Right Turns: Both the approach for a right turn and a right turn shall
|
||
be made as close as practicable to the right hand curb or edge of the roadway.
|
||
(B) Left Turns On Two-Way Roadways: At any intersection where traffic is
|
||
permitted to move in both directions on each roadway entering the intersection,
|
||
an approach for a left turn shall be made in that portion of the right one-half
|
||
(1/2) of the roadway nearest the centerline thereof and by passing to the right
|
||
of such centerline where it enters the intersection and after entering the
|
||
intersection the left turn shall be made so as to leave the intersection to the
|
||
right of the centerline of the roadway being entered. Whenever practicable the
|
||
left turn shall be made at that portion of the intersection to the left of the
|
||
center of the intersection.
|
||
(C) Left Turns On Other Than Two-Way Roadways: At any intersection where
|
||
traffic is restricted to one direction on one or more roadways, the driver of a
|
||
vehicle intending to turn left at any such intersection shall approach the
|
||
intersection in the extreme left hand lane lawfully available to traffic moving
|
||
in the direction of travel of such vehicle and after entering the intersection
|
||
the left turn shall be made so as to leave the intersection, as nearly as
|
||
practicable, in the left hand lane lawfully available to traffic moving in such
|
||
direction upon the roadway being entered. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-2: SIGNALS BEFORE CERTAIN MOVEMENTS:
|
||
(A) The driver of any vehicle upon a highway before slowing down, stopping
|
||
or turning from a direct line shall first see that such movement can be made in
|
||
safety, and, if any pedestrians may be affected by such movement, shall signal
|
||
by sounding the horn, and whenever the operation of any vehicle may be affected
|
||
by such movement, shall give the signal required in this section plainly
|
||
visible to the driver of such vehicle of the intention to make such movement.
|
||
(B) The signal herein required shall be given by means of the hand and arm
|
||
and in the manner herein specified, or by an approved mechanical or electrical
|
||
signal device, except that when conveyance is so constructed or loaded as to
|
||
prevent the hand and arm signal from being visible both to the front and rear,
|
||
the signal shall be of a device of a type which has been approved by the chief
|
||
of police.
|
||
(C) Whenever the signal is given by means of the hand or arm, the driver
|
||
shall indicate his intention to slow down or stop by extending hand and arm
|
||
downward, to turn left by extending the hand and arm horizontally, and to turn
|
||
right by extending hand and arm upward beyond the left side of the vehicle.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-3: PLACEMENT AND OBEDIENCE TO TURNING MARKERS:
|
||
(A) The chief of police is authorized to place markers, buttons, or signs
|
||
within or adjacent to intersections indicating the course to be traversed by
|
||
vehicles turning at such intersections, and such course to be traveled as so
|
||
indicated may conform to or be other than as prescribed by the provisions of
|
||
this code or state law.
|
||
(B) When authorized markers, buttons or other indications are placed
|
||
within an intersection indicating the course to be traveled by vehicles turning
|
||
thereat, no driver shall disobey the directions of such indications. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-7-4: RESTRICTED TURN SIGNS:
|
||
The chief of police with the consent of the council is hereby authorized to
|
||
determine those intersections at which drivers of vehicles shall not make a
|
||
right, left or U-turn, and shall place proper signs at such intersections. The
|
||
making of such turns may be prohibited between certain hours of any day and
|
||
permitted at other hours, in which event the same shall be plainly indicated on
|
||
the signs or they may be removed when such turns are permitted. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-5: OBEDIENCE TO NO TURN SIGNS:
|
||
Whenever authorized signs are erected indicating that no right or left or U-
|
||
turn is permitted, no driver of a vehicle shall disobey the directions of any
|
||
such sign. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-7-6: LIMITATIONS ON TURNING AROUND:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle shall not turn such vehicle so as to proceed in the
|
||
opposite direction upon any street in a business district and shall not upon
|
||
any other street so turn a vehicle unless such movement can be made in safety
|
||
and without interfering with other traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 8
|
||
ONE-WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-8-1: Authority To Sign One-Way Streets And Alleys
|
||
10-8-1: AUTHORITY TO SIGN ONE-WAY STREETS AND ALLEYS:
|
||
Whenever any provision of this code designates any one-way street or alley, the
|
||
chief of police shall place and maintain signs giving notice thereof, and no
|
||
such regulation shall be effective unless such signs are in place. Signs
|
||
indicating the direction of lawful traffic movement shall be placed at every
|
||
intersection where movement of traffic in the opposite direction is prohibited.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 9
|
||
SPECIAL STOPS REQUIRED
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-9-1: Through Streets Designated
|
||
10-9-2: Yield Signs
|
||
10-9-3: Stop Signs
|
||
10-9-4: Intersections Where Stop Required
|
||
10-9-5: Vehicles To Stop At Stop Signs
|
||
10-9-6: Emerging From Alley, Driveway Or Building
|
||
10-9-7: Stop When Traffic Obstructed
|
||
10-9-8: Stopping Within Intersection Or On Crosswalk
|
||
10-9-9: Obedience To Railroad Signals
|
||
10-9-1: THROUGH STREETS DESIGNATED:
|
||
The following are hereby declared to be through streets for the purpose of this
|
||
code; traffic will stop when entering:
|
||
(A) Main Street, both sides, entire length;
|
||
(B) All regularly designated state or federal highways.
|
||
Provided, however, that the chief of police, with the approval of the council,
|
||
may declare other streets in the city to be through streets when deemed
|
||
necessary. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-2: YIELD SIGNS:
|
||
When the intersection is designated by the council, as a "yield" intersection,
|
||
the driver of a vehicle approaching the "yield" sign shall slow to a speed of
|
||
not more than fifteen (15) miles per hour and yield right of way to all
|
||
vehicles approaching from the right or left on the intersecting roads, or
|
||
streets, which are so close as to constitute an immediate hazard. If a driver
|
||
is involved in a collision at an intersection or interferes with the movement
|
||
of other vehicles after driving past a "yield" sign, such collision or
|
||
interference shall be deemed evidence of the driver's failure to yield right of
|
||
way. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-3: STOP SIGNS:
|
||
Whenever any of the provisions of this code designate and describe a through
|
||
street it shall be the duty of the chief of police to place and maintain a stop
|
||
sign on each and every street intersecting such through street or intersecting
|
||
that portion thereof described and designated as such by any provision of this
|
||
code unless traffic at any such intersection is controlled at all times by
|
||
traffic control signals, provided, however, that at the intersection of two (2)
|
||
such through streets or at the intersection of a through street and a heavy
|
||
traffic street not so designated, stop signs shall be erected at the approaches
|
||
of either of said streets as may be determined by the chief of police upon the
|
||
basis of an engineering and traffic study. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-4: INTERSECTIONS WHERE STOP REQUIRED:
|
||
The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby authorized to
|
||
determine and designate intersections where particular hazards exist upon other
|
||
than through streets and to determine whether vehicles shall stop at one or
|
||
more entrances to any such stop intersection, and shall erect a stop sign at
|
||
every such place where a stop is required. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-5: VEHICLES TO STOP AT STOP SIGNS:
|
||
When stop signs are erected as herein authorized at or near the entrance to any
|
||
intersection, every driver of a vehicle approaching a stop sign shall stop
|
||
before entering the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection or in the
|
||
event there is no crosswalk shall stop at a clearly marked stop line, but if
|
||
none, then at the point nearest the intersecting roadway where the driver has a
|
||
view of approaching traffic on the intersecting roadway before entering the
|
||
intersection except when directed to proceed by a police officer or traffic
|
||
control signal. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-6: EMERGING FROM ALLEY, DRIVEWAY OR BUILDING:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle within a business or residence district emerging from
|
||
an alley, driveway or building shall stop such vehicle immediately prior to
|
||
driving onto a sidewalk or onto the sidewalk area extending across any
|
||
alleyway, yielding the right of way to any pedestrian as may be necessary to
|
||
avoid collision, and upon entering the roadway shall yield the right of way to
|
||
all vehicles approaching on said roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-7: STOP WHEN TRAFFIC OBSTRUCTED:
|
||
No driver shall enter an intersection or a marked crosswalk unless there is
|
||
sufficient space on the other side of the intersection or crosswalk to
|
||
accommodate the vehicle he is operating without obstructing the passage of
|
||
other vehicles or pedestrians, notwithstanding any traffic control signal
|
||
indication to proceed. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-8: STOPPING WITHIN INTERSECTION OR ON CROSSWALK:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any vehicle to stop within an intersection or on a
|
||
crosswalk for the purpose of picking up or discharging passengers, guests or
|
||
other persons. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-9-9: OBEDIENCE TO RAILROAD SIGNALS:
|
||
(A) Whenever any person driving a vehicle approaches a railroad grade
|
||
crossing under any of the circumstances stated in this section, the driver of
|
||
such vehicle shall stop within fifty feet (50') but not less than fifteen feet
|
||
(15') from the nearest rail of such railroad, and shall not proceed until he
|
||
can do so safely. The foregoing requirements shall apply when:
|
||
1. A clearly visible electric or mechanical signal device gives warning
|
||
of the immediate approach of a railroad train;
|
||
2. A crossing gate is lowered or when a human flagman gives or
|
||
continues to give a signal of the approach of passage of a railroad train;
|
||
3. A railroad train approaching within approximately one thousand five
|
||
hundred feet (1,500') of the highway crossing emits a signal audible from such
|
||
distance and such railroad train, by reason of its speed or nearness to such
|
||
crossing, is an immediate hazard;
|
||
4. An approaching railroad train is plainly visible and is in hazardous
|
||
proximity to such crossing.
|
||
(B) No person shall drive any vehicle through, around or under any
|
||
crossing gate or barrier at a railroad grade crossing while such gate or
|
||
barrier is closed or is being opened or closed. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 10
|
||
MISCELLANEOUS DRIVING RULES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-10-1: Following Fire Apparatus Prohibited
|
||
10-10-2: Crossing Fire Hose
|
||
10-10-3: Driving Through Processions
|
||
10-10-4: Drivers In A Procession
|
||
10-10-5: Funeral Processions To Be Identified
|
||
10-10-6: Vehicles Not To Be Driven On Sidewalks
|
||
10-10-7: Limitations On Backing
|
||
10-10-8: Riding On Motorcycles
|
||
10-10-9: Clinging To Vehicles
|
||
10-10-10: Boarding And Alighting From Vehicles
|
||
10-10-11: Unlawful Riding
|
||
10-10-12: Railroad Trains Not To Block Streets
|
||
10-10-13: Flagman At Crossing
|
||
10-10-14: Obstruction To View
|
||
10-10-15: Driving By Certain Persons Unlawful
|
||
10-10-16: Motorcycle Regulations
|
||
10-10-17: No Through Truck Traffic
|
||
10-10-18: Commercial Truck Routes
|
||
10-10-1: FOLLOWING FIRE APPARATUS PROHIBITED:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle other than one on official business shall not follow
|
||
any fire apparatus traveling in response to a fire alarm closer than five
|
||
hundred feet (500') or drive into or park such vehicle within the block where
|
||
such fire apparatus has stopped in answer to a fire alarm. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-2: CROSSING FIRE HOSE:
|
||
No vehicle shall be driven over any unprotected hose of the fire department
|
||
when laid down on any street or private driveway, to be used at any fire or
|
||
alarm of fire, without the consent of the fire department official in command.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-3: DRIVING THROUGH PROCESSIONS:
|
||
No driver of a vehicle shall drive between the vehicles comprising a funeral or
|
||
other authorized procession while they are in motion and when such vehicles are
|
||
conspicuously designated (as required by the provisions of this chapter).
|
||
This provision shall not apply at intersections where traffic is controlled by
|
||
traffic control signals or police officers. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-4: DRIVERS IN A PROCESSION:
|
||
Each driver in a funeral or other procession shall drive as near to the right
|
||
hand edge of the roadway as practical and shall follow the vehicle ahead as
|
||
close as is practical and safe. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-5: FUNERAL PROCESSIONS TO BE IDENTIFIED:
|
||
A funeral composed of a procession of vehicles shall be identified as such by a
|
||
lighting of the headlights of all vehicles in said procession, or by such other
|
||
method as may be determined and designated by the chief of police. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-6: VEHICLES NOT TO BE DRIVEN ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not drive within any sidewalk area except at a
|
||
permanent driveway, or upon a temporary driveway when a permit therefor has
|
||
been secured from the chief of police. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-7: LIMITATIONS ON BACKING:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not back the same unless such movement can be
|
||
made with reasonable safety and without interference with other traffic. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-10-8: RIDING ON MOTORCYCLES:
|
||
A person operating a motorcycle shall ride only upon the permanent and regular
|
||
seat attached thereto, and such operator shall not carry any other person nor
|
||
shall any other person ride on a motorcycle unless such motorcycle is designed
|
||
to carry more than one person, in which event a passenger may ride upon the
|
||
permanent and regular seat if designed for two (2) persons, or upon another
|
||
seat firmly attached to the rear side of the operator. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-9: CLINGING TO VEHICLES:
|
||
No person riding upon any bicycle, coaster, roller skates, sled or toy vehicle
|
||
shall attach the same or himself to any vehicle upon a roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-10: BOARDING AND ALIGHTING FROM VEHICLES:
|
||
No person shall board or alight from any vehicle while such vehicle is in
|
||
motion. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-11: UNLAWFUL RIDING:
|
||
No person shall ride on any vehicle or portion thereof not designed or intended
|
||
for the use of passengers. This provision shall not apply to an employee
|
||
engaged in the necessary discharge of a duty, or to persons riding within truck
|
||
bodies in space intended for merchandise. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-12: RAILROAD TRAINS NOT TO BLOCK STREETS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for the directing officer, the engineer, conductor or
|
||
other person in charge of any railroad train to direct the operation of or to
|
||
operate the same in such a manner as to prevent the use of any street in the
|
||
city over which said railroad crosses for a period of time longer than five (5)
|
||
minutes, except that this provision shall not apply to trains in motion other
|
||
than those engaged in switching. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-13: FLAGMAN AT CROSSING:
|
||
(A) Every person, association or corporation owning, running or operating
|
||
a "railroad train" or trains as defined by chapter 1 of this title, across any
|
||
street or highway in the city shall station a flagman or watchman at any such
|
||
street or highway crossing as may be designated by the council after being
|
||
notified as hereinafter provided, who shall give a signal of warning to all
|
||
persons, drivers, pedestrians or bicycle riders, or any of them, approaching
|
||
the railroad crossing before and during the passage of any railroad train, and
|
||
such flagman or watchman shall be on duty for such time during the day or
|
||
night, or both, as the council shall direct. Such flagman or watchman shall be
|
||
so stationed within five (5) days after such person, association or corporation
|
||
shall be notified in writing so to do by the chief of police of the city.
|
||
Service of such written notice of any requirement of the council under the
|
||
provisions of this code upon an agent of such person, association or
|
||
corporation with the city shall be sufficient notice thereof.
|
||
(B) Any person, association or corporation failing to observe and comply
|
||
with the provisions of this section shall, upon conviction thereof, be deemed
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-14: OBSTRUCTION TO VIEW:
|
||
(A) It shall be unlawful for the driver of any vehicle to drive the same
|
||
when such vehicle is so loaded or when there are in the front seat of such
|
||
vehicle such number of persons as to obstruct the view of the driver to the
|
||
front or sides or to interfere with the driver's control over the driving
|
||
mechanism of the vehicle.
|
||
(B) It shall be unlawful for any passenger in a vehicle to ride in such a
|
||
position as to interfere with the driver's view ahead or to the sides, or to
|
||
interfere with the driver's control over the driving mechanism of the vehicle.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-15: DRIVING BY CERTAIN PERSONS UNLAWFUL:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person under the age of fifteen (15) years, unless
|
||
such person has been issued and is in possession of a driving authorization
|
||
permit from the Montana highway patrol (or the chief of police) to drive any
|
||
motor vehicle on the streets of the city. It shall be the duty of members of
|
||
the police department to arrest any person violating this provision, to take
|
||
possession of the vehicle so driven and to hold the same until any penalty
|
||
imposed for such violation has been paid or satisfied. The owner of a vehicle
|
||
shall be held responsible for the operation of such vehicle by any person under
|
||
the minimum age limit hereinbefore set forth; provided, however, that this
|
||
section shall not apply to a student or other person taking a regular driving
|
||
course of learning to drive when accompanied by his or her parent or teacher
|
||
holding a driver's permit. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-10-16: MOTORCYCLE REGULATIONS:
|
||
(A) A person operating a motorcycle on public streets or highways shall
|
||
ride only upon the permanent and regular seat attached thereto, and such
|
||
operator shall not carry any other person nor shall any other person ride on a
|
||
motorcycle unless such motorcycle is designed to carry more than one person, in
|
||
which event a passenger may ride upon the permanent and regular seat if
|
||
designed for two (2) persons, or upon another seat firmly attached to the rear
|
||
or side of the operator.
|
||
(B) No passenger shall be carried in a position that will interfere with
|
||
the operation of the motorcycle or the view of the operator.
|
||
(C) No person operating a motorcycle shall carry any packages, bundles or
|
||
articles which would interfere with the operation of said vehicle in a safe and
|
||
prudent manner.
|
||
(D) "Sidesaddle" riding on a motorcycle is prohibited.
|
||
(E) Motorcycles are to be operated with lights on at all times when
|
||
operated on any public highway or street.
|
||
(F) Every person riding a motorcycle upon any public street, whether as
|
||
operator or passenger, shall wear a helmet, which is rated Z90.1-1966-USASI
|
||
safety standards, or better.
|
||
(G) Not more than two (2) motorcycles shall be operated side by side in a
|
||
single traffic lane.
|
||
(H) All motor vehicles including motorcycles, are entitled to the full use
|
||
of a traffic lane, and no vehicle shall be driven or operated in such a manner
|
||
so as to deprive any other vehicle of the full use of a traffic lane, except
|
||
that motorcycles may, with the consent of both drivers, be operated not more
|
||
than two (2) abreast in a single traffic lane.
|
||
(I) Every person riding a motorcycle upon a roadway shall be granted all
|
||
of the rights and shall be subject to all of the duties applicable to the
|
||
driver of a motor vehicle except as to those provisions which, by their nature,
|
||
can have no application.
|
||
(J) Any person violating any of the provisions of this section shall be
|
||
guilty of a misdemeanor and be subject to the penalty provided therefor in
|
||
section
|
||
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 179, 12-7-1970)
|
||
10-10-17: NO THROUGH TRUCK TRAFFIC:
|
||
(A) There shall be no through truck traffic by individuals driving trucks
|
||
in excess of eight thousand (8,000) pounds using the following streets and
|
||
avenues or a portion thereof, of the city, hereinafter designated:
|
||
1st Street NW
|
||
2nd Street SW
|
||
3rd Street SW
|
||
1st Avenue NW
|
||
7th Avenue NW
|
||
9th Avenue NE
|
||
10th Avenue NE
|
||
11th Avenue NE
|
||
12th Avenue NE
|
||
Rice Avenue
|
||
(Ord. 308, 2-5-2014)
|
||
(B) A violation of subsection (A) of this section shall subject the driver
|
||
of said truck to the penalty provided in section
|
||
1-4-1 of this code. (Ord. 280, 5-4-1999)
|
||
10-10-18: COMMERCIAL TRUCK ROUTES:
|
||
(A) It is unlawful and constitutes a misdemeanor punishable as provided in
|
||
section 61-10-147 Montana Code Annotated for any person to drive or operate or
|
||
for the owner to cause or knowingly permit to be driven or operated any truck,
|
||
not involved in local services as defined in subsection (B) of this section,
|
||
upon the streets and avenues of the city of Choteau except upon the truck
|
||
routes designated as follows:
|
||
Airport Road
|
||
Secondary Highway 220
|
||
Secondary Highway 221
|
||
7th Street SW
|
||
U.S. Highway 89
|
||
U.S. Highway 287
|
||
(B) For the purpose of this section, the following definitions and terms
|
||
apply:
|
||
LOCAL SERVICE: Limiting the authorized use of city streets or avenues to
|
||
those trucks which have either a point of origin or destination for immediate
|
||
business purposes or personal purposes within the limits of the city or a point
|
||
of origin or destination which is only accessible via city streets or avenues.
|
||
PERSONAL PURPOSES: Are transient, nonbusiness purposes.
|
||
TRUCK: Any motor vehicle designed, used or maintained primarily for the
|
||
transportation of property, which has a gross vehicle weight of over twenty
|
||
thousand (20,000) pounds.
|
||
(C) In any court hearing, unless credible evidence is produced
|
||
demonstrating either a "personal purpose" or an "immediate business purpose"
|
||
within the limits of the city by a bill of lading or routing schedule for an
|
||
address within the limits of the city, the operation of such truck on a
|
||
prohibited street or avenue shall be prima facie evidence of a violation of
|
||
this chapter. (Ord. 293, 8-7-2001)
|
||
CHAPTER 11
|
||
OPERATION OF VEHICLES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-11-1: Police May Take Possession Of Vehicles
|
||
10-11-1: POLICE MAY TAKE POSSESSION OF VEHICLES:
|
||
Any member of the police department is hereby authorized to take possession of
|
||
any motor vehicle owned by any person who has violated, as to said vehicle, any
|
||
of the provisions of section 32-2142, 32-2143 or 32-2143.3, Revised Code of
|
||
Montana, 1947, as amended, and such policeman has authority to remove such
|
||
vehicle from the street, alleys or other public places where the violation
|
||
occurs, and to store and keep possession thereof until the owner of such
|
||
vehicle appears and claims the same. The costs of towing or removing such
|
||
vehicle and the cost of storing the same shall be chargeable against the owner
|
||
of said vehicle before the same shall be released. The vehicle may be stored in
|
||
a public garage or on city property; if stored in a public garage, the storage
|
||
charges shall be the amount charged for such storage. (Ord. 209, 6-6-1978)
|
||
CHAPTER 12
|
||
PEDESTRIANS' RIGHTS AND DUTIES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-12-1: Subject To Traffic Signals
|
||
10-12-2: Right Of Way In Crosswalk
|
||
10-12-3: Pedestrians To Use Right Half Of Crosswalk
|
||
10-12-4: Crossing At Right Angles
|
||
10-12-5: When Pedestrian Shall Yield
|
||
10-12-6: Pedestrians Walking Along Roadway
|
||
10-12-7: Pedestrians Soliciting Rides Or Business
|
||
10-12-8: Drivers To Exercise Due Care
|
||
10-12-1: SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC SIGNALS:
|
||
Pedestrians shall be subject to traffic control signals as heretofore declared
|
||
in sections
|
||
10-4-5 and
|
||
10-4-6 of this title, but at all other places pedestrians shall be granted
|
||
those rights and be subject to the restrictions stated in this chapter. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-12-2: RIGHT OF WAY IN CROSSWALK:
|
||
(A) When traffic control signals are not in place or not in operation, the
|
||
driver of a vehicle shall yield the right of way slowing down or stopping if
|
||
need be to so yield to a pedestrian crossing the roadway or street within a
|
||
crosswalk when the pedestrian is upon the one-half (1/2) of the roadway upon
|
||
which the vehicle is traveling or when the pedestrian is approaching so closely
|
||
from the opposite one-half (1/2) of the roadway as to be in danger, but no
|
||
pedestrian shall suddenly leave a curb or other place of safety and walk or run
|
||
into the path of a vehicle, which is so close that it is impossible for the
|
||
driver to yield.
|
||
(B) Whenever any vehicle is stopped at a marked crosswalk or at any
|
||
unmarked crosswalk at an intersection to permit a pedestrian to cross the
|
||
roadway, the driver of any other vehicle approaching from the rear shall not
|
||
overtake and pass such stopped vehicle.
|
||
(C) No person except a blind person shall carry a white cane in the city.
|
||
When a person carrying a white cane enters any intersection in this city, the
|
||
driver of any motor vehicle shall bring such motor vehicle to a stop.
|
||
(D) It is unlawful for any person to drive a motor vehicle through a
|
||
column of school children crossing a street or highway or past a member of the
|
||
school safety patrol while the member of the school safety patrol is directing
|
||
the movement of children across a street or highway and while the school safety
|
||
patrol member is holding his official signal in the stop position. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-3: PEDESTRIANS TO USE RIGHT HALF OF CROSSWALK:
|
||
Pedestrians shall move, whenever practicable, upon the right one- half (1/2) of
|
||
crosswalks. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-4: CROSSING AT RIGHT ANGLES:
|
||
No pedestrian shall cross a roadway at any place other than right angles to the
|
||
curb or by the shortest route to the opposite curb except in a crosswalk. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-12-5: WHEN PEDESTRIAN SHALL YIELD:
|
||
Every pedestrian crossing a roadway at any point other than within a marked
|
||
crosswalk or within an unmarked crosswalk at an intersection shall yield the
|
||
right of way to all vehicles upon the roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-6: PEDESTRIANS WALKING ALONG ROADWAY:
|
||
(A) Where sidewalks are provided it shall be unlawful for any pedestrian
|
||
to walk along and upon adjacent road.
|
||
(B) Where sidewalks are not provided, any pedestrian walking along and
|
||
upon a highway shall when practicable walk only on the left side of the roadway
|
||
or its shoulder facing traffic which may approach from the opposite direction.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-7: PEDESTRIANS SOLICITING RIDES OR BUSINESS:
|
||
(A) No person shall stand in a roadway for the purpose of soliciting a
|
||
ride, employment or business from the occupant of any vehicle.
|
||
(B) No person shall stand on or in proximity to a street or highway for
|
||
the purpose of soliciting the watching or guarding of any vehicle while parked
|
||
or about to be parked on a street or highway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-12-8: DRIVERS TO EXERCISE DUE CARE:
|
||
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this chapter, every driver of a
|
||
vehicle shall exercise due care to avoid colliding with any pedestrian upon any
|
||
roadway, and shall give warning by sounding the horn when necessary and shall
|
||
exercise proper precaution upon observing any child or any confused or
|
||
incapacitated person upon a roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 13
|
||
METHOD OF PARKING
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-13-1: Standing Or Parking Close To Curb
|
||
10-13-2: Signs Or Markings Indicating Angle Parking
|
||
10-13-3: Obedience To Signs Or Markers
|
||
10-13-1: STANDING OR PARKING CLOSE TO CURB:
|
||
No person shall stand or park a vehicle in a roadway other than parallel with
|
||
the edge of the roadway headed in the direction of lawful traffic movement and
|
||
with the right hand wheels of the vehicle within eighteen inches (18") of the
|
||
curb or edge of the roadway except as otherwise provided in this chapter. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-13-2: SIGNS OR MARKINGS INDICATING ANGLE PARKING:
|
||
(A) The chief of police, with the approval of the council, shall determine
|
||
upon what streets angle parking shall be permitted and shall mark or sign such
|
||
streets but such angle parking shall not be indicated upon any federal aid or
|
||
state highway within this city unless the state highway commission has
|
||
determined by resolution or order entered in its minutes that the roadway is of
|
||
sufficient width to permit angle parking without interfering with the free
|
||
movement of traffic.
|
||
(B) Angle parking shall not be indicated or permitted at any place where
|
||
passing traffic would thereby be caused or required to drive upon the left side
|
||
of the street. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-13-3: OBEDIENCE TO SIGNS OR MARKERS:
|
||
Upon those streets which have been signed or marked by the chief of police for
|
||
angle parking, no person shall park or stand a vehicle other than at the angle
|
||
to the curb or edge of the roadway indicated by such signs or markings and in
|
||
such a manner that said vehicle shall be entirely within the limits of the
|
||
space so designated. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 14
|
||
STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-14-1: Stopping, Standing Or Parking Prohibited
|
||
10-14-2: Parking Not To Obstruct Traffic
|
||
10-14-3: Parking In Alleys
|
||
10-14-4: Parking For Certain Purposes Prohibited
|
||
10-14-5: Parking Adjacent To Schools
|
||
10-14-6: Parking Prohibited On Narrow Streets
|
||
10-14-7: Standing Or Parking On One-Way Streets
|
||
10-14-8: Standing Or Parking On One-Way Roadways
|
||
10-14-9: Stopping, Standing Or Parking Near Hazardous Or Congested Places
|
||
10-14-10: Application Of Chapter
|
||
10-14-11: Regulations Not Exclusive
|
||
10-14-12: Certain Parking Prohibited
|
||
10-14-13: Parking Time Limited
|
||
10-14-14: Parking Signs Required
|
||
10-14-15: Truck, Truck Tractor, Trailer, Semitrailers, Bus And School Bus
|
||
Parking
|
||
10-14-1: STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING PROHIBITED:
|
||
No signs required:
|
||
(A) No person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle, except when necessary
|
||
to avoid conflict with other traffic or in compliance with law or the direction
|
||
of a police officer or a traffic control device in any of the following places:
|
||
1. On a sidewalk.
|
||
2. In front of a public or private driveway.
|
||
3. Within an intersection.
|
||
4. Within eight feet (8') of a fire hydrant.
|
||
5. On a crosswalk.
|
||
6. Within prohibited designated area next to crosswalk at an
|
||
intersection.
|
||
7. Within thirty feet (30') upon the approach to any flashing beacon,
|
||
stop sign or traffic control signal located at the side of a roadway provided
|
||
that bus stops may be established in said areas, as provided in this code.
|
||
8. Within fifty feet (50') of the nearest rail of a railroad crossing.
|
||
9. Within ten feet (10') of the driveway entrance to any fire station
|
||
and on the side of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within
|
||
seventy five feet (75') of said entrance when properly signposted.
|
||
10. Alongside or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when
|
||
stopping, standing or parking would obstruct traffic.
|
||
11. On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge or
|
||
curb of a street.
|
||
12. Upon any bridge or other elevated structure upon a highway.
|
||
13. At any place where official signs prohibit stopping.
|
||
(B) No person shall move a vehicle not lawfully under his control into any
|
||
such prohibited area or away from a curb such distance as is unlawful. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-14-2: PARKING NOT TO OBSTRUCT TRAFFIC:
|
||
No person shall park any vehicle upon a street, other than an alley, in such a
|
||
manner or under such conditions as to leave available less than ten feet (10')
|
||
of the width of the roadway for free movement of vehicular traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-3: PARKING IN ALLEYS:
|
||
No person shall park a vehicle within an alley in such a manner or under such
|
||
conditions as to leave available less than ten feet (10') of the width of the
|
||
roadway for the free movement of vehicular traffic, and no person shall stop,
|
||
stand or park a vehicle within an alley in such position as to block the
|
||
driveway entrance to any abutting property; excepting, however, commercial
|
||
vehicles while actually engaged in loading or unloading property. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-4: PARKING FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES PROHIBITED:
|
||
No person shall park a vehicle upon any roadway for the principal purpose of:
|
||
(A) Displaying such vehicle for sale.
|
||
(B) Greasing or repairing such vehicle, except repairs necessitated by an
|
||
emergency.
|
||
(C) Selling merchandise, tickets or solicitations of subscriptions to
|
||
magazines or other printed periodicals.
|
||
(D) Storage of any such vehicle other than normal parking of vehicles
|
||
regularly used.
|
||
(E) Any vehicle parked continuously on street in business district for ten
|
||
(10) days, or in residential district for thirty (30) days, may be removed as
|
||
provided in section
|
||
10-19-15 of this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-5: PARKING ADJACENT TO SCHOOLS:
|
||
(A) The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
|
||
authorized to erect signs indicating no parking upon either or both sides of
|
||
any street adjacent to any school property when such parking would in his
|
||
opinion interfere with traffic or create a hazardous situation.
|
||
(B) When official signs are erected indicating no parking upon either side
|
||
of a street adjacent to any school property as authorized herein, no person
|
||
shall park a vehicle in any such designated place. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-6: PARKING PROHIBITED ON NARROW STREETS:
|
||
(A) The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
|
||
authorized to erect signs indicating no parking upon any street when the width
|
||
of the roadway does not exceed twenty feet (20'), or upon one side of a street
|
||
as indicated by such signs when the width of the roadway does not exceed thirty
|
||
feet (30').
|
||
(B) When official signs prohibiting parking are erected upon narrow
|
||
streets as authorized herein, no person shall park a vehicle upon any such
|
||
street in violation of any such signs. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-7: STANDING OR PARKING ON ONE-WAY STREETS:
|
||
The chief of police is authorized to erect signs upon the left hand side of any
|
||
one-way street to prohibit the standing or parking of vehicles, and when such
|
||
signs are in place, no person shall stand or park a vehicle upon such left hand
|
||
side in violation of any such sign. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-8: STANDING OR PARKING ON ONE-WAY ROADWAYS:
|
||
In the event a highway includes two (2) or more separate roadways and traffic
|
||
is restricted to one direction upon any such roadway, no person shall stand or
|
||
park a vehicle upon the left hand side of such one-way roadway unless signs are
|
||
erected to permit such standing or parking. The chief of police is authorized
|
||
to determine when standing or parking may be permitted upon the left hand side
|
||
of any such one-way roadway and to erect signs giving notice thereof. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-14-9: STOPPING, STANDING OR PARKING NEAR HAZARDOUS OR CONGESTED PLACES:
|
||
(A) The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby
|
||
authorized to determine and designate by proper signs placed not exceeding one
|
||
hundred feet (100') in length in which the stopping, standing or parking of a
|
||
vehicle would create an especially hazardous condition or would cause unusual
|
||
delay to traffic.
|
||
(B) When official signs are erected at hazardous or congested places as
|
||
authorized herein, no person shall stop, stand or park a vehicle in any such
|
||
designated place. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-10: APPLICATION OF CHAPTER:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter prohibiting the standing or parking of a vehicle
|
||
shall apply at all times or at those times herein specified or as indicated on
|
||
official signs, except when it is necessary to stop a vehicle to avoid conflict
|
||
with other traffic or in compliance with the directions of a police officer or
|
||
official traffic control device. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-11: REGULATIONS NOT EXCLUSIVE:
|
||
The provisions of this chapter imposing a time limit on parking shall not
|
||
relieve any person from the duty to observe other and more restrictive
|
||
provisions prohibiting or limiting the stopping, standing or parking of
|
||
vehicles in specified places or at specified times. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-14-12: CERTAIN PARKING PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful to park any vehicle on any paved street, avenue or alley
|
||
as posted between the hours of five o'clock (5:00) A.M. and eight o'clock (8:
|
||
00) A.M., while any such street, avenue or alley is being cleaned and the city
|
||
council shall have the authority to designate the days upon which certain
|
||
streets, avenues and alleys shall be cleaned and no parking permitted. (Ord.
|
||
210, 6-6-1978)
|
||
10-14-13: PARKING TIME LIMITED:
|
||
When signs are erected in each block giving notice thereof, no person shall
|
||
park a vehicle for longer than three (3) hours at any time between the hours of
|
||
nine o'clock (9:00) A.M. and five o'clock (5:00) P.M. on any day, except Sunday
|
||
and public holidays, within the district so posted. (Ord. 138, 10-17-1960)
|
||
10-14-14: PARKING SIGNS REQUIRED:
|
||
The city council may, from time to time or as it deems necessary, erect parking
|
||
signs which impose a parking time limitation limit, or prohibit parking on
|
||
certain designated streets. (Ord. 233, 11-5-1984)
|
||
10-14-15: TRUCK, TRUCK TRACTOR, TRAILERS, SEMITRAILERS, BUS AND SCHOOL BUS
|
||
PARKING:
|
||
(A) No truck, truck tractor, trailer or semitrailer of licensed gross
|
||
vehicle weight (GVW), as shown by their valid owner's certificate of
|
||
registration and tax receipt or the gross vehicle weight receipt, of twelve
|
||
thousand (12,000) pounds and over, shall be parked at any time, on Main Avenue
|
||
between Division Street and Fourth Street NW or NE, on First Avenue SW between
|
||
Division Street and First Street SW, on First Street SW to the west of West
|
||
Court Avenue; or on Division Street, First Street NW, Second Street NW, Third
|
||
Street NW, or Fourth Street NW, to the west of first alley east of Main Avenue,
|
||
which alley parallels Main Avenue and is adjacent to and to the west of the
|
||
railroad right of way, except that such vehicles may be parked on Third Street
|
||
Northwest along block 2 and block 5 of the original townsite of the city from
|
||
the east boundary of the alley dissecting each block for one hundred feet
|
||
(100') in an easterly direction along said street.
|
||
(B) No person shall park a truck, truck tractor, trailer, semitrailer,
|
||
school bus, or bus on any street or alley in the residential zones A, B, and C
|
||
as depicted on the zoning map of the city, a modified copy of which is attached
|
||
hereto and incorporated herein and marked as "exhibit A".
|
||
[https://export.amlegal.com/media/a7ce328e03c90fb96723594d121db42e148854c4/
|
||
IMAGES/0-0-0-1283.gif]
|
||
(C) The following exceptions shall apply to the above stated restrictions
|
||
for residential zones A, B and C:
|
||
1. Trucks, truck tractors, trailers, semitrailers, buses and school
|
||
buses may be temporarily parked for the expeditious loading and unloading of
|
||
such vehicles, and for the parking of a truck, truck tractor, trailer or
|
||
semitrailer while such vehicle is being used in connection with the
|
||
construction or repair of buildings, service calls or the moving of household
|
||
goods.
|
||
2. All recreational vehicles, campers and horse trailers or other
|
||
vehicles which may be pulled or trailed behind a motor vehicle will be allowed
|
||
to park for seventy two (72) consecutive hours on city streets with the
|
||
exception of Main Avenue North and South, First Street Northeast, Division
|
||
Street West and Seventh Avenue SW to the city limits.
|
||
3. Persons seeking waiver of any parking restrictions covered by this
|
||
section because of special need or business requirements may, by written
|
||
request, petition the city council for a special parking permit. The council
|
||
may, after public hearing, issue said special parking permit for a period not
|
||
to exceed one year per parking area.
|
||
(a) Notice: The city council shall, after receiving written
|
||
request for a special parking permit, publish notice one time in a local
|
||
newspaper of general circulation of the general nature of the permit requested
|
||
and set the matter for public hearing at the next regular meeting of the city
|
||
council.
|
||
(b) Hearing: The decision of the city council as to whether or
|
||
not to issue a special parking permit after public hearing shall be final.
|
||
(c) Fee: The city shall charge a twenty five dollar ($25.00)
|
||
fee for each separate special parking permit.
|
||
(d) Permit Issued: A special parking permit may be issued for
|
||
a particular vehicle or a particular location but a special parking permit
|
||
shall be required for each separate location.
|
||
(e) Permit Specifications: The special parking permit shall
|
||
particularly describe the particular location as to address and size of parking
|
||
area permitted and specify the use for which the permit is granted.
|
||
(f) Permit Regulations: No special parking permit area may
|
||
interfere with public safety, normal traffic flow nor infringe on private
|
||
property other than that owned, leased or otherwise vested or used by legal
|
||
right by the person receiving the special parking permit.
|
||
(g) Revocation Of Special Permit: The city council may, upon
|
||
receiving a written complaint and proper written notice to the permit holder
|
||
and after public hearing of the city council, revoke any special parking permit
|
||
issued hereunder, when, in the council's opinion, it is in the best interest of
|
||
the city to do so. The city council shall have the discretion to determine
|
||
whether to hold a hearing on the complaint. No permit shall be revoked without
|
||
opportunity for hearing.
|
||
(h) Renewal Of Special Permit: Once a special parking permit
|
||
has been issued, the city council may, upon request from a permit holder, renew
|
||
for another year without a public hearing upon condition the permit holder pay
|
||
a new annual fee and there are no written protests made to the city council
|
||
regarding that permit. If the city council receives a written protest, they
|
||
must conduct a new public hearing before deciding whether to renew the special
|
||
parking permit.
|
||
(D) The definition of "truck", "truck tractor", "trailer", "semitrailer",
|
||
"vehicle", "motor vehicle", "school bus", "bus", "axle", and "gross weight"
|
||
under Montana state law, as described in title 61 of the Montana Codes
|
||
Annotated, or its successor, shall be applicable for the purposes of this
|
||
section.
|
||
(E) Violation of any provisions of this section shall be a misdemeanor
|
||
which is punishable by fine or imprisonment as provided in section 61-8-711,
|
||
Montana Code Annotated or its successor. Each day such violation continues is a
|
||
separate offense.
|
||
(F) Should any part or provisions of this section be declared
|
||
unconstitutional or invalid by the courts, such decision shall not affect the
|
||
validity of the section as a whole, or any part thereof other than the part
|
||
declared unconstitutional or invalid. (Ord. 233, 11-5-1984)
|
||
CHAPTER 15
|
||
LICENSE REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-15-1: State License
|
||
10-15-1: STATE LICENSE:
|
||
The owner of a motor vehicle shall register such vehicle with the registrar of
|
||
motor vehicles of the state of Montana and shall further comply with all
|
||
provisions of the motor vehicle registration act. The owner shall display in a
|
||
conspicuous place on such registered vehicle the proper license plates which
|
||
must be legible at all times for a distance of one hundred feet (100'). Any
|
||
Montana resident who shall drive any motor vehicle upon the streets of the city
|
||
shall have in his possession a driver's license issued to him by the state of
|
||
Montana. Nonresidents shall comply in this respect with the Montana nonresident
|
||
act. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 16
|
||
VEHICLE RIGHT OF WAY REGULATIONS
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-16-1: Drive On Right Hand Side Of Street
|
||
10-16-2: Crossing Railroad Intersections
|
||
10-16-3: Meeting Of Vehicles
|
||
10-16-4: Overtaking And Passing A Vehicle
|
||
10-16-5: Limitations On Overtaking And Passing
|
||
10-16-6: Operators To Give Way
|
||
10-16-7: Following Too Closely
|
||
10-16-8: Right Of Way
|
||
10-16-9: Through And Preferential Streets
|
||
10-16-10: Right Of Way Backing
|
||
10-16-11: U-Turns
|
||
10-16-1: DRIVE ON RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STREET:
|
||
Upon all streets, except one-way streets, the driver of a vehicle shall drive
|
||
the same upon the right one-half (1/2) of the street and the driver of a slow
|
||
moving vehicle shall drive the same as close as possible to the right hand curb
|
||
of a street, unless it is impracticable to travel on such side of the street,
|
||
and except when overtaking and passing another vehicle, subject to the
|
||
limitations applicable by law for overtaking and passing.
|
||
The foregoing provisions of this section shall not be deemed to prevent the
|
||
marking of lanes for traffic upon any street and the allocation of designated
|
||
lanes to traffic moving in a particular direction or at designated speeds.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-2: CROSSING RAILROAD INTERSECTIONS:
|
||
In crossing an intersection of a highway and railroad right of way, except upon
|
||
a one-way street, the driver of a vehicle shall at all times cause such vehicle
|
||
to travel on the right one-half (1/2) of the roadway unless such right one-half
|
||
(1/2) is obstructed or impassable. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-3: MEETING OF VEHICLES:
|
||
Drivers of vehicles proceeding in opposite directions shall pass each other to
|
||
the right, each giving to the other at least one- half (1/2) of the main
|
||
traveled portion of the roadway as nearly as possible. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-4: OVERTAKING AND PASSING A VEHICLE:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle overtaking another vehicle proceeding in the same
|
||
direction shall pass at a safe distance to the left thereof, and shall not
|
||
again drive to the right side of the highway until safely clear of such
|
||
overtaken vehicle. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-5: LIMITATIONS ON OVERTAKING AND PASSING:
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not drive to the left side of the centerline of a
|
||
highway in overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same
|
||
direction unless such left side is clearly visible and is free of oncoming
|
||
traffic for a sufficient distance ahead so to drive in safety. The foregoing
|
||
provision of this section shall not apply upon one-way streets laned for
|
||
traffic in which latter event vehicles traveling in lanes shall move in the
|
||
direction permitted for such lanes.
|
||
The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake and pass another vehicle proceeding
|
||
in the same direction at any railroad grade crossing or at any intersection of
|
||
highways. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-6: OPERATORS TO GIVE WAY:
|
||
The operator of a vehicle upon a highway about to be overtaken and passed by
|
||
another vehicle approaching from the rear, or about to pull away from the curb,
|
||
shall give way to the right in favor of the overtaking vehicle, and shall not
|
||
start or increase the speed of his vehicle until completely passed by the
|
||
overtaking vehicle. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-7: FOLLOWING TOO CLOSELY:
|
||
(A) The operator of a motor vehicle shall not follow another vehicle more
|
||
closely than is reasonable and prudent, having due regard to the speed of such
|
||
vehicle and the traffic upon and condition of the highway.
|
||
(B) The driver of any motor truck when moving upon a highway outside of a
|
||
business district or resident district shall not follow another motor truck
|
||
within one hundred feet (100') but this shall not be construed to prevent one
|
||
motor truck overtaking and passing another. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-8: RIGHT OF WAY:
|
||
When two (2) vehicles enter an intersection the driver of the vehicle on the
|
||
left shall yield the right of way to the vehicle on the right. The driver of a
|
||
vehicle within an intersection intending to turn to the left shall yield the
|
||
right of way to any vehicle approaching from the opposite direction. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-16-9: THROUGH AND PREFERENTIAL STREETS:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle who has come to a full stop as herein required upon
|
||
entering a through or preferential street, shall yield the right of way to
|
||
vehicle or vehicles on such through or preferential street. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-10: RIGHT OF WAY BACKING:
|
||
The driver of any vehicle backing the same against the current of traffic shall
|
||
be responsible for any accident in which he may become involved. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-16-11: U-TURNS:
|
||
The chief of police, with the consent of the council, is hereby authorized to
|
||
designate those streets upon which no U-turns shall be made and shall cause the
|
||
same to be plainly marked. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 17
|
||
EQUIPMENT STANDARD
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-17-1: Brakes
|
||
10-17-2: Required Lighting Equipment
|
||
10-17-3: Additional Permissible Lights
|
||
10-17-4: Load Requirements
|
||
10-17-5: Horns And Warning Devices
|
||
10-17-6: Muffler Cutouts Regulated
|
||
10-17-7: Red Light In Front Of Vehicle Prohibited
|
||
10-17-8: Size Of Vehicles And Loads
|
||
10-17-9: Trailers And Towed Vehicles
|
||
10-17-10: Restrictions As To Tire Equipment
|
||
10-17-11: State Statutes Shall Control
|
||
10-17-12: Vehicles With Lugs
|
||
10-17-13: Hot Rods
|
||
10-17-1: BRAKES:
|
||
Every motor vehicle operated or driven upon any public highway in the city
|
||
shall be provided with at least two (2) sets of independently operated brakes
|
||
in good working order, either one of which must be sufficient to stop the drive
|
||
wheels of the car and prevent them from turning while the car is in motion;
|
||
provided, however, that motorcycles need be equipped with only one brake. All
|
||
such brakes shall be maintained in good working order and shall conform to
|
||
regulations not inconsistent with this section promulgated by the chief of
|
||
police or by the Montana highway patrol.
|
||
Any police officer having reason to believe that the brakes with which any
|
||
motor vehicle is equipped are unlawful, is authorized to test the same either
|
||
by means of a portable brake testing machine or a stationary brake testing
|
||
machine, and may require each motor vehicle to be driven to the nearest brake
|
||
testing machine in the event that such brake testing machine is within two (2)
|
||
miles. The officer may then order such repairs or adjustments to the brakes as
|
||
may be necessary to make such brakes lawful. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-2: REQUIRED LIGHTING EQUIPMENT:
|
||
(A) Period When Lights Required To Be Displayed: During the period between
|
||
one-half (1/2) hour after sunset and one-half (1/2) hour before sunrise every
|
||
vehicle operated or driven upon any public highway in the city shall display
|
||
the lights in this section required for the class of vehicle to which it
|
||
belongs.
|
||
(B) Lights Required To Be Displayed By Motor Vehicles Of Three Or More
|
||
Wheeled Type: Every vehicle of three (3) or more wheeled type shall display at
|
||
least two (2) white headlights in front (one on each side) and two (2) lights
|
||
in the rear.
|
||
(C) Lights Required To Be Displayed By Motor Vehicles Of The Motorcycle Or
|
||
Two-Wheeled Type: Every motor vehicle of the motorcycle or two-wheeled type
|
||
shall display one white light in front and one red light in the rear.
|
||
(D) Color And Type Of Rear Light: The rear light required in subsections
|
||
(B) and (C) of this section shall display red rays visible to the rear, and
|
||
shall throw white light upon the number plate carried on the rear of such
|
||
vehicle so that the number will be clearly visible at a distance of five
|
||
hundred feet (500').
|
||
(E) Intensity Of Front Lights: The light of the front lamps required in
|
||
subsections (B) and (C) of this section shall be visible at least five hundred
|
||
feet (500') in the direction in which the motor vehicle is proceeding.
|
||
(F) Nonglare Dimmers: The front lights of all motor vehicles shall be
|
||
equipped with some style of nonglare dimmers by which the intensity of such
|
||
lights is diminished, and it shall be unlawful for the driver of any motor
|
||
vehicle in the city to display on the front of such vehicle lights of such
|
||
degree of brightness as tend to confuse drivers of vehicles coming in contact
|
||
with or moving in an opposite direction from such motor vehicles, but lamps
|
||
shall be deemed to comply with the foregoing provisions as to confusing
|
||
brightness if none of the main bright portion of the headlight beams rises
|
||
above a horizontal plane passing through the lamp centers, parallel to the
|
||
level road upon which the loaded vehicle stands and in no case higher than
|
||
forty two inches (42"), seventy five feet (75') ahead of the vehicle.
|
||
(G) Clearance Lamps: Trucks, trailers and automobiles which are of a
|
||
greater width than eighty inches (80"), upon any public highway in the city
|
||
shall be equipped with and display on each side of the body thereof a white,
|
||
yellow or green light or reflector facing the front and on each side of the
|
||
rear of such vehicle a red light or reflector facing the rear.
|
||
(H) Stop Light On Motor Buses: All motor buses operating upon the streets,
|
||
avenues or alleys of the city shall in addition to the rear lamp provided in
|
||
subsection (B) of this section, carry also at the rear a lamp which exhibits a
|
||
red light when said vehicle is slowed for a stop, or what is commonly called a
|
||
stop light, which shall be visible under normal atmospheric conditions at a
|
||
distance of not less than two hundred feet (200') from the rear of such motor
|
||
bus.
|
||
(I) Stop Lights On Other Vehicles: All vehicles not heretofore in this
|
||
section required to be equipped with specified lighted lamps shall carry one or
|
||
more lighted lamps or lanterns displaying a white light visible under normal
|
||
atmospheric conditions from a distance of not less than five hundred feet
|
||
(500') to the rear of such vehicle; provided, however, that if any provision of
|
||
this section shall conflict with any state law applicable to lighting equipment
|
||
on vehicles, then the state law, so far as conflicting herewith, shall control.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-3: ADDITIONAL PERMISSIBLE LIGHTS:
|
||
(A) Spotlights: Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not to exceed two
|
||
(2) spotlights, except a motorcycle shall not be equipped with more than one
|
||
spotlight and every lighted spotlight shall be so aimed and used upon
|
||
approaching another vehicle that no part of the beam will be directed to the
|
||
left of center of the car nor more than one hundred feet (100') ahead of the
|
||
vehicle.
|
||
(B) Auxiliary Driving Lamps: Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not to
|
||
exceed two (2) auxiliary lamps mounted on the front at a height of not less
|
||
than twenty four inches (24") above the level surface on which the vehicle
|
||
stands and every such auxiliary driving lamp or lamps shall meet the
|
||
requirements and limitations set forth in this title as to the elements of
|
||
overbrightness or glare.
|
||
(C) Restrictions On Lamps: Any device other than headlamps, spotlights or
|
||
auxiliary lamps, which project a beam of light of an intensity greater than
|
||
twenty five (25) candle power, shall be so directed that no part of the beam
|
||
will strike the level surface on which the vehicle stands at a distance of more
|
||
than fifty feet (50') of the vehicle. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-4: LOAD REQUIREMENTS:
|
||
Whenever any trucks, trailers and automobiles upon a public highway in the city
|
||
shall be loaded with any material in such a manner that any portion of such
|
||
load extends toward the rear three feet (3') or more beyond the rear of the
|
||
body or bed of such vehicle, there shall be displayed at the extreme rear end
|
||
of the load, during the period between sunset and sunrise, a light or reflector
|
||
plainly visible under normal atmospheric conditions at least two hundred feet
|
||
(200') from the rear, and at all other times while such vehicle is upon a
|
||
public highway in said city, a red flag or cloth not less than sixteen inches
|
||
(16") square shall be displayed at the extreme rear of said load as a warning
|
||
signal to persons operating vehicles approaching from the rear. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-5: HORNS AND WARNING DEVICES:
|
||
(A) Every motor vehicle operated or driven upon a public highway in the
|
||
city shall be provided with a horn or other device for signaling sufficiently
|
||
under all reasonable conditions to give timely warning of the approach of the
|
||
motor vehicle, and it shall be unlawful, except as otherwise provided in this
|
||
section, for any vehicle to be equipped with or for any person to use upon a
|
||
vehicle any siren, bell, or any compression or spark plug whistle, or any
|
||
exhaust horn or whistle which does not produce a harmonious sound, or for any
|
||
person at any time to use a horn otherwise than as a reasonable warning, or to
|
||
make unnecessary or unreasonable loud or harsh sound by means of a horn or
|
||
other warning device.
|
||
(B) Every authorized emergency vehicle shall be equipped with a bell,
|
||
siren, or exhaust whistle of a type approved by the council. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-6: MUFFLER CUTOUTS REGULATED:
|
||
(A) No person shall drive a motor vehicle on a highway unless such motor
|
||
vehicle is equipped with a muffler in good working order and in constant
|
||
operation to prevent excessive or unusual noise or annoying smoke.
|
||
(B) It shall be unlawful to use a "muffler cutout" on any motor vehicle on
|
||
any street, avenue or alley in the city. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-7: RED LIGHT IN FRONT OF VEHICLE PROHIBITED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate or drive any vehicle upon any
|
||
public highway in the city displaying a red light or red reflector visible from
|
||
the front of such vehicle; provided, however, that this section shall not apply
|
||
to police cars, sheriff's cars, emergency ambulances, wreckers or firefighting
|
||
equipment and vehicles of volunteer firemen. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-8: SIZE OF VEHICLES AND LOADS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to drive, park, or move, or for the owner
|
||
to cause or knowingly permit to be driven, parked or moved, on any public
|
||
highway in the city any vehicle or vehicles of a size exceeding the limitations
|
||
stated in this section.
|
||
(A) No vehicle shall exceed a total outside width including any load
|
||
thereon, of eight feet (8'), except that the width of a farm tractor, or of
|
||
loads of hay or straw, shall not exceed twelve feet (12'), and except further
|
||
that the limitations as to size of vehicles stated in this section shall not
|
||
apply to implements of husbandry, equipment structures, or implements of
|
||
industry temporarily propelled or moved upon the public highway or to road
|
||
machinery engaged in the construction or maintenance of highways.
|
||
(B) No vehicle unloaded or with load shall exceed a height of fourteen
|
||
feet six inches (14'6").
|
||
(C) No vehicle shall exceed a length of thirty three feet (33').
|
||
(D) No vehicle shall carry any load extending more than three feet (3')
|
||
beyond the front thereof.
|
||
(E) No passenger vehicle shall carry any load extending beyond the line of
|
||
the fenders on either side of such vehicle more than twelve inches (12").
|
||
(F) No buildings shall be moved along or over any of the streets of the
|
||
city unless a permit therefor shall be first granted by the city clerk, and in
|
||
granting such permit, the city clerk shall be empowered to designate the route
|
||
which shall be taken in moving any such building.
|
||
(G) No vehicle shall be driven or moved on a highway within the city
|
||
unless such vehicle is so constructed or loaded as to prevent its contents from
|
||
dropping, sifting, leaking or otherwise escaping therefrom. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-9: TRAILERS AND TOWED VEHICLES:
|
||
(A) No motor vehicle shall be driven upon any public highway in the city
|
||
drawing or having attached thereto more than one other vehicle.
|
||
(B) The draw bar or other connection between any two (2) vehicles; one of
|
||
which is towing or drawing the other on a public highway in the city, shall not
|
||
exceed fifteen feet (15') in length from one vehicle to the other. Whenever
|
||
such connection consists of a chain, rope or cable there shall be displayed
|
||
upon such connection a red flag or other signal or cloth not less than twelve
|
||
inches (12") both in length and width.
|
||
(C) The total length of any combination of vehicles shall in no case
|
||
exceed sixty feet (60'). (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-10: RESTRICTIONS AS TO TIRE EQUIPMENT:
|
||
(A) Every solid rubber tire on a vehicle moved on any highway in the city
|
||
shall have rubber on its entire traction surface at least one inch (1") thick
|
||
above the edge of the flange of the entire periphery.
|
||
(B) No tire on a vehicle moved on a highway in the city shall have on its
|
||
periphery any block, stud, flange, cleat, or spike, or any other protuberances
|
||
of any material other than rubber which projects beyond the tread of the
|
||
traction surface of the tire, unless state approved, except that it shall be
|
||
permissible to use tire chains of reasonable proportions upon any vehicle when
|
||
required for safety because of snow, ice or other conditions tending to cause a
|
||
vehicle to slide or skid; and provided further, that the chief of police may in
|
||
his discretion issue special permits authorizing the operation upon a highway
|
||
in said city of traction engines or tractors having movable tracks with
|
||
transverse corrugations upon the periphery of such movable tracks on farm
|
||
tractors or other farm machinery. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-11: STATE STATUTES SHALL CONTROL:
|
||
If the provisions of the statutes of Montana shall vary or conflict with the
|
||
provisions of this chapter, then the provisions of the state statutes shall
|
||
control and the provisions of this chapter shall be considered subject to
|
||
statutory provisions. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-12: VEHICLES WITH LUGS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful to operate any vehicle with lugs, hard tires or wheels
|
||
along or across any paved street in the city which might break, injure or
|
||
damage such pavement; provided, however, that any such movement may be made
|
||
under the supervision of the chief of police and then only upon planks or other
|
||
covering to be designated by the officer. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-17-13: HOT RODS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to run or operate upon the highways,
|
||
streets, or alleys of the city any passenger automobile without being equipped
|
||
with front and rear fenders, front bumper and windshield, or any trucks,
|
||
pickup, trailer or motorcycle without said fenders unless the body thereof is
|
||
so designed and constructed as to afford the same protection as if it were
|
||
equipped with fenders. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 18
|
||
BICYCLES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-18-1: Effect Of Regulations
|
||
10-18-2: License Required
|
||
10-18-3: Application
|
||
10-18-4: Issuance
|
||
10-18-5: Attachment Of License Plate
|
||
10-18-6: Inspection
|
||
10-18-7: Transfer Of Ownership
|
||
10-18-8: Rental Agencies
|
||
10-18-9: Traffic Laws Apply
|
||
10-18-10: Obedience To Traffic Control Devices
|
||
10-18-11: Riding On Bicycles
|
||
10-18-12: Speed
|
||
10-18-13: Emerging From Alley Or Driveway
|
||
10-18-14: Clinging To Vehicles
|
||
10-18-15: Carrying Articles
|
||
10-18-16: Parking
|
||
10-18-17: Riding On Sidewalks
|
||
10-18-18: Lamps And Other Equipment
|
||
10-18-1: EFFECT OF REGULATIONS:
|
||
(A) It shall be unlawful for any person to do any act forbidden or fail to
|
||
perform any act required herein.
|
||
(B) The parent of any child and the guardian of any ward shall not
|
||
authorize or knowingly permit any such child or ward to violate any of the
|
||
provisions of this chapter.
|
||
(C) These regulations applicable to bicycles shall apply whenever a
|
||
bicycle is operated upon any public thoroughfare or public path set aside for
|
||
the exclusive use of bicycles. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-2: LICENSE REQUIRED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person, residing in the municipality, to ride or
|
||
propel a bicycle on any public thoroughfare unless such bicycle has been
|
||
licensed and a license plate is attached thereto. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-3: APPLICATION:
|
||
Application for a bicycle license and license plate shall be made to the clerk.
|
||
A fee of twenty five cents ($0.25) for two (2) years shall be paid before such
|
||
license is issued. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-4: ISSUANCE:
|
||
(A) The clerk upon receiving proper application therefor is authorized to
|
||
issue a bicycle license which shall be effective until the end of the calendar
|
||
year.
|
||
(B) The clerk shall not issue a license for any bicycle when he knows the
|
||
applicant is not the owner of or entitled to the possession of such bicycle.
|
||
(C) The clerk shall keep a record of the number of such license, the date
|
||
issued, the name and address of the person to whom issued, the number on the
|
||
frame of the bicycle and a record of all bicycle license fees collected. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-18-5: ATTACHMENT OF LICENSE PLATE:
|
||
(A) The clerk upon issuing a license shall also issue a license plate
|
||
bearing the license number assigned to the bicycle which shall include the name
|
||
of the municipality and the calendar year.
|
||
(B) Each license plate shall be firmly attached to the bicycle in such a
|
||
position as to be plainly visible.
|
||
(C) It shall be unlawful for any person to remove a license plate from a
|
||
bicycle during the period for which issued except upon a transfer of ownership
|
||
or in the event the bicycle is dismantled. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-6: INSPECTION:
|
||
The clerk shall inspect each bicycle before licensing the same and shall refuse
|
||
a license for any bicycle which he determines is in unsafe mechanical
|
||
condition. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-7: TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP:
|
||
Upon the sale or transfer of a licensed bicycle the licensee shall remove the
|
||
plate and shall either surrender the same to the clerk or may upon proper
|
||
application, but without payment of an additional fee, have said plate assigned
|
||
to another bicycle owned by the applicant. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-8: RENTAL AGENCIES:
|
||
A rental agency shall not rent or offer any bicycle for rent unless the bicycle
|
||
is licensed and a license plate is attached thereto. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-9: TRAFFIC LAWS APPLY:
|
||
Every person riding a bicycle shall be granted all of the rights and shall be
|
||
subject to all of the duties applicable to the driver of a vehicle except as to
|
||
those provisions of law which by their nature can have no application. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-18-10: OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES:
|
||
(A) Any person operating a bicycle shall obey the instructions of official
|
||
traffic control signs, signals and other control devices applicable to vehicles
|
||
unless otherwise directed by a police officer.
|
||
(B) Wherever authorized signs are erected indicating that no right, left
|
||
or U-turn is permitted, it shall be unlawful for any person operating a bicycle
|
||
to disobey the directions of any such sign except where a person dismounts from
|
||
the bicycle to make such turn in which event such person shall then obey the
|
||
regulations applicable to pedestrians. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-11: RIDING ON BICYCLES:
|
||
(A) A person propelling a bicycle shall not ride other than astride a
|
||
permanent and regular seat attached thereto.
|
||
(B) Persons riding bicycles upon a roadway shall not ride more than two
|
||
(2) abreast except on paths or parts of roadways set aside for the exclusive
|
||
use of such.
|
||
(C) Whenever a usable path for bicycles has been provided adjacent to a
|
||
roadway, bicycle riders shall use such path. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-12: SPEED:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a bicycle at a speed greater
|
||
than is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-13: EMERGING FROM ALLEY OR DRIVEWAY:
|
||
The operator of a bicycle emerging from an alley, driveway or building shall
|
||
upon approaching a sidewalk or the sidewalk area extending across any alleyway,
|
||
yield the right of way to all pedestrians approaching on said sidewalk and upon
|
||
entering the roadway shall yield the right of way to all vehicles approaching
|
||
on said roadway. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-14: CLINGING TO VEHICLES:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person riding upon any bicycle to attach the same
|
||
or himself to any vehicle upon any public thoroughfare. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-15: CARRYING ARTICLES:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person operating a bicycle to carry any package,
|
||
bundle or article which prevents the rider from keeping at least one hand on
|
||
the handlebars. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-16: PARKING:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to park a bicycle in such a manner as to
|
||
interfere or obstruct pedestrian traffic. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-17: RIDING ON SIDEWALKS:
|
||
The clerk is authorized to erect signs on any sidewalk or roadway prohibiting
|
||
the riding of bicycles thereon and when such signs are in place it shall be
|
||
unlawful for any person to disobey the same. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-18-18: LAMPS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT:
|
||
(A) Every bicycle when in use at nighttime shall be equipped with a lamp
|
||
on the front which shall emit a white light visible from a distance of at least
|
||
five hundred feet (500') to the front and a red reflector on the rear of a type
|
||
which shall be visible from all distances from fifty feet (50') to three
|
||
hundred feet (300') to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of
|
||
headlamps on a motor vehicle. A lamp emitting a red light visible from a
|
||
distance of five hundred feet (500') to the rear may be used in addition to the
|
||
red reflector.
|
||
(B) It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a bicycle unless it is
|
||
equipped with a bell or other device capable of giving a signal audible for a
|
||
distance of at least one hundred feet (100') except that a bicycle shall not be
|
||
equipped with any siren or whistle.
|
||
(C) Every bicycle shall be equipped with a brake which will enable the
|
||
operator to make the braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 19
|
||
PENALTIES AND PROCEDURE ON ARREST
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-19-1: Penalties
|
||
10-19-2: Forms And Records Of Traffic Citations And Arrests
|
||
10-19-3: Procedure Of Police Officers
|
||
10-19-4: Disposition Of Records
|
||
10-19-5: Illegal Cancellation Of Citations
|
||
10-19-6: Audit Of Records
|
||
10-19-7: Copy Of Citation May Be Deemed Lawful Complaint
|
||
10-19-8: Failure To Obey Citation
|
||
10-19-9: Citation On Illegally Parked Vehicle
|
||
10-19-10: Failure To Comply With Traffic Citation
|
||
10-19-11: Presumption In Reference To Illegal Parking
|
||
10-19-12: Warrant To Be Issued
|
||
10-19-13: Records; Reports
|
||
10-19-14: Disposition Of Traffic Fines And Forfeitures
|
||
10-19-15: Authority To Impound Vehicles
|
||
10-19-1: PENALTIES:
|
||
In all cases where the penalty for the violation of the provisions of this
|
||
title is not prescribed or is otherwise provided by law, every person violating
|
||
any provisions of this title shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon
|
||
conviction thereof shall be punished as provided in title 1, chapter 4 of this
|
||
code. (Ord. 172, 5-20-1968)
|
||
10-19-2: FORMS AND RECORDS OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS AND ARRESTS:
|
||
(A) The clerk shall provide books to include traffic citation forms for
|
||
notifying alleged violators to appear and answer to charges of violating
|
||
traffic laws and regulations in the police court of this city. Said books shall
|
||
include serially numbered sets of citations in quadruplicate in the form
|
||
prescribed and approved by the council.
|
||
(B) The clerk shall issue such books to the chief of police or his duly
|
||
authorized agent and shall maintain a record of every book so issued.
|
||
(C) The chief of police shall be responsible for the issuance of such
|
||
books to individual members of the department. The chief shall require a
|
||
written receipt for every book so issued and shall maintain a record of every
|
||
such book and each set of citations contained therein. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-3: PROCEDURE OF POLICE OFFICERS:
|
||
Except when authorized or directed under state law to immediately take a person
|
||
before a magistrate for the violation of any traffic laws, a police officer who
|
||
halts a person for such violation other than for the purpose of giving him a
|
||
warning or warning notice and does not take such person into custody under
|
||
arrest, shall take the name, address, and operator's license number of said
|
||
person, the registered number of the motor vehicle involved, and such other
|
||
pertinent information as may be necessary, and shall issue to him in writing on
|
||
a form provided by the council a traffic citation containing a notice to answer
|
||
to the charge against him in the police court of the city at a time within five
|
||
(5) days after such alleged violation, to be specified in the citation, shall
|
||
release such person from custody. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-4: DISPOSITION OF RECORDS:
|
||
(A) Every police officer upon issuing a traffic citation to an alleged
|
||
violator of any provision of the motor vehicle laws of this state or any
|
||
provision of the traffic code of this city shall deposit the original and a
|
||
duplicate copy of the citation with his immediate superior officer, who shall
|
||
cause the original to be delivered to the police court of this city and said
|
||
duplicate copy to the central records section of the police department. The
|
||
second duplicate copy of the citation shall be retained in the traffic citation
|
||
book and shall be delivered by such superior officer to the clerk together with
|
||
such book when all traffic citations therein have been used.
|
||
(B) Upon the filing of such original citation in the police court of this
|
||
city as aforesaid, said citation may be disposed of only by trial in said court
|
||
or by other official action by a judge of said court, including forfeiture of
|
||
bail or by payment of a fine to the court.
|
||
(C) The chief of police shall require the return to him of each traffic
|
||
citation and all copies thereof, except that copy required to be retained in
|
||
the book as provided herein, which has been spoiled or upon which any entry has
|
||
been made and has not been issued to an alleged violator.
|
||
(D) The police judge shall maintain or cause to be maintained in
|
||
connection with every traffic citation issued by a member of the police
|
||
department a record of the disposition of the charge by the police court of
|
||
this city.
|
||
(E) The chief of police shall maintain or cause to be maintained a record
|
||
of all warrants issued by the police court of this city or by any other court
|
||
on said traffic violation charges and which are delivered to the police
|
||
department for service, and of the final disposition of all such warrants.
|
||
(F) It shall be unlawful and official misconduct for any member of the
|
||
police department or other officer or public employee to dispose of, alter, or
|
||
deface a traffic citation or any copy thereof, or the record of the issuance or
|
||
disposition of any traffic citation, complaint, or warrant, in a manner other
|
||
than as required in this section. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-5: ILLEGAL CANCELLATION OF CITATIONS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to cancel or solicit the cancellation of
|
||
any traffic citation in any manner other than as provided in this chapter.
|
||
(1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-6: AUDIT OF RECORDS:
|
||
Every record of traffic citations, complaints thereon, and warrants issued
|
||
therefor required in this chapter shall be public records. The court shall
|
||
report monthly to the city council. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-7: COPY OF CITATION MAY BE DEEMED LAWFUL COMPLAINT:
|
||
In the event the form of citation provided under section
|
||
10-19-2 of this chapter includes information and is sworn to as required under
|
||
the general laws of this state in respect to a complaint charging commission of
|
||
the offense alleged in said citation to have been committed, then such citation
|
||
when filed with a court having jurisdiction shall be deemed to be a lawful
|
||
complaint for the purpose of prosecution under this title. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-8: FAILURE TO OBEY CITATION:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to violate his written promise to appear
|
||
given to an officer upon the issuance of a traffic citation regardless of the
|
||
disposition of the charge for which such citation was originally issued. (1967
|
||
Code)
|
||
10-19-9: CITATION ON ILLEGALLY PARKED VEHICLE:
|
||
Whenever any motor vehicle without driver is found parked or stopped in
|
||
violation of any of the restrictions imposed by the provisions of this code, or
|
||
by state law, the officer finding such vehicle shall take its registration
|
||
number and may take any other information displayed on the vehicle which may
|
||
identify its user, and shall conspicuously affix to such vehicle a traffic
|
||
citation, on a form provided by the council, for the driver to answer to the
|
||
charge against him within forty eight (48) hours during the hours and at a
|
||
place specified in the citation. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-10: FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH TRAFFIC CITATION:
|
||
If a violator of the restrictions on stopping, standing or parking under the
|
||
traffic laws or regulations does not appear in response to a traffic citation
|
||
affixed to such motor vehicle within a period of five (5) days, the police
|
||
court shall send to the owner of the motor vehicle to whom the traffic citation
|
||
was affixed, a letter informing him of the violation and warning him that in
|
||
the event such letter is disregarded for a period of five (5) days a warrant of
|
||
arrest will be issued. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-11: PRESUMPTION IN REFERENCE TO ILLEGAL PARKING:
|
||
(A) In any prosecution charging a violation of any law or regulation
|
||
governing the standing or parking of a vehicle, proof that the particular
|
||
vehicle described in the complaint was parked in violation of any such law or
|
||
regulation together with the proof that the defendant named in the complaint
|
||
was at the time of such parking the registered owner of such vehicle, shall
|
||
constitute in evidence a prima facie presumption that the registered owner of
|
||
such vehicle was the person who parked or placed such vehicle at the point
|
||
where, and for the time during which, such violation occurred.
|
||
(B) The foregoing stated presumption shall apply only when the procedure
|
||
as prescribed in sections
|
||
10-19-9 and
|
||
10-19-10 of this chapter has been followed. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-12: WARRANT TO BE ISSUED:
|
||
In the event any person fails to comply with a traffic citation given to such
|
||
person or attached to a vehicle or fails to make appearance pursuant to a
|
||
summons directing an appearance to the police court, or if any person fails or
|
||
refuses to deposit bail as required and within the time permitted by law, the
|
||
police court shall secure and issue a warrant for his arrest. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-13: RECORDS; REPORTS:
|
||
(A) Every magistrate or judge of a court shall keep or cause to be kept a
|
||
record of every traffic complaint, traffic citation, or other legal form of
|
||
traffic charge deposited with or presented to said court or its traffic
|
||
violations bureau, and shall keep a record of every official action by said
|
||
court or its traffic violations bureau in reference thereto, including, but not
|
||
limited to, a record of every conviction, forfeiture of bail, judgment of
|
||
acquittal, and the amount of fine or forfeiture resulting from every said
|
||
traffic complaint or citation deposited with or presented to said court or
|
||
traffic violations bureau.
|
||
(B) Within ten (10) days after the conviction or forfeiture of bail of a
|
||
person upon a charge of violating any provisions of this code or other law
|
||
regulating the operation of vehicles on highways every said magistrate of the
|
||
court or clerk of the court of record in which such conviction was had or bail
|
||
was forfeited shall prepare and immediately forward to said state department of
|
||
motor vehicles an abstract of the record of said court covering the case in
|
||
which said person was so convicted or forfeited bail, which abstract must be
|
||
certified by the person so required to prepare the same to be true and correct.
|
||
Report need not be made of any conviction involving the illegal parking or
|
||
standing of a vehicle.
|
||
(C) Said abstract must be made upon a form furnished by said state
|
||
department of motor vehicles and shall include the name and address of the
|
||
party charged, the number, if any, of his operator's or chauffeur's license,
|
||
the registration number of the vehicle involved, the nature of the offense, the
|
||
date of hearing, the plea, the judgment, or whether bail was forfeited, and the
|
||
amount of the fine or forfeiture as the case may be.
|
||
(D) The failure, refusal or neglect of any such judicial officer to comply
|
||
with any of the requirements of this section shall constitute misconduct in
|
||
office and shall be grounds for removal therefrom. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-14: DISPOSITION OF TRAFFIC FINES AND FORFEITURES:
|
||
All fines or forfeitures collected upon conviction or upon the forfeiture of
|
||
bail of any person charged with a violation of any of the provisions of this
|
||
title shall be paid into the office of the treasurer to be credited by that
|
||
officer to either the police license fund or the general fund of the city as
|
||
may be directed. (1967 Code)
|
||
10-19-15: AUTHORITY TO IMPOUND VEHICLES:
|
||
(A) Members of the police department are hereby authorized to remove a
|
||
vehicle from a street or highway to the nearest garage, or other place of
|
||
safety, or to a garage designated or maintained by the police department, or
|
||
otherwise maintained by this city under the circumstances hereinafter
|
||
enumerated:
|
||
1. When any vehicle is left unattended upon any bridge, viaduct, or
|
||
causeway, or in any tube or tunnel where such vehicle constitutes an
|
||
obstruction to traffic.
|
||
2. When a vehicle upon a highway is so disabled as to constitute an
|
||
obstruction to traffic and the person or persons in charge of the vehicle are
|
||
by reason of physical injury incapacitated to such an extent as to be unable to
|
||
provide for its custody or removal.
|
||
3. When any vehicle is left unattended upon a street and is so parked
|
||
illegally as to constitute a definite hazard or obstruction to the normal
|
||
movement of traffic or the movement of traffic during extraordinary occasions.
|
||
(B) Whenever an officer removes a vehicle from a street as authorized in
|
||
this section and the officer knows or is able to ascertain from the
|
||
registration records in the vehicle the name and address of the owner thereof,
|
||
such officer shall immediately give or cause to be given notice in writing to
|
||
such owner of the fact of such removal and the reasons therefor, and of the
|
||
place to which such vehicle has been removed. In the event any such vehicle is
|
||
stored in a public garage, a copy of such notice shall be given to the
|
||
proprietor of such garage.
|
||
(C) Whenever an officer removes a vehicle from a street under this section
|
||
and does not know and is not able to ascertain the name of the owner, or for
|
||
any other reason is unable to give the notice to the owner as hereinbefore
|
||
provided, and in the event the vehicle is not returned to the owner within a
|
||
period of three (3) days, then and in that event the officer shall immediately
|
||
send or cause to be sent a written report of such removal by mail to the
|
||
Montana registrar of motor vehicles, and shall file a copy of such notice with
|
||
the proprietor of any public garage in which the vehicle may be stored. Such
|
||
notice shall include a complete description of the vehicle, the date, time, and
|
||
place from which removed, the reasons for such removal and name of the garage
|
||
or place where the vehicle is stored. (1967 Code)
|
||
CHAPTER 20
|
||
SNOWMOBILES
|
||
SECTION:
|
||
10-20-1: Definition Of Terms
|
||
10-20-2: Regulations
|
||
10-20-3: Exceptions To Regulations
|
||
10-20-4: Equipment Required
|
||
10-20-5: Traffic Regulations
|
||
10-20-6: Violations; Penalties
|
||
10-20-1: DEFINITION OF TERMS:
|
||
As used in this chapter, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated
|
||
herein, unless the context otherwise clearly requires that another meaning be
|
||
intended:
|
||
OPERATOR: Shall include every person who operates or is in actual physical
|
||
control of the operation of a snowmobile.
|
||
OWNER: Shall include every "person" as defined herein, other than a lien holder
|
||
or other person having a security interest only, holding record title to a
|
||
snowmobile, and entitled to the use or possession thereof.
|
||
PERSON: Includes an individual, partnership, association, corporation, and any
|
||
other body or group of persons, whether incorporated or not, and regardless of
|
||
the degree of formal organization.
|
||
ROADWAY: Shall include only those portions of any highway, road or street
|
||
improved, designed or ordinarily used for travel or parking of motor vehicles.
|
||
SNOWMOBILE: Includes any self-propelled, track driven vehicle, designed
|
||
primarily for travel on snow or ice or natural terrain, which may be steered by
|
||
wheels, skis or runners, and which is not otherwise registered or licensed
|
||
under the laws of the state of Montana. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-2: REGULATIONS:
|
||
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a snowmobile under the following
|
||
circumstances:
|
||
(A) On any street or alley within the city.
|
||
(B) On private property of another without the express permission to do so
|
||
by the owner or occupant of said property.
|
||
(C) On public school grounds, park property, playgrounds, recreational
|
||
areas and golf courses without express provision or permission to do so by the
|
||
proper public authority.
|
||
(D) In a manner so as to create loud, unnecessary or unusual noise so as
|
||
to disturb or interfere with the peace and quiet of other persons.
|
||
(E) In a careless, reckless or negligent manner so as to endanger the
|
||
safety of any person or the property of any other person.
|
||
(F) Without having such snowmobile registered as provided for by statute
|
||
except that this provision shall not apply to the operation of a snowmobile on
|
||
the private property of the owner by the owner or a member of his immediate
|
||
family.
|
||
(G) Within the right of way of any public street within the city unless
|
||
the operator shall have a valid driver's license.
|
||
(H) Without the necessary equipment meeting the standards of noise level
|
||
as may be set by federal or state law or regulation. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-3: EXCEPTIONS TO REGULATIONS:
|
||
(A) Notwithstanding the prohibitions of this chapter, the city council may
|
||
by permit allow supervised and regulated events or programs conducted in a
|
||
recreation area of the city in which snowmobiles may be used. The city council
|
||
shall have the authority to designate such areas.
|
||
(B) A snowmobile may be operated on the roadway of any highway, street or
|
||
alley located within the boundaries of the city, excepting on Main Street,
|
||
between Fourth Street NW and Fifth Street SW, for the purpose of proceeding out
|
||
of the city and returning into the city. No snowmobile shall be operated within
|
||
one block of Teton County Rest Home, the hospital, the schools, and Skyline
|
||
Lodge. No snowmobile may be operated in proceeding out of the city after ten
|
||
o'clock (10:00) P.M., nor before seven o'clock (7:00) A.M.
|
||
(C) A snowmobile making a crossing of a street or highway shall make such
|
||
crossing at an angle of approximately ninety degrees (90°) to the direction of
|
||
the highway. The snowmobile shall make a complete stop before entering upon any
|
||
part of the highway. A snowmobile shall yield right of way to all motor
|
||
vehicles at all times, at all intersections. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-4: EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
|
||
(A) Mufflers which are properly attached and which reduce the noise of
|
||
operation of the vehicle to the minimum noise necessary for operating the
|
||
vehicle and no person shall use a muffler cutout, bypass or similar device on
|
||
said vehicle, conforming to all federal and state laws and regulations.
|
||
(B) Adequate brakes in good working condition and at least one headlight
|
||
and one taillight, and headlights and taillights must be on at all times during
|
||
operation. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-5: TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:
|
||
(A) Each person operating a snowmobile shall strictly observe all traffic
|
||
signs and signals and all other traffic rules and regulations applicable
|
||
thereto, and shall obey the orders and directions of any police officer of the
|
||
city authorized to direct or regulate traffic.
|
||
(B) Snowmobiles shall not be operated within the city limits at a speed in
|
||
excess of fifteen (15) miles per hour. (Ord. 199, 12-1-1975)
|
||
10-20-6: VIOLATIONS; PENALTIES:
|
||
Violation of any section of this chapter shall be a misdemeanor and punishable
|
||
by fine or imprisonment or both as fixed by the provisions of this code. (Ord.
|
||
199, 12-1-1975)
|